Getting Started Before building your site, better take a look at this section. Articles Theme Installation Demo Import Required Plugins System Requirements Theme Installation Extract the zipped package downloaded from ThemeForest to your desktop, in the extracted package you will find the charles.zip file which is the WordPress theme. You can install the theme in two ways: FTP: Extract charles.zip file and upload the extracted folder to /wp-content/themes/ folder on your server. WordPress: Navigate to Appearance -> Add New Themes -> Upload page. Select charles.zip file. Press the Install Now button to upload and install the theme. After uploading the theme, you have to activate it. Navigate to Appearance -> Themes page to activate the theme. Demo Import If you want your site to look like exactly the ‘Charles’ demos then you have to import the demo content successfully. We integrated the One Click Demo installation feature to ‘Charles’ WordPress theme. You can import all demo content just by a click only. OneClick Demo Installation Process Install the theme and active it. Then install all required plugins. Make sure all the required plugins are activated. After activating all the required plugins navigate to Appearance > ‘One Click Demo Import’ menu from the WordPress dashboard. Note: If the option data do not import then you have to import it manually. Navigate to ‘Theme Settings > Backup’. Then copy-paste the backup string here and click on the Import a Backup button. You will find the backup string in the options.txt file. The recommended method to import the demo content. If you failed to import the demo content by one click then you have to follow the below steps to import the demo content manually. You will get all demo content data with the theme package. You will find the demos in ‘charles>inc/demo{disired-demo-number} this path. Navigate to Tools > Import then install the WordPress plugin and click on the ‘Run Importer’. Upload here the ‘theme_content.xml’ file. Install the ‘Widget Importer & Exporter‘ plugin to import the demo widgets. Then navigate to Tools > Widget Importer & Exporter and upload here the ‘widget_data.wie’ file. Now you have to import the Dental Options as like the demo. Navigate to ‘Theme Settings > Backup’. Then copy-paste the backup string here and click on the Import a Backup button. You will find the backup string in the options.txt file. Required Plugins After installing the theme you most have to install the ‘Charles Core’, ‘Elementor’ and ‘Piklist’ plugins to import the demo content as well and work the theme correctly. You will find all required and recommended plugins at Appearance > Install Plugins. System Requirements To use Charles you need to have a WordPress 4.0 (or higher version) site with PHP 5.4 or more running on your hosting server. If you’ve already installed WordPress on your server and your site is up, that’s great. For help regarding WordPress installation, please see this WordPress Codex link. Some more resources from WordPress Codex: First Steps With WordPress FAQ New To WordPress
Theme Installation Extract the zipped package downloaded from ThemeForest to your desktop, in the extracted package you will find the charles.zip file which is the WordPress theme. You can install the theme in two ways: FTP: Extract charles.zip file and upload the extracted folder to /wp-content/themes/ folder on your server. WordPress: Navigate to Appearance -> Add New Themes -> Upload page. Select charles.zip file. Press the Install Now button to upload and install the theme. After uploading the theme, you have to activate it. Navigate to Appearance -> Themes page to activate the theme.
Updating Your Theme We are strongly recommended to install “Envato Toolkit” plugin for ease of use. Once necessary plugin installed and activated “Envato Toolkit” menu will be available at your admin side. Important : If you have missing plugins or having issues to install any of them, all the related could be found under “recommended-plugins” folder within the downloaded package. User Account Information To obtain your API Key, visit your “My Settings” page on any of the Envato Marketplaces. Once a valid connection has been made any changes to the API key below for this username will not effect the results for 5 minutes because they’re cached in the database. If you have already made an API connection and just purchase a theme and it’s not showing up, wait five minutes and refresh the page. If the theme is still not showing up, it’s possible the author has not made it available for auto install yet. Marketplace Username: Enter your Envato marketplace username. Secret API Key: Enter your Envato marketplace Secret API Key (http://themeforest.net/user/[your-username]/api_keys/edit, Login to your Themeforest account, Settings > API Key) Backup Information This plugin will automatically save your theme as a ZIP archive before it does an upgrade. The directory those backups get saved to is wp-content/envato-backups. However, if you’re experiencing problems while attempting to upgrade, it’s likely to be a permissions issue and you may want to manually backup your theme before upgrading. Alternatively, if you don’t want to backup your theme you can check the box below. Skip Theme Backup: Strongly recommended keep unchecked. Alternative Way You can also update the theme by replacing the old theme folder. First go to your theme directory then delete the theme folder and paste the new version of the theme.
Header Settings In the Header settings section, you will get a lot of header customization options. In this section, you can change the logo and set the menu button, navigation bar settings etc.
Optimize Images Optimizing your images will helps your WordPress site load faster. Download and activate WP Smush.it This plugin will optimize every image you upload and you can use the Bulk Smush.it feature to smush all of your uploaded images. Alternatives to WP Smush.it include EWWW Image Optimizer, CW Image Optimizer, Imsanity and Hammy and Compress JPEG & PNG images Many WordPress users prefer using these plugins as they do not rely on an external server to process your images.
Theme updating issue Sometimes, your website may break when you update the new version of the theme. You have to delete the Charles core plugin before installing the updated theme in this case. Then install the plugin again from Appearance > Install plugins after installing the new version.
This is a doc title What is an Extension? For editing menu navigation settings go to Theme Options Header Top of Header . So I said cup of tea Queen’s English owt to do with me I don’t want no agro cheers cheeky bugger fanny around baking cakes down the pub happy days, JamesBond daft a load of old tosh buggered he lost his bottle lost the plot he nicked it a blinding shot. [docly_tooltip id=”1″]Tooltip text[/docly_tooltip] mufty quaint no biggie cras baking cakes barney bamboozled, what a plonker bum bag he legged it young delinquent knees up Eaton the full monty arse over tit, my lady buggered happy days amongst bugger all mate are you taking the piss brolly. [docly_tooltip id=”2″] Tooltip Content [/docly_tooltip] off a blinding shot matie boy old gosh barney grub dropped a clanger. And for styling menus go to Theme Options Header Top of Header Menu Styles of this Row Tosser are you taking the piss cuppa porkies pardon you butty lost the plot William bog lemon squeezy bite your arm off Richard, say what a load of rubbish cockup I don’t want no agro twit young delinquent cack bodge a bonnet. Unordered list items Go to Docly SettingsHeader Logo Consectetur adipiscing elit Integer molestie lorem at massa Facilisis in pretium nisl aliquet Ordered List Items Go to Docly SettingsHeader Logo Consectetur adipiscing elit Integer molestie lorem at massa Facilisis in pretium nisl aliquet
Requirement Instance Configuration Requirements Overview: When setting up your AWS instance, you’ll need to configure a few key options. Here’s a detailed guide on the recommended configurations and selections. 1. Instance Type For optimal performance, we recommend using the following instance types: t3a.small or t3.small (recommended) – 2 virtual CPUs and 2 GB memory. However, you can choose an instance type based on your specific workload and traffic needs. Here’s a quick reference table to help you decide: CPU/Memory Database Monitored Hosts 1 CPU core / 1 GB MySQL InnoDB 100 2 CPU cores / 2 GB MySQL InnoDB 500 4 CPU cores / 8 GB RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 1,000 8 CPU cores / 16 GB Fast RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 10,000 For more details on different instance types and configurations, refer to the AWS Instance Types documentation. 2. Storage Space The default allocated storage size for our AMI. You may specify the necessary storage size when launching a new instance or change it after deployment. 20 GB (recommended) 3. Ports Configuration To ensure smooth operation of your installation, it’s important to open the appropriate inbound and outbound ports. Below are the recommended port settings, though you may configure them based on your specific security group requirements: Inbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination SSH TCP 22 0.0.0.0/0 HTTP TCP 80 0.0.0.0/0 HTTPS TCP 443 0.0.0.0/0 PostgreSQL TCP 5432 0.0.0.0/0 PostgreSQL TCP 5433 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 8069 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 9090 0.0.0.0/0 Outbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination All traffic All All 0.0.0.0/0
Requirement Instance Configuration Requirements Overview: When setting up your AWS instance, you’ll need to configure a few key options. Here’s a detailed guide on the recommended configurations and selections. 1. Instance Type For optimal performance, we recommend using the following instance types: t3a.small – 2 virtual CPUs and 2 GB memory. t3.small – 2 virtual CPUs and 2 GB memory. However, you can choose an instance type based on your specific workload and traffic needs. Here’s a quick reference table to help you decide: CPU/Memory Database Monitored Hosts 1 CPU core / 1 GB MySQL InnoDB 100 2 CPU cores / 2 GB MySQL InnoDB 500 4 CPU cores / 8 GB RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 1,000 8 CPU cores / 16 GB Fast RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 10,000 For more details on different instance types and configurations, refer to the AWS Instance Types documentation. 2. Storage Space The default allocated storage size for our AMI. You may specify the necessary storage size when launching a new instance or change it after deployment. 20 GB (recommended) 3. Ports Configuration To ensure smooth operation of your installation, it’s important to open the appropriate inbound and outbound ports. Below are the recommended port settings, though you may configure them based on your specific security group requirements: Inbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination SSH TCP 22 0.0.0.0/0 HTTP TCP 80 0.0.0.0/0 HTTPS TCP 443 0.0.0.0/0 MySQL/MariaDB TCP 3306 0.0.0.0/0 CUSTOM TCP 9090 0.0.0.0/0 (Optional, you may use external relay) SMTP TCP 587 0.0.0.0/0 SMTPS TCP 465 0.0.0.0/0 POP3 TCP 110 0.0.0.0/0 POP3S TCP 995 0.0.0.0/0 IMAP TCP 143 0.0.0.0/0 IMAPS TCP 993 0.0.0.0/0 Outbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination All traffic All All 0.0.0.0/0
Requirement Instance Configuration Requirements Overview: When setting up your AWS instance, you’ll need to configure a few key options. Here’s a detailed guide on the recommended configurations and selections. 1. Instance Type For optimal performance, we recommend using the following instance types: t3a.small – 2 virtual CPUs and 2 GB memory. t3.small – 2 virtual CPUs and 2 GB memory. However, you can choose an instance type based on your specific workload and traffic needs. Here’s a quick reference table to help you decide: CPU/Memory Database Monitored Hosts 1 CPU core / 1 GB MySQL InnoDB 100 2 CPU cores / 2 GB MySQL InnoDB 500 4 CPU cores / 8 GB RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 1,000 8 CPU cores / 16 GB Fast RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 10,000 For more details on different instance types and configurations, refer to the AWS Instance Types documentation. 2. Storage Space The default allocated storage size for our AMI. You may specify the necessary storage size when launching a new instance or change it after deployment. 20 GB (recommended) 3. Ports Configuration To ensure smooth operation of your installation, it’s important to open the appropriate inbound and outbound ports. Below are the recommended port settings, though you may configure them based on your specific security group requirements: Inbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination SSH TCP 22 0.0.0.0/0 HTTP TCP 80 0.0.0.0/0 HTTPS TCP 443 0.0.0.0/0 MySQL/MariaDB TCP 3306 0.0.0.0/0 CUSTOM TCP 9090 0.0.0.0/0 (Optional, you may use external relay) SMTP TCP 587 0.0.0.0/0 SMTPS TCP 465 0.0.0.0/0 POP3 TCP 110 0.0.0.0/0 POP3S TCP 995 0.0.0.0/0 IMAP TCP 143 0.0.0.0/0 IMAPS TCP 993 0.0.0.0/0 Outbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination All traffic All All 0.0.0.0/0
Requirement Instance Configuration Requirements Overview: When setting up your AWS instance, you’ll need to configure a few key options. Here’s a detailed guide on the recommended configurations and selections. 1. Instance Type For optimal performance, we recommend using the following instance types: t3a.small or t3.small (recommended) – 2 virtual CPUs and 2 GB memory. However, you can choose an instance type based on your specific workload and traffic needs. Here’s a quick reference table to help you decide: CPU/Memory Database Monitored Hosts 1 CPU core / 1 GB MySQL InnoDB 100 2 CPU cores / 2 GB MySQL InnoDB 500 4 CPU cores / 8 GB RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 1,000 8 CPU cores / 16 GB Fast RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 10,000 For more details on different instance types and configurations, refer to the AWS Instance Types documentation. 2. Storage Space The default allocated storage size for our AMI. You may specify the necessary storage size when launching a new instance or change it after deployment. 20 GB (recommended) 3. Ports Configuration To ensure smooth operation of your installation, it’s important to open the appropriate inbound and outbound ports. Below are the recommended port settings, though you may configure them based on your specific security group requirements: Inbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination SSH TCP 22 0.0.0.0/0 HTTP TCP 80 0.0.0.0/0 HTTPS TCP 443 0.0.0.0/0 PostgreSQL TCP 5432 0.0.0.0/0 PostgreSQL TCP 5433 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 8069 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 9090 0.0.0.0/0 Outbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination All traffic All All 0.0.0.0/0
Requirement Instance Configuration Requirements Overview: When setting up your AWS instance, you’ll need to configure a few key options. Here’s a detailed guide on the recommended configurations and selections. 1. Instance Type For optimal performance, we recommend using the following instance types: t3a.small – 2 virtual CPUs and 2 GB memory. t3.small – 2 virtual CPUs and 2 GB memory. However, you can choose an instance type based on your specific workload and traffic needs. Here’s a quick reference table to help you decide: CPU/Memory Database Monitored Hosts 1 CPU core / 1 GB MySQL InnoDB 100 2 CPU cores / 2 GB MySQL InnoDB 500 4 CPU cores / 8 GB RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 1,000 8 CPU cores / 16 GB Fast RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 10,000 For more details on different instance types and configurations, refer to the AWS Instance Types documentation. 2. Storage Space The default allocated storage size for our AMI. You may specify the necessary storage size when launching a new instance or change it after deployment. 20 GB (recommended) 3. Ports Configuration To ensure smooth operation of your installation, it’s important to open the appropriate inbound and outbound ports. Below are the recommended port settings, though you may configure them based on your specific security group requirements: Inbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination SSH TCP 22 0.0.0.0/0 HTTP TCP 80 0.0.0.0/0 HTTPS TCP 443 0.0.0.0/0 MySQL/MariaDB TCP 3306 0.0.0.0/0 (Below are optional) SMTP TCP 587 0.0.0.0/0 SMTP TCP 465 0.0.0.0/0 POP3 TCP 993 0.0.0.0/0 POP3 TCP 143 0.0.0.0/0 Outbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination All traffic All All 0.0.0.0/0
Requirement Instance Configuration Requirements Overview: When setting up your AWS instance, you’ll need to configure a few key options. Here’s a detailed guide on the recommended configurations and selections. 1. Instance Type For optimal performance, we recommend using the following instance types: t3a.small or t3.small (recommended) – 2 virtual CPUs and 2 GB memory. However, you can choose an instance type based on your specific workload and traffic needs. Here’s a quick reference table to help you decide: CPU/Memory Database Monitored Hosts 1 CPU core / 1 GB MySQL InnoDB 100 2 CPU cores / 2 GB MySQL InnoDB 500 4 CPU cores / 8 GB RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 1,000 8 CPU cores / 16 GB Fast RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 10,000 For more details on different instance types and configurations, refer to the AWS Instance Types documentation. 2. Storage Space The default allocated storage size for our AMI. You may specify the necessary storage size when launching a new instance or change it after deployment. 20 GB (recommended) 3. Ports Configuration To ensure smooth operation of your Mautic installation, it’s important to open the appropriate inbound and outbound ports. Below are the recommended port settings, though you may configure them based on your specific security group requirements: Inbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination SSH TCP 22 0.0.0.0/0 HTTP TCP 80 0.0.0.0/0 HTTPS TCP 443 0.0.0.0/0 MySQL/Aurora TCP 3306 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 587 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 465 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 993 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 143 0.0.0.0/0 Outbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination All traffic All All 0.0.0.0/0 4. Important Notes: Mail Sending Restrictions: AWS imposes restrictions on sending emails from EC2 instances by default. To remove this limitation, you may need to submit a request to AWS to lift the email sending blockage before you can use Mautic for email campaigns.
Requirement Instance Configuration Overview: When setting up your AWS instance, you’ll need to configure a few key options. Here’s a detailed guide on the recommended configurations and selections. 1. Instance Type For optimal performance, we recommend using the following instance types: t3a.small or t3.small (recommended) – 2 virtual CPUs and 2 GB memory. However, you can choose an instance type based on your specific workload and traffic needs. Here’s a quick reference table to help you decide: CPU/Memory Database Monitored Hosts 1 CPU core / 1 GB MySQL InnoDB 100 2 CPU cores / 2 GB MySQL InnoDB 500 4 CPU cores / 8 GB RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 1,000 8 CPU cores / 16 GB Fast RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 10,000 For more details on different instance types and configurations, refer to the AWS Instance Types documentation. 2. Storage Space The default allocated storage size for our AMI. You may specify the necessary storage size when launching a new instance or change it after deployment. 20 GB (recommended) 3. Ports Configuration To ensure smooth operation of your installation, it’s important to open the appropriate inbound and outbound ports. Below are the recommended port settings, though you may configure them based on your specific security group requirements: Inbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination SSH TCP 22 0.0.0.0/0 HTTP TCP 80 0.0.0.0/0 HTTPS TCP 443 0.0.0.0/0 MySQL/Aurora TCP 3306 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 25 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 143 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 587 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 465 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 993 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 8080 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 9090 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 9091 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 9000 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 53 0.0.0.0/0 Outbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination All traffic All All 0.0.0.0/0 4. Important Notes: Mail Sending Restrictions: AWS imposes restrictions on sending emails from EC2 instances by default. To remove this limitation, you may need to submit a request to AWS to lift the email sending blockage before you can use this instance as SMTP server or for email campaigns.
Introduction This article is released for AWS solution, “OsTicket with Alma Linux“. Elyxia Global Limited presents a robust and efficient solution with its pre-configured and hardened AMI with AlmaLinux, a trusted and stable platform. This ready-to-deploy package includes a fully configured stack, with any additional charges clearly specified in the pricing information section, ensuring that your business operations are up and running in no time.
Requirement Instance Configuration Requirements Overview: When setting up your AWS instance, you’ll need to configure a few key options. Here’s a detailed guide on the recommended configurations and selections. 1. Instance Type For optimal performance, we recommend using the following instance types: t3a.small – 2 virtual CPUs and 2 GB memory. t3.small – 2 virtual CPUs and 2 GB memory. However, you can choose an instance type based on your specific workload and traffic needs. Here’s a quick reference table to help you decide: CPU/Memory Database Monitored Hosts 1 CPU core / 1 GB MySQL InnoDB 100 2 CPU cores / 2 GB MySQL InnoDB 500 4 CPU cores / 8 GB RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 1,000 8 CPU cores / 16 GB Fast RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 10,000 For more details on different instance types and configurations, refer to the AWS Instance Types documentation. 2. Storage Space The default allocated storage size for our AMI. You may specify the necessary storage size when launching a new instance or change it after deployment. 20 GB (recommended) 3. Ports Configuration To ensure smooth operation of your installation, it’s important to open the appropriate inbound and outbound ports. Below are the recommended port settings, though you may configure them based on your specific security group requirements: Inbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination SSH TCP 22 0.0.0.0/0 HTTP TCP 80 0.0.0.0/0 HTTPS TCP 443 0.0.0.0/0 MySQL/MariaDB TCP 3306 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 9090 0.0.0.0/0 (Below are optional) SMTP TCP 587 0.0.0.0/0 SMTP TCP 465 0.0.0.0/0 POP3 TCP 993 0.0.0.0/0 POP3 TCP 143 0.0.0.0/0 Outbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination All traffic All All 0.0.0.0/0
Elyxia Support Cloud (ESC) This article is released for AWS solution(s), Elyxia Support Cloud (ESC) – Your AI Support Team, Ready in Minutes ESC: Your Own AI Support Team, Live in Under 15 Minutes Elyxia Support Cloud gives your business a fully managed, AI-powered helpdesk without any infrastructure work. Subscribe through AWS Marketplace, configure your brand and knowledge base, and your AI agents are answering real customer questions – on your own domain – in under 15 minutes. Unlike shared, multi-tenant helpdesk platforms, every ESC customer gets a dedicated, isolated instance. Your customer conversations are never co-mingled with anyone else’s, and your configuration and performance are yours alone. This matters for regulated industries, for data-residency requirements, and for anyone who would simply rather not have their customers’ data sitting in a stranger’s database. AI is not a premium add-on here. Every plan – starting at $199/month, flat, for your whole team – includes AI agents that answer web chat and email tickets automatically from your own uploaded documents, escalating to your human team when they should. There are no per-agent fees. Included in Every Plan Dedicated, isolated instance: Your own helpdesk, your own data. No co-mingling, no noisy neighbours. AI support agents: Answer web chat and email tickets automatically from your knowledge base, with confidence controls and clean handoff to your human team. Knowledge base: Upload PDF, Word, Excel, PowerPoint, TXT, CSV or Markdown – indexed automatically and answering within seconds. No tagging, no formatting. Web chat widget: One HTML snippet, embedded on any website, fully styled to your brand. Customer support portal: A branded self-service portal where your customers submit and track their tickets. Agent workspace: A full admin site for your human team to review, respond, and collaborate on escalated tickets. True white-label: Your domain, your logo, your colours, your AI agent names. Third-party names and infrastructure menus are swept out before you ever log in. Free SSL: Auto-provisioned and auto-renewed on your custom domain. Nightly backups: 30-day retention, with all data encrypted in transit. Full conversation history: Every conversation recorded and searchable, for audit and continuous improvement. Fully managed: There are no servers for you to run. Provisioning, SSL, nightly backups, scaling on upgrade, security patching, and platform updates are all handled for you. You manage your brand, your agents, and your knowledge – we manage everything underneath. Free 15-day trial. Spin up your fully branded AI helpdesk, train it on your own documents, and put it through its paces before you commit. No credit card lock-in. Available regions: Ireland, London, Singapore, and US East (N. Virginia) – with further regions in progress. Articles Introduction Before You Begin Subscribe on AWS Marketplace Quick Start Guide Portal & Helpdesk Access Setup & Management Billing & Subscription Resources & Reference Release Notes Introduction This article is released for AWS solution(s), Elyxia Support Cloud (ESC) – Your AI Support Team, Ready in Minutes ESC: Your Own AI Support Team, Live in Under 15 Minutes Elyxia Support Cloud gives your business a fully managed, AI-powered helpdesk without any infrastructure work. Subscribe through AWS Marketplace, configure your brand and knowledge base, and your AI agents are answering real customer questions – on your own domain – in under 15 minutes. Unlike shared, multi-tenant helpdesk platforms, every ESC customer gets a dedicated, isolated instance. Your customer conversations are never co-mingled with anyone else’s, and your configuration and performance are yours alone. This matters for regulated industries, for data-residency requirements, and for anyone who would simply rather not have their customers’ data sitting in a stranger’s database. AI is not a premium add-on here. Every plan – starting at $199/month, flat, for your whole team – includes AI agents that answer web chat and email tickets automatically from your own uploaded documents, escalating to your human team when they should. There are no per-agent fees. Included in Every Plan Dedicated, isolated instance: Your own helpdesk, your own data. No co-mingling, no noisy neighbours. AI support agents: Answer web chat and email tickets automatically from your knowledge base, with confidence controls and clean handoff to your human team. Knowledge base: Upload PDF, Word, Excel, PowerPoint, TXT, CSV or Markdown – indexed automatically and answering within seconds. No tagging, no formatting. Web chat widget: One HTML snippet, embedded on any website, fully styled to your brand. Customer support portal: A branded self-service portal where your customers submit and track their tickets. Agent workspace: A full admin site for your human team to review, respond, and collaborate on escalated tickets. True white-label: Your domain, your logo, your colours, your AI agent names. Third-party names and infrastructure menus are swept out before you ever log in. Free SSL: Auto-provisioned and auto-renewed on your custom domain. Nightly backups: 30-day retention, with all data encrypted in transit. Full conversation history: Every conversation recorded and searchable, for audit and continuous improvement. Fully managed: There are no servers for you to run. Provisioning, SSL, nightly backups, scaling on upgrade, security patching, and platform updates are all handled for you. You manage your brand, your agents, and your knowledge – we manage everything underneath. Free 15-day trial. Spin up your fully branded AI helpdesk, train it on your own documents, and put it through its paces before you commit. No credit card lock-in. Available regions: Ireland, London, Singapore, and US East (N. Virginia) – with further regions in progress. Before You Begin Before You Begin ESC is fully managed. There is no server for you to launch, access, or maintain – no SSH, no patching, no scaling. Your helpdesk runs on a dedicated instance that we provision and operate for you. That keeps the prerequisites short. What You Need An AWS account – ESC is subscribed and billed through AWS Marketplace, so you’ll need an AWS account to subscribe. Nothing is deployed into your account. A domain and DNS access (optional, but recommended) – If you want your helpdesk on your own address (e.g. support.yourcompany.com), you’ll need a domain you control and the ability to add a DNS record for it. You can start without one and add it later, but a custom domain is what unlocks your branded customer support portal, your branded support email address, and your AI agent’s ability to share contact details with visitors. A support mailbox (optional) – To turn incoming customer emails into tickets, you’ll need a mailbox with standard incoming and outgoing mail settings. You can add this at any time. Your knowledge documents (optional at launch, but bring them) – Your AI agents answer from documents you upload. Supported formats are PDF, Word (DOC/DOCX), Excel (XLS/XLSX), PowerPoint (PPTX), TXT, CSV and Markdown, up to 50 MB per file. Two things that catch people out. Legacy PowerPoint (.ppt) isn’t supported – re-save as .pptx or PDF. And a scanned PDF won’t work: if it’s just page images with no selectable text, there’s nothing for the AI to read. Use a text-based PDF, or convert it first. Choose Your Region Your helpdesk runs in the AWS region you select when you launch it. ESC is currently available in: Ireland (eu-west-1) London (eu-west-2) Singapore (ap-southeast-1) US East — N. Virginia (us-east-1) Further regions are in progress. Choose deliberately. Your region is set when your helpdesk is created and can’t be changed afterwards without rebuilding it. Pick the region closest to your customers, or the one your data-residency requirements point to. What You Don’t Need No servers. No infrastructure experience. No developers. No per-agent licences. No third-party helpdesk subscription. Everything your helpdesk needs is included in your plan. Subscribe on AWS Marketplace Subscribe on AWS Marketplace ESC is bought and billed entirely through AWS Marketplace. Your plan appears on your regular AWS bill — there’s no separate invoice, and ESC never asks you for a card. The path from subscription to a live helpdesk is short: Pick a plan → subscribe (or start a free trial) → set up your account → launch your helpdesk. Most people are through it in a few minutes, with the helpdesk itself provisioning in well under 15. Start here Choosing Your Plan – Starter, Growth, Pro, and Enterprise compared. The tiers differ in capacity, not capability: every plan includes the full platform, with no per-agent fees. Free 15-Day Trial – Try the full product on your own knowledge base before committing. No credit card, and an AWS SaaS trial never auto-converts into a paid subscription. Subscribing & Activating Your Account – Subscribing on AWS, then setting up your ESC account. Includes what to do if you subscribed but didn’t finish setup – and how cancellation works. Launching Your Helpdesk – Choosing your region (which is fixed once set) and getting to Running. New to ESC? Read Choosing Your Plan first, then go straight to the Free 15-Day Trial – it’s the full product, on your own documents, at no cost. Once your helpdesk is Running, head to the Quick Start Guide to add your domain, brand it, upload your knowledge, and get your web chat live. Choosing Your Plan Choosing Your Plan ESC has three published plans plus a custom Enterprise tier. Every plan includes the same core platform – a dedicated instance, AI agents, knowledge base, web chat, email channel, customer support portal, agent workspace, free SSL, and nightly backups. The tiers differ in capacity, not capability. Starter Growth Pro Enterprise Price / month $199 $399 $799 Custom AI responses / month 2,000 10,000 40,000 Custom AI agents 2 8 16 Unlimited Custom domains 1 2 3 Unlimited Knowledge storage 100 MB 500 MB 2 GB Custom Support response 2 business days 1 business day 4 business hours 1 business hour There are no per-agent fees. The monthly price covers your whole team. Which plan? AI responses is usually the figure that decides it. One AI response = one genuine answer from your AI agent. Automatic acknowledgements and canned replies don’t count against it. Starter – small teams, a single brand, modest ticket volume. Growth – the common choice: a busier helpdesk, more agents, a second domain. Pro – high volume, a larger human team, and priority support when you need us. Enterprise – multiple helpdesks, custom volumes, or specific contractual requirements. Available via private offer: contact [email protected]. Changing your mind later You aren’t locked in. Same-tier upgrades take effect instantly. Larger-tier upgrades are handled via secure snapshot-restore – your data carries over, and your domain and address stay the same. Your AI agent roster automatically expands to the new tier’s limit. Free 15-Day Trial Free 15-Day Trial Try ESC free for 15 days before you commit. Spin up your fully branded helpdesk, upload your own documents, and put your AI agents through real questions. How it works On the ESC product page in AWS Marketplace, choose Try for free. You’ll be handed to ESC to set up your account, and your helpdesk provisions exactly as it would on a paid plan – same features, same dedicated instance, no reduced version. What happens at the end This is the part worth reading, because it works in your favour: An AWS Marketplace SaaS free trial does not automatically convert into a paid subscription. When the 15 days are up, it simply expires. You are never charged by surprise. To continue, you make a deliberate choice – subscribe to a plan on AWS Marketplace during or after your trial, and your helpdesk continues on that plan. If you decide ESC isn’t for you, do nothing; the trial expires on its own. If you let the trial lapse without subscribing, your helpdesk is scheduled for removal, with a backup taken beforehand. If you’re mid-evaluation and need longer, contact [email protected] before your trial ends. Worth knowing One trial per AWS account. A free trial can be used once per AWS account for this product. The trial is the full product. No feature gates, no watermarks. Bring your documents. The trial only tells you what you need to know if the AI is answering from your knowledge, not a demo set. Upload real content on day one. Subscribing & Activating Your Account 1. Subscribe on AWS Marketplace Find Elyxia Support Cloud (ESC) in AWS Marketplace. Choose Try for free for the 15-day trial, or select your plan and subscribe. You’ll be asked to confirm the contract terms. Your subscription is billed entirely through AWS. Your ESC plan appears on your regular AWS bill, and there is no separate invoice. The one exception is one-time AI response packs, an optional top-up bought by card in the ESC portal. They are never required, and they do not affect your subscription. See Billing & Subscription > Plans & Allowances. 2. Set up your account Once your subscription is confirmed, AWS shows a Set up your account button. This hands you to ESC to complete registration. New to ESC? You’ll create your account – just an email and password. No payment details: your billing is already handled through AWS. Returning? Sign in as normal. Either way, your subscription activates automatically the moment you sign in – there’s no code to enter and no step to remember. Don’t skip this. If you subscribe on AWS but never click Set up your account, your subscription is live and billing but your helpdesk hasn’t been created. If this happens, return to your subscription in the AWS Marketplace console and click Set up your account – nothing is lost. If you’re stuck, email [email protected] with your AWS customer ID. 3. You’re in You’ll land in the ESC Client Portal with your plan already applied, ready to launch your helpdesk. Cancelling Cancellations are managed in AWS, not in the ESC portal. Because you subscribed through AWS Marketplace, only you – the AWS account holder – can cancel; we cannot do it on your behalf. Cancel from Manage subscriptions in the AWS Marketplace console. Important: deleting your helpdesk in the ESC portal does not cancel your AWS subscription, and AWS will keep billing you until you cancel it there. If you’re leaving ESC, cancel the subscription in AWS Marketplace. See Billing & Subscription → Cancelling in AWS Marketplace for the full detail. Launching Your Helpdesk Launching Your Helpdesk With your account activated, launching takes a few clicks and a short wait. 1. Start the wizard From your dashboard, the setup wizard opens automatically. Your plan is already selected and locked to what you subscribed to on AWS – there’s nothing to choose or pay for here. 2. Choose your region Your helpdesk runs in the AWS region you pick: Ireland (eu-west-1) London (eu-west-2) Singapore (ap-southeast-1) US East – N. Virginia (us-east-1) Further regions are in progress. Choose carefully. Your region is fixed once the helpdesk is created and cannot be changed later without rebuilding it. Pick the region closest to your customers, or the one your data-residency requirements point to. 3. Wait for Running Your helpdesk provisions automatically. Watch the Overview tab – the status moves through provisioning and settles on Running. This typically completes well within 15 minutes. Nothing is required from you during this. There is no server to configure, no software to install, and no credentials to set up. When it says Running, your helpdesk exists and you can sign in to it. 4. What now? Head to the Quick Start Guide – add your domain, brand it, upload your knowledge, and get your web chat live. Need more than one helpdesk? You aren’t limited to one. From the Plans & Billing page in your portal, Buy a New Instance on any tier to add another helpdesk – a second brand, a separate region, or a helpdesk per client if you’re an agency. Each helpdesk is fully independent: its own dedicated instance, its own domain and branding, its own AI agents and knowledge base, and its own allowances. Nothing is shared between them. Additional helpdesks are purchased through AWS Marketplace and appear on your AWS bill, and you can mix tiers freely. For larger deployments or bespoke arrangements, talk to us about Enterprise at [email protected]. Quick Start Guide Quick Start Guide From subscribing to a live, AI-answering chat widget on your website – in under 15 minutes. 1. Subscribe on AWS Marketplace Find Elyxia Support Cloud on AWS Marketplace, choose your plan, and subscribe. AWS will hand you back to ESC to set up your account. If you’re new, you’ll create your account; if you’re returning, you’ll simply sign in – either way your subscription activates automatically. Your billing is handled entirely through AWS; there’s no card to enter. 2. Launch Your Helpdesk Choose your region, and your helpdesk provisions automatically. Watch the status on the Overview tab – when it reads Running, you’re live. (Remember: the region is fixed once created.) 3. Add Your Domain Open the Access & Domains tab and click Add Domain. ESC shows you an IP address – add an A record in your domain’s DNS pointing to it. CloudFlare users: set the record to DNS-only (grey cloud), not proxied. Proxy mode breaks domain verification and certificate issuing. Once DNS propagates, ESC verifies the domain and provisions SSL automatically – you’ll see the status change to Active. Don’t wait for it. DNS propagation takes a little time, and nothing below depends on it. Carry straight on to step 4 and let it complete in the background. 4. Brand It On the Brand tab, upload your logo and favicon, and set your primary colour. Save. It’s applied to your live helpdesk immediately – no redeploy, no downtime. 5. Upload Your Knowledge On the Knowledge tab, upload the documents your AI should answer from. Each file shows Syncing, then Ready once indexed – usually within seconds. Your AI agents start using new knowledge immediately, with no refresh needed. This is the step that makes your AI yours. Answers come from your documents, not a generic model. 6. Connect Your Email Inbox On the Channels tab, add your support mailbox – incoming and outgoing mail settings. Once connected, emails to that address become tickets your AI agents can answer, with replies sent from your own address. 7. Configure and Live-Test Your Web Chat On the Web Chat tab, set the display name, welcome message, agent greeting, primary colour and launcher position. A live preview shows exactly what your visitors will see – so ask it a real question, drawn from the documents you uploaded in step 5, and watch it answer. Tip: use the {supportemail} and {supportportal} placeholders in your greeting. They fill in automatically from your verified custom domain, so your AI can point visitors to your own support address when it hands off. (They stay silent until your domain is active – which by now, it should be.) When you’re happy, copy the embed code and paste it into your website before the closing </body> tag. That’s it! Your AI support team is live! Portal & Helpdesk Access Portal & Helpdesk Access ESC gives you three separate surfaces, and it’s worth understanding the difference early. They serve different people, sit at different addresses, and you’ll spend your time in only one of them. Surface Who uses it What it’s for ESC Client Portal You (the account owner) Set up and manage your helpdesk: branding, AI agents, knowledge, channels, plan Agent Workspace Your human support team Work the tickets: read, reply, collaborate, escalate Customer Support Portal Your customers Submit tickets, track their status, find answers The simplest way to hold it in your head: You configure in the portal. Your team works in the workspace. Your customers arrive at the support portal. Almost everything in this documentation happens in the ESC Client Portal. The other two are where the work and the customers show up once you’ve set things up. A note on addresses. Your Client Portal always lives at esc.elyxia.uk. The workspace and support portal live on your helpdesk – initially at a temporary address, and at your own domain once you’ve added one. See Setup & Management > Your Domain & SSL. ESC Client Portal ESC Client Portal Where: https://esc.elyxia.uk/awslogin Who: you, the account owner. This is your control room. You’ll do nearly everything here. Signing in Sign in with the email and password you created when you set up your account after subscribing on AWS Marketplace. There’s no billing to manage here – your subscription is handled by AWS. What’s in it Your Dashboard lists your helpdesk. Open it, and you get a set of tabs: Tab What you do there Overview Status, plan, region, and quick actions – start, stop, open your helpdesk Access & Domains Your login links, plus adding and managing your custom domain and SSL Brand Logo, favicon, brand colours Agents Create and manage your AI support agents Channels Connect your support email inbox Web Chat Configure the website chat widget and copy the embed code Knowledge Upload and manage the documents your AI answers from Activity A timeline of everything that has happened to your helpdesk Changes you save here flow to your live helpdesk automatically. There’s no redeploy, no downtime, and nothing to restart. This is where “fully managed” shows up in practice. There is no server for you to log into and no infrastructure to tune. If a setting isn’t in the portal, it’s something we handle for you. Agent Workspace Agent Workspace Where: on your own helpdesk – https://yourdomain.com/#manage once your domain is active (or the temporary address shown on your Access & Domains tab before that). Who: your human support team. The workspace is where your people work the tickets your AI agents hand off. What your team does here Read and reply to tickets from every channel – email and web chat together in one place. Pick up conversations the AI has escalated, with the full history already in front of them. Collaborate internally, assign work, and manage ticket state. Search the full conversation history. It’s your workspace, not ours The workspace is white-labelled. Your logo, your colours, your AI agent names. Third-party product names and infrastructure menus are swept out before you ever log in, so your team sees a clean tool that looks like part of your own product. What you won’t find here. Branding, AI agents, knowledge, and channels are all configured in the ESC Client Portal, not in the workspace. This is deliberate: the portal is the single source of truth, so there’s no risk of two places disagreeing. If you’re looking for a setting and can’t find it in the workspace, it’s in the portal. Customer Support Portal Customer Support Portal Where: on your own domain – https://yourdomain.com Who: your customers. A branded self-service portal where your customers raise tickets and follow them through to resolution. What your customers can do Submit a support request. Track the status of their tickets and read replies. Continue a conversation that started in web chat or by email. It needs your domain The customer support portal comes into its own once you’ve added a custom domain with active SSL. That’s what gives your customers a branded address to arrive at – and it’s what activates your branded support email address ([email protected]) and lets your AI agents share your real contact details when they hand a conversation off. Until then, the portal exists but sits at a temporary address, and your AI stays silent on contact details rather than quoting an address that isn’t yours. If a customer says the chat didn’t give them your support email, the fix is almost always the same: link your custom domain. See Setup & Management > Your Domain & SSL. Setup & Management Everything below is configured in the ESC Client Portal, on the tabs of your helpdesk. Changes flow to your live helpdesk automatically – no redeploy, no downtime, nothing to restart. If you followed the Quick Start Guide, you’ve already touched most of these. This section is the detail behind each one. A suggested order. These pages are written to be read in any order, but if you’re setting up from scratch, this sequence works best: Your Domain & SSL – do this first. It unblocks your branded support portal, your support email address, and your AI’s ability to share contact details. It also involves a DNS wait, so starting it early means it completes while you do everything else. Branding – a two-minute job with a big visual payoff. AI Support Agents – who your customers will appear to be talking to. Knowledge Base – the step that makes your AI genuinely yours. Web Chat Widget – best done after knowledge, so your live test has real answers to give. Email Channel – connect your support inbox. Reports & Activity – once you’re live, this is where you watch it working. Your Domain & SSL Your Domain & SSL Putting your helpdesk on your own domain is the single highest-value setup step. It’s what turns a working helpdesk into your helpdesk. What it unlocks Your customer support portal at your own address. Your agent workspace at your own address. A branded support email address ([email protected]). Your AI agents can share your real contact details when handing off a conversation. Until a domain is verified, they stay silent on contact details rather than quoting an address that isn’t yours. Free SSL, provisioned and renewed automatically. How to add a domain Open your helpdesk in the portal and go to the Access & Domains tab. Click Add Domain and enter your domain (for example, support.yourcompany.com). The portal shows you an IP address. In your domain’s DNS settings, add an A record pointing your domain to that IP. Wait for DNS to propagate. ESC verifies the domain automatically. Once verified, SSL is provisioned automatically. When the status reads Active, your https:// address is live. Optionally, set the domain as Primary so it becomes your default access address. CloudFlare users, read this. Set the record to DNS-only (grey cloud), not proxied (orange cloud). Proxy mode prevents domain verification and blocks the SSL certificate from being issued. This is the most common reason a domain gets stuck. Don’t sit and wait DNS propagation takes time, and nothing else in your setup depends on it. Add the domain, set the A record, then carry straight on with branding, agents and knowledge. It will complete in the background. Your access links The Access & Domains tab always shows you how to reach your helpdesk: Before your domain is active: a direct address is shown, so you can always get in. Once SSL is Active: your branded https:// links appear – one for your agent workspace, one for your customer support portal. How many domains? Your plan sets the limit: Starter 1, Growth 2, Pro 3, Enterprise unlimited. If something isn’t working Domain stuck on pending: check the A record points to the exact IP shown in the portal, and that CloudFlare proxy is off. SSL not activating: SSL can only be issued once the domain verifies, so fix verification first. Chat isn’t sharing your support email: that’s this page’s job – the domain isn’t verified yet. Once it is, it fills in automatically. Branding Branding ESC is true white-label. Your customers and your team see your brand, not ours. What you can set On the Brand tab: Logo – PNG or SVG. Favicon – the small icon in the browser tab. Primary brand colour – applied across your helpdesk. Save, and it’s applied to your live helpdesk immediately. No redeploy, no downtime. Where your branding appears Your customer support portal – what your customers see. Your agent workspace – what your team sees. Your web chat widget – though the chat header logo can be set separately if you want a different one there. See Web Chat Widget. What we’ve already done for you Before you ever log in, we run a full brand sweep on your helpdesk: third-party product names and infrastructure menus are removed. What’s left is a clean workspace that looks like part of your own product. You don’t need to hunt for someone else’s logo to replace – it’s already gone. Tip: use an SVG logo if you have one. It stays crisp at any size, on any screen. AI Support Agents Your AI support agents are who your customers appear to be talking to. They answer web chat and email tickets automatically, drawing on your knowledge base, and hand off to your human team when they should. Creating agents On the Agents tab: Add an agent with a first and last name and a department. Upload an avatar photo for each agent. It’s stored with your brand assets and is shown in live chat replies. Edit or remove agents at any time. Changes flow to your live helpdesk automatically. How many agents? Your plan sets the limit: Starter 2, Growth 8, Pro 16, Enterprise unlimited. There are no per-agent fees. Your monthly price covers your whole roster. On upgrading: when you move to a larger plan, your agent roster automatically expands to the new tier’s limit with ready-to-use agents. You don’t have to rebuild it. Giving them a personality Names and departments aren’t cosmetic. They’re what your customers see in every reply, so pick names and departments that fit your brand and your team’s structure. An agent named for a real department (“Billing”, “Technical Support”) sets the right expectation for the conversation. What your AI agents can and can’t do They answer from your knowledge base. That’s the point – replies are grounded in your own documents and policies, not a generic model’s guesses. If the answer isn’t in your knowledge, they hand off to your human team rather than inventing one. How confident they must be before answering is something you control. See Knowledge Base. AI Support Agents AI Support Agents Your AI support agents are who your customers appear to be talking to. They answer web chat and email tickets automatically, drawing on your knowledge base, and hand off to your human team when they should. Creating agents On the Agents tab: Add an agent with a first and last name and a department. Upload an avatar photo for each agent. It’s stored with your brand assets and is shown in live chat replies. Edit or remove agents at any time. Changes flow to your live helpdesk automatically. How many agents? Your plan sets the limit: Starter 2, Growth 8, Pro 16, Enterprise unlimited. There are no per-agent fees. Your monthly price covers your whole roster. On upgrading: when you move to a larger plan, your agent roster automatically expands to the new tier’s limit with ready-to-use agents. You don’t have to rebuild it. Giving them a personality Names and departments aren’t cosmetic. They’re what your customers see in every reply, so pick names and departments that fit your brand and your team’s structure. An agent named for a real department (“Billing”, “Technical Support”) sets the right expectation for the conversation. What your AI agents can and can’t do They answer from your knowledge base. That’s the point – replies are grounded in your own documents and policies, not a generic model’s guesses. If the answer isn’t in your knowledge, they hand off to your human team rather than inventing one. How confident they must be before answering is something you control. See Knowledge Base. Knowledge Base Knowledge Base This is the step that makes your AI genuinely yours. Your agents answer from your documents and policies, not from a generic model’s guesses. Uploading documents On the Knowledge tab, upload the documents you want your AI to answer from. Supported formats: PDF, Word (DOC/DOCX), Excel (XLS/XLSX), PowerPoint (PPTX), TXT, CSV and Markdown. Maximum 50 MB per file. There is nothing to prepare. No formatting, no tagging, no technical setup. Upload, and we handle the rest. What happens next Each file shows Syncing, then Ready once it’s indexed – usually within seconds. Your AI agents start using new knowledge immediately at query time. There is no refresh, no rebuild, and no waiting period. Upload a document, ask your AI a question about it in the Web Chat preview, and it will answer. Two things that catch people out Legacy PowerPoint (.ppt) is not supported. Re-save it as .pptx or PDF. Scanned PDFs will not work. If your PDF is just page images with no selectable text, there is nothing for the AI to read. Open it in a PDF reader – if you can’t select and copy the text, neither can we. Use a text-based PDF, or convert it to Word or TXT first. Answer Confidence You control how certain your AI must be before it answers rather than handing off to your team. On the Knowledge tab, set Answer Confidence: Setting Behaviour Strict Answers only when highly confident. Hands off more often. Balanced The default, and what most customers stay on. Lenient Answers more readily. Hands off less often. Which should you pick? Start on Balanced. If your AI is being too cautious and handing off questions it should have answered, move to Lenient and test it in the Web Chat preview. If it’s answering things it shouldn’t, move to Strict. This is available while your helpdesk is Running, and the change reaches your AI within a few seconds. Storage Your plan sets the limit: Starter 100 MB, Growth 500 MB, Pro 2 GB, Enterprise custom. A live storage meter on the Knowledge tab shows where you stand. Getting good answers The quality of your AI is the quality of your knowledge base. A few things that help: Upload what your customers actually ask about – your FAQs, policies, product documentation, troubleshooting guides. Keep it current. An outdated document produces confidently outdated answers. Test it. Ask your AI the questions your customers really ask, in the Web Chat preview, and see what comes back. Web Chat Widget Web Chat Widget Add an AI-powered chat bubble to your website. One snippet, no developer required. Configuring it On the Web Chat tab: Setting What it is Display name The name shown in the widget header Welcome message The line shown in the header before the chat starts Agent greeting The first message your AI agent actually sends Response-time note For example, “We typically reply in a few minutes” Chat header logo Uses your brand logo by default; untick Use brand logo to upload a separate one Primary colour The widget’s accent colour Launcher position Bottom-left or bottom-right The live preview A live preview sits beside the settings and updates as you type. It is not a mock-up – it’s connected to your real AI agents and your real knowledge base. So test it properly. Ask it the questions your customers actually ask, drawn from the documents you uploaded. This is the moment you find out whether your knowledge base is doing its job, and it’s far cheaper to find out here than on your live site. Placeholders You can use these in your welcome message and agent greeting, and they fill in automatically: Placeholder Fills in with {agent} The AI agent’s name {brand} Your brand name {supportemail} Your branded support address, e.g. [email protected] {supportportal} Your customer support portal address {supportemail} and {supportportal} need your custom domain. Until you’ve linked a domain with active SSL, they stay blank – your AI will not quote an address that isn’t yours. Once your domain goes active, they fill in automatically with no reconfiguration needed. See Your Domain & SSL. If you need a different support address, you can set an override on this tab. Embedding it When you’re happy with the preview, copy the embed code and paste it into your website’s HTML, just before the closing </body> tag. That’s the whole installation. It works on any website – your own site, a CMS, a landing page. If you can paste HTML into it, the widget will run. Going live Once embedded, visitors get your AI support team from the moment they land. Conversations that need a human are handed to your agent workspace, with the full history already attached. Email Channel Email Channel Turn incoming customer emails into tickets your AI agents can answer. Connecting your inbox On the Channels tab, add your support mailbox. You’ll need: Incoming mail details: server, port, username, password. Outgoing mail details, so replies send from your own address. Optionally, route this channel to a team, so its tickets land with a specific group. The portal validates the connection when you save, and shows you the status. If something is wrong, there’s a Retry option. What happens once it’s connected Emails to that address become tickets. Your AI agents answer them from your knowledge base, and replies go out from your own address – your customer never sees anything but your brand. Anything the AI can’t answer is handed to your human team in the agent workspace, with the full email thread attached. Which mailbox? Most customers connect the support address they already publish – [email protected] or similar. If you’ve linked a custom domain to ESC, that gives you a branded [email protected] address to use. If the connection fails, it’s almost always the incoming or outgoing mail settings. Check them against what your mail provider gives you, and confirm the account allows access from external mail clients – some providers require an app-specific password rather than your normal one. Reports & Activity Reports & Activity Once you’re live, this is where you watch it working. Reports The Reports page shows how your AI support team is performing: conversation volume, how your AI agents are handling it, and how that trends over time. Reports run in your timezone, not UTC. A day means your day. Set a default timezone on your Profile, and if you run helpdesks in different regions you can give an individual helpdesk its own timezone from its Overview. The Reports page always shows you which timezone it’s using. Activity The Activity tab on your helpdesk is a timeline of everything that has happened to it – provisioning, configuration changes, domain and SSL events, subscription events. If you’re ever wondering “when did that change?”, this is where to look. Usage against your plan Your Overview shows how many AI responses you’ve used this month against your plan’s allowance. What counts as an AI response? A genuine answer from your AI agent. Automatic acknowledgements and canned replies do not count against your allowance. Your allowance is: Starter 2,000, Growth 10,000, Pro 40,000, Enterprise custom per month. Conversation history Every conversation is recorded and searchable, across every channel. That gives you an audit trail, and it gives you the raw material to improve – the questions your AI struggled with are the documents your knowledge base is missing. Billing & Subscription Billing & Subscription Your ESC subscription is bought and billed entirely through AWS Marketplace. It appears on your regular AWS bill – there is no separate invoice from us, and ESC never asks you for a card to subscribe. That has one consequence worth understanding before you need it: because AWS handles your billing, AWS is also where you cancel. We cannot cancel your subscription on your behalf, and deleting your helpdesk in the ESC portal will not stop AWS billing you. If you only read one page in this section, make it Cancelling in AWS Marketplace. In this section: Plans & Allowances – what each plan includes and what happens when you approach a limit. Upgrading Your Plan – moving to a bigger plan without losing your data, your domain, or your address. Cancelling in AWS Marketplace – how to stop your subscription, and the one step people miss. Plans & Allowances Plans & Allowances Every ESC plan includes the full platform. The tiers differ in capacity, not capability. Starter Growth Pro Enterprise Price / month $199 $399 $799 Custom AI responses / month 2,000 10,000 40,000 Custom AI agents 2 8 16 Unlimited Custom domains 1 2 3 Unlimited Knowledge storage 100 MB 500 MB 2 GB Custom Support response 2 business days 1 business day 4 business hours 1 business hour No per-agent fees. Your monthly price covers your whole team. Allowances are per helpdesk This is worth being clear about, especially if you run more than one helpdesk. Each helpdesk has its own allowances. Its own AI responses, its own agents, its own domains, its own knowledge storage. They are not pooled across your account. If one helpdesk exhausts its monthly AI responses, your other helpdesks are unaffected. AI responses One AI response = one genuine answer from your AI agent. Automatic acknowledgements and canned replies do not count against your allowance. Your allowance reloads monthly and does not roll over. You can see usage on each helpdesk’s Overview and on your Billing page. If a helpdesk runs out, its AI agents hand conversations to your human team instead of answering. Nothing breaks and nothing is lost – the helpdesk keeps running, tickets keep arriving, and your team keeps working them in the agent workspace. You simply lose the automatic answers until the allowance reloads. Running out of AI responses You have two options. Upgrade the helpdesk to a larger plan, on AWS Marketplace. This raises its monthly allowance permanently. See Upgrading Your Plan. Or buy a one-time AI response pack. These are optional top-ups, bought from the Plans & Billing page in your portal: Pack Price Per response 5,000 responses $250 $0.0500 20,000 responses $700 $0.0350 50,000 responses $1,250 $0.0250 Never expire. Unused responses stay on the helpdesk indefinitely. Used only after that month’s plan allowance is spent. Your plan allowance always goes first, so a top-up is never wasted. Applied to one helpdesk. You choose which. Paid by card, in the portal. This is a one-time purchase and is not part of your AWS subscription – your subscription and your AWS billing are unaffected. Which should you choose? If you’re consistently running out, upgrade – the monthly allowance is far better value. Top-up packs are for one-off spikes: a product launch, a busy season, an incident. Additional helpdesks You are not limited to one helpdesk. From the Plans & Billing page, Buy a New Instance on any tier to add another – useful if you run several brands, or if you’re an agency deploying a helpdesk per client. Each additional helpdesk is purchased through AWS Marketplace and appears on your AWS bill. Each is fully independent: its own dedicated instance, its own domain, its own branding, its own AI agents, its own knowledge base, and its own allowances. They do not share data. You can mix tiers freely – a Growth helpdesk for one brand and a Starter for another. The other limits AI agents – the roster limit for that helpdesk. Upgrading expands it automatically. Custom domains – how many domains you can point at that helpdesk. Knowledge storage – the total size of documents uploaded to that helpdesk. A live meter on the Knowledge tab shows where you stand. Enterprise If your volumes, your structure, or your contractual requirements don’t fit the published tiers, Enterprise is available via private offer on AWS Marketplace. Contact [email protected]. Upgrading Your Plan Upgrading Your Plan You are not locked into the plan you started on. How to upgrade Upgrades are purchased through AWS Marketplace, the same way your original subscription was. The Plans page in your ESC portal will hand you to AWS to complete it. What happens to your helpdesk This is the part people worry about, so here it is plainly: you keep everything. Same-tier upgrades take effect instantly, with no downtime. Larger-tier upgrades are handled by a secure snapshot-restore. Your data carries over in full. Your domain and your address do not change. Your customers and your team notice nothing. Your AI agent roster automatically expands to the new tier’s limit, with ready-to-use agents. Your branding, knowledge base, channels and history all carry over untouched. There is nothing for you to rebuild, re-upload, or reconfigure. Downgrading If you need to move to a smaller plan, contact [email protected] first. Your current usage may exceed the smaller plan’s limits – more agents than it allows, or more knowledge storage than it permits – and we’d rather help you land that safely than have you discover it afterwards. Cancelling in AWS Marketplace Cancelling in AWS Marketplace Read this page before you cancel. There is one step people miss, and missing it means you keep getting charged. The one thing to know Deleting your helpdesk in the ESC portal does NOT cancel your AWS subscription. They are two separate actions. Deleting your helpdesk removes the service. Cancelling your subscription in AWS Marketplace is what stops the billing. If you delete your helpdesk but don’t cancel in AWS, AWS will keep charging you. Why it works this way Because you subscribed through AWS Marketplace, AWS owns your subscription – and AWS permits only the account holder to cancel it. We cannot cancel it for you, even if you ask us to. This is an AWS rule, not an ESC policy, and it applies to every SaaS product sold on AWS Marketplace. How to cancel properly Cancel your subscription in AWS. Sign in to the AWS Marketplace console, go to Manage subscriptions, find Elyxia Support Cloud, and cancel it. This is the step that stops the billing. Delete your helpdesk in the ESC portal, if you want the service removed immediately. A backup is taken before teardown. Do step 1. Step 2 is optional; step 1 is not. If you have more than one helpdesk This is where the rule above bites hardest, so read it carefully. Each helpdesk you bought is a separate charge on your AWS bill. Deleting one helpdesk in the ESC portal does not cancel its AWS charge – exactly as with a single helpdesk, deleting the service and cancelling the billing are two different actions. So if you run three helpdesks and want to drop to two, cancel that helpdesk’s subscription in AWS Marketplace first, and only then delete the helpdesk in the ESC portal. Do not assume that deleting a helpdesk in the portal reduces your AWS bill. It does not. If you remove a helpdesk and keep getting charged for it, this is why – the subscription is still active in AWS. If you’re unsure which AWS subscription corresponds to which helpdesk, email [email protected] with your AWS customer ID and we’ll help you identify it before you cancel anything. If you’re on the free trial Nothing to do. An AWS SaaS free trial does not auto-convert into a paid subscription – if you do nothing, it simply expires and you are not charged. You only become a paying customer by deliberately subscribing. What happens to your helpdesk after cancellation Your helpdesk is not destroyed the moment you cancel. It is stopped, and there is a grace period before it is removed, with a backup taken first. If you cancel by mistake, or change your mind, re-subscribe on AWS Marketplace – your account is preserved, and if your helpdesk still exists it is brought back. If you’re leaving and want your data, export what you need before you cancel. Still not sure? If you’re cancelling because something isn’t working, email [email protected] first. We would rather fix it. Resources & Reference Quick links and reference details for Elyxia Support Cloud. Key links ESC Client Portal https://esc.elyxia.uk Documentation https://assist.elyxia.uk/docs/elyxia-support-cloud-esc/ AWS Marketplace listing https://aws.amazon.com/marketplace/pp/prodview-prhc4co2ihkuq Data security https://esc.elyxia.uk/data-security Support [email protected] Support response times Plan Response Starter Within 2 business days Growth Within 1 business day Pro Within 4 business hours (priority) Enterprise Within 1 business hour (dedicated channel) For product, provisioning, or configuration help, email [email protected] with your AWS customer ID and helpdesk details. For billing, subscription changes, and cancellations, see Billing & Subscription > Cancelling in AWS Marketplace. Refund policy Refund requests submitted within 48 hours of your initial subscription, or within 48 hours of an upgrade, are considered case by case. Contact [email protected] with your AWS customer ID to start a request. Full detail at https://www.elyxia.uk/refund-policy/. Security and data Every helpdesk runs on its own dedicated, isolated instance – customer data is never co-mingled. Nightly backups with 30-day retention, all data encrypted in transit, and SSL auto-provisioned per domain. Full detail at https://esc.elyxia.uk/data-security. Common questions My domain is stuck on pending. Check the A record points to the exact IP shown in the portal, and that CloudFlare proxy is off (grey cloud, not orange). The chat isn’t sharing my support email. Your custom domain isn’t verified yet. Once it is, {supportemail} and {supportportal} fill in automatically. My PDF won’t index. If you can’t select the text in a PDF reader, it’s a scanned image. Convert it to a text-based PDF, Word, or TXT. My AI has stopped answering. Check your AI response usage on the helpdesk Overview – you may have used this month’s allowance. It reloads monthly, or you can top up. I deleted my helpdesk but I’m still being charged. Deleting the helpdesk does not cancel your AWS subscription. Cancel it in the AWS Marketplace console. See Cancelling in AWS Marketplace. Can I access the server? No, and you don’t need to. ESC is fully managed – provisioning, SSL, backups, scaling and patching are all handled for you. Where things live Looking for Go to Plans, pricing, allowances Billing & Subscription > Plans & Allowances Adding a domain / SSL Setup & Management > Your Domain & SSL Uploading knowledge Setup & Management > Knowledge Base The chat widget Setup & Management > Web Chat Widget Cancelling Billing & Subscription > Cancelling in AWS Marketplace Release Notes EGL Build 260716.1 16 July 2026 NEW Elyxia Support Cloud is now officially available on AWS Marketplace – a fully managed, AI-powered helpdesk live in under 15 minutes. NEW Dedicated, isolated instance per customer – your own helpdesk, your own data, no shared infrastructure. NEW AI support agents answer web chat and email tickets automatically from your own knowledge base, with configurable Answer Confidence and clean handoff to your team. NEW Knowledge base – upload PDF, Word, Excel, PowerPoint, TXT, CSV and Markdown; indexed automatically and answering within seconds. NEW Web chat widget with live in-portal preview and one-snippet embed. NEW Email channel – connect any support mailbox; replies send from your own address. NEW True white-label – your domain, logo, colours and AI agent names, with free auto-provisioned SSL. NEW Buy additional helpdesks and one-time AI response packs from the portal. NEW Available in Ireland, London, Singapore and US East (N. Virginia), with more regions in progress.
Introduction This article is released for AWS solution(s), Elyxia Support Cloud (ESC) – Your AI Support Team, Ready in Minutes ESC: Your Own AI Support Team, Live in Under 15 Minutes Elyxia Support Cloud gives your business a fully managed, AI-powered helpdesk without any infrastructure work. Subscribe through AWS Marketplace, configure your brand and knowledge base, and your AI agents are answering real customer questions – on your own domain – in under 15 minutes. Unlike shared, multi-tenant helpdesk platforms, every ESC customer gets a dedicated, isolated instance. Your customer conversations are never co-mingled with anyone else’s, and your configuration and performance are yours alone. This matters for regulated industries, for data-residency requirements, and for anyone who would simply rather not have their customers’ data sitting in a stranger’s database. AI is not a premium add-on here. Every plan – starting at $199/month, flat, for your whole team – includes AI agents that answer web chat and email tickets automatically from your own uploaded documents, escalating to your human team when they should. There are no per-agent fees. Included in Every Plan Dedicated, isolated instance: Your own helpdesk, your own data. No co-mingling, no noisy neighbours. AI support agents: Answer web chat and email tickets automatically from your knowledge base, with confidence controls and clean handoff to your human team. Knowledge base: Upload PDF, Word, Excel, PowerPoint, TXT, CSV or Markdown – indexed automatically and answering within seconds. No tagging, no formatting. Web chat widget: One HTML snippet, embedded on any website, fully styled to your brand. Customer support portal: A branded self-service portal where your customers submit and track their tickets. Agent workspace: A full admin site for your human team to review, respond, and collaborate on escalated tickets. True white-label: Your domain, your logo, your colours, your AI agent names. Third-party names and infrastructure menus are swept out before you ever log in. Free SSL: Auto-provisioned and auto-renewed on your custom domain. Nightly backups: 30-day retention, with all data encrypted in transit. Full conversation history: Every conversation recorded and searchable, for audit and continuous improvement. Fully managed: There are no servers for you to run. Provisioning, SSL, nightly backups, scaling on upgrade, security patching, and platform updates are all handled for you. You manage your brand, your agents, and your knowledge – we manage everything underneath. Free 15-day trial. Spin up your fully branded AI helpdesk, train it on your own documents, and put it through its paces before you commit. No credit card lock-in. Available regions: Ireland, London, Singapore, and US East (N. Virginia) – with further regions in progress.
Requirement Instance Configuration Overview: When setting up your AWS instance, you’ll need to configure a few key options. Here’s a detailed guide on the recommended configurations and selections. 1. Instance Type For optimal performance, we recommend using the following instance types: t3a.small – 2 virtual CPUs and 2 GB memory. t3.small – 2 virtual CPUs and 2 GB memory. However, you can choose an instance type based on your specific workload and traffic needs. Here’s a quick reference table to help you decide: CPU/Memory Database Monitored Hosts 1 CPU core / 1 GB MySQL InnoDB 100 2 CPU cores / 2 GB MySQL InnoDB 500 4 CPU cores / 8 GB RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 1,000 8 CPU cores / 16 GB Fast RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 10,000 For more details on different instance types and configurations, refer to the AWS Instance Types documentation. 2. Storage Space The default allocated storage size for our AMI. You may specify the necessary storage size when launching a new instance or change it after deployment. 20 GB (recommended) 3. Ports Configuration To ensure smooth operation of your installation, it’s important to open the appropriate inbound and outbound ports. Below are the recommended port settings, though you may configure them based on your specific security group requirements: Inbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination SSH TCP 22 0.0.0.0/0 HTTP TCP 80 0.0.0.0/0 HTTPS TCP 443 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 3306 0.0.0.0/0 Outbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination All traffic All All 0.0.0.0/0
Requirement Instance Configuration Requirements Overview: When setting up your AWS instance, you’ll need to configure a few key options. Here’s a detailed guide on the recommended configurations and selections. 1. Instance Type For optimal performance, we recommend using the following instance types: t3a.small – 2 virtual CPUs and 2 GB memory. t3.small – 2 virtual CPUs and 2 GB memory. However, you can choose an instance type based on your specific workload and traffic needs. Here’s a quick reference table to help you decide: CPU/Memory Database Monitored Hosts 1 CPU core / 1 GB MySQL InnoDB 100 2 CPU cores / 2 GB MySQL InnoDB 500 4 CPU cores / 8 GB RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 1,000 8 CPU cores / 16 GB Fast RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 10,000 For more details on different instance types and configurations, refer to the AWS Instance Types documentation. 2. Storage Space The default allocated storage size for our AMI. You may specify the necessary storage size when launching a new instance or change it after deployment. 20 GB (recommended) 3. Ports Configuration To ensure smooth operation of your installation, it’s important to open the appropriate inbound and outbound ports. Below are the recommended port settings, though you may configure them based on your specific security group requirements: Inbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination SSH TCP 22 0.0.0.0/0 HTTP TCP 80 0.0.0.0/0 HTTPS TCP 443 0.0.0.0/0 MySQL/MariaDB TCP 3306 0.0.0.0/0 CUSTOM TCP 9090 0.0.0.0/0 Outbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination All traffic All All 0.0.0.0/0
Requirement Instance Configuration Overview: When setting up your AWS instance, you’ll need to configure a few key options. Here’s a detailed guide on the recommended configurations and selections. 1. Instance Type For optimal performance, we recommend using the following instance types: t3a.small or t3.small (recommended) – 2 virtual CPUs and 2 GB memory. However, you can choose an instance type based on your specific workload and traffic needs. Here’s a quick reference table to help you decide: CPU/Memory Database Monitored Hosts 1 CPU core / 1 GB MySQL InnoDB 100 2 CPU cores / 2 GB MySQL InnoDB 500 4 CPU cores / 8 GB RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 1,000 8 CPU cores / 16 GB Fast RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 10,000 For more details on different instance types and configurations, refer to the AWS Instance Types documentation. 2. Storage Space The default allocated storage size for our AMI. You may specify the necessary storage size when launching a new instance or change it after deployment. 20 GB (recommended) 3. Ports Configuration To ensure smooth operation of your installation, it’s important to open the appropriate inbound and outbound ports. Below are the recommended port settings, though you may configure them based on your specific security group requirements: Inbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination SSH TCP 22 0.0.0.0/0 HTTP TCP 80 0.0.0.0/0 HTTPS TCP 443 0.0.0.0/0 MySQL/Aurora TCP 3306 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 587 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 465 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 993 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 143 0.0.0.0/0 Outbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination All traffic All All 0.0.0.0/0 4. Important Notes: Mail Sending Restrictions: AWS imposes restrictions on sending emails from EC2 instances by default. To remove this limitation, you may need to submit a request to AWS to lift the email sending blockage before you can use this instance as SMTP server or for email campaigns.
Demo Import If you want your site to look like exactly the ‘Charles’ demos then you have to import the demo content successfully. We integrated the One Click Demo installation feature to ‘Charles’ WordPress theme. You can import all demo content just by a click only. OneClick Demo Installation Process Install the theme and active it. Then install all required plugins. Make sure all the required plugins are activated. After activating all the required plugins navigate to Appearance > ‘One Click Demo Import’ menu from the WordPress dashboard. Note: If the option data do not import then you have to import it manually. Navigate to ‘Theme Settings > Backup’. Then copy-paste the backup string here and click on the Import a Backup button. You will find the backup string in the options.txt file. The recommended method to import the demo content. If you failed to import the demo content by one click then you have to follow the below steps to import the demo content manually. You will get all demo content data with the theme package. You will find the demos in ‘charles>inc/demo{disired-demo-number} this path. Navigate to Tools > Import then install the WordPress plugin and click on the ‘Run Importer’. Upload here the ‘theme_content.xml’ file. Install the ‘Widget Importer & Exporter‘ plugin to import the demo widgets. Then navigate to Tools > Widget Importer & Exporter and upload here the ‘widget_data.wie’ file. Now you have to import the Dental Options as like the demo. Navigate to ‘Theme Settings > Backup’. Then copy-paste the backup string here and click on the Import a Backup button. You will find the backup string in the options.txt file.
How to (FAQs) Harum proident? Volutpat sint. Dicta. Eleifend, distinctio placeat nec commodo asperiores posuere fusce illo, adipiscing leo velit ipsum. Mauris enim itaque penatibus, consectetur fermentum, vel temporibus interdum Articles Updating Your Theme How to set site’s favicon Menu Not Appearing How to Paginate a Post ? How to apply custom CSS code. Updating Your Theme We are strongly recommended to install “Envato Toolkit” plugin for ease of use. Once necessary plugin installed and activated “Envato Toolkit” menu will be available at your admin side. Important : If you have missing plugins or having issues to install any of them, all the related could be found under “recommended-plugins” folder within the downloaded package. User Account Information To obtain your API Key, visit your “My Settings” page on any of the Envato Marketplaces. Once a valid connection has been made any changes to the API key below for this username will not effect the results for 5 minutes because they’re cached in the database. If you have already made an API connection and just purchase a theme and it’s not showing up, wait five minutes and refresh the page. If the theme is still not showing up, it’s possible the author has not made it available for auto install yet. Marketplace Username: Enter your Envato marketplace username. Secret API Key: Enter your Envato marketplace Secret API Key (http://themeforest.net/user/[your-username]/api_keys/edit, Login to your Themeforest account, Settings > API Key) Backup Information This plugin will automatically save your theme as a ZIP archive before it does an upgrade. The directory those backups get saved to is wp-content/envato-backups. However, if you’re experiencing problems while attempting to upgrade, it’s likely to be a permissions issue and you may want to manually backup your theme before upgrading. Alternatively, if you don’t want to backup your theme you can check the box below. Skip Theme Backup: Strongly recommended keep unchecked. Alternative Way You can also update the theme by replacing the old theme folder. First go to your theme directory then delete the theme folder and paste the new version of the theme. How to set site’s favicon Go to Appearance > Customize > Site Identity. Then Select an image as site icon. It’s recommended to use a .ico image as the site icon (favicon). Menu Not Appearing Please make sure you have generated and set menus on “Appearance > Menus”. “Main Menu” menu locations have to be filled to make the menus work as expected. How to Paginate a Post ? In order to paginate your blog post, in the Write panel in your WordPress admin, switch to the TEXT view (if you are using the Visual view) and then enter the following code to wherever you want to break the post up into a new page: <!--nextpage--> How to apply custom CSS code. You can apply your own custom CSS code on Charles theme. Your custom CSS code will not be lost even if you update the theme. Navigate to Appearance > Customize > Additional CSS Take a look at the screenshots-
Requirement Instance Configuration Requirements Overview: When setting up your AWS instance, you’ll need to configure a few key options. Here’s a detailed guide on the recommended configurations and selections. 1. Instance Type For optimal performance, we recommend using the following instance types: t3a.small or t3.small (recommended) – 2 virtual CPUs and 2 GB memory. However, you can choose an instance type based on your specific workload and traffic needs. Here’s a quick reference table to help you decide: CPU/Memory Database Monitored Hosts 1 CPU core / 1 GB MySQL InnoDB 100 2 CPU cores / 2 GB MySQL InnoDB 500 4 CPU cores / 8 GB RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 1,000 8 CPU cores / 16 GB Fast RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 10,000 For more details on different instance types and configurations, refer to the AWS Instance Types documentation. 2. Storage Space The default allocated storage size for our AMI. You may specify the necessary storage size when launching a new instance or change it after deployment. 20 GB (recommended) 3. Ports Configuration To ensure smooth operation of your Mautic installation, it’s important to open the appropriate inbound and outbound ports. Below are the recommended port settings, though you may configure them based on your specific security group requirements: Inbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination SSH TCP 22 0.0.0.0/0 HTTP TCP 80 0.0.0.0/0 HTTPS TCP 443 0.0.0.0/0 MySQL/Aurora TCP 3306 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 587 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 465 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 993 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 143 0.0.0.0/0 Outbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination All traffic All All 0.0.0.0/0 4. Important Notes: Mail Sending Restrictions: AWS imposes restrictions on sending emails from EC2 instances by default. To remove this limitation, you may need to submit a request to AWS to lift the email sending blockage before you can use Mautic for email campaigns.
How to set site’s favicon Go to Appearance > Customize > Site Identity. Then Select an image as site icon. It’s recommended to use a .ico image as the site icon (favicon).
Plans & Allowances Plans & Allowances Every ESC plan includes the full platform. The tiers differ in capacity, not capability. Starter Growth Pro Enterprise Price / month $199 $399 $799 Custom AI responses / month 2,000 10,000 40,000 Custom AI agents 2 8 16 Unlimited Custom domains 1 2 3 Unlimited Knowledge storage 100 MB 500 MB 2 GB Custom Support response 2 business days 1 business day 4 business hours 1 business hour No per-agent fees. Your monthly price covers your whole team. Allowances are per helpdesk This is worth being clear about, especially if you run more than one helpdesk. Each helpdesk has its own allowances. Its own AI responses, its own agents, its own domains, its own knowledge storage. They are not pooled across your account. If one helpdesk exhausts its monthly AI responses, your other helpdesks are unaffected. AI responses One AI response = one genuine answer from your AI agent. Automatic acknowledgements and canned replies do not count against your allowance. Your allowance reloads monthly and does not roll over. You can see usage on each helpdesk’s Overview and on your Billing page. If a helpdesk runs out, its AI agents hand conversations to your human team instead of answering. Nothing breaks and nothing is lost – the helpdesk keeps running, tickets keep arriving, and your team keeps working them in the agent workspace. You simply lose the automatic answers until the allowance reloads. Running out of AI responses You have two options. Upgrade the helpdesk to a larger plan, on AWS Marketplace. This raises its monthly allowance permanently. See Upgrading Your Plan. Or buy a one-time AI response pack. These are optional top-ups, bought from the Plans & Billing page in your portal: Pack Price Per response 5,000 responses $250 $0.0500 20,000 responses $700 $0.0350 50,000 responses $1,250 $0.0250 Never expire. Unused responses stay on the helpdesk indefinitely. Used only after that month’s plan allowance is spent. Your plan allowance always goes first, so a top-up is never wasted. Applied to one helpdesk. You choose which. Paid by card, in the portal. This is a one-time purchase and is not part of your AWS subscription – your subscription and your AWS billing are unaffected. Which should you choose? If you’re consistently running out, upgrade – the monthly allowance is far better value. Top-up packs are for one-off spikes: a product launch, a busy season, an incident. Additional helpdesks You are not limited to one helpdesk. From the Plans & Billing page, Buy a New Instance on any tier to add another – useful if you run several brands, or if you’re an agency deploying a helpdesk per client. Each additional helpdesk is purchased through AWS Marketplace and appears on your AWS bill. Each is fully independent: its own dedicated instance, its own domain, its own branding, its own AI agents, its own knowledge base, and its own allowances. They do not share data. You can mix tiers freely – a Growth helpdesk for one brand and a Starter for another. The other limits AI agents – the roster limit for that helpdesk. Upgrading expands it automatically. Custom domains – how many domains you can point at that helpdesk. Knowledge storage – the total size of documents uploaded to that helpdesk. A live meter on the Knowledge tab shows where you stand. Enterprise If your volumes, your structure, or your contractual requirements don’t fit the published tiers, Enterprise is available via private offer on AWS Marketplace. Contact [email protected].
Your Domain & SSL Your Domain & SSL Putting your helpdesk on your own domain is the single highest-value setup step. It’s what turns a working helpdesk into your helpdesk. What it unlocks Your customer support portal at your own address. Your agent workspace at your own address. A branded support email address ([email protected]). Your AI agents can share your real contact details when handing off a conversation. Until a domain is verified, they stay silent on contact details rather than quoting an address that isn’t yours. Free SSL, provisioned and renewed automatically. How to add a domain Open your helpdesk in the portal and go to the Access & Domains tab. Click Add Domain and enter your domain (for example, support.yourcompany.com). The portal shows you an IP address. In your domain’s DNS settings, add an A record pointing your domain to that IP. Wait for DNS to propagate. ESC verifies the domain automatically. Once verified, SSL is provisioned automatically. When the status reads Active, your https:// address is live. Optionally, set the domain as Primary so it becomes your default access address. CloudFlare users, read this. Set the record to DNS-only (grey cloud), not proxied (orange cloud). Proxy mode prevents domain verification and blocks the SSL certificate from being issued. This is the most common reason a domain gets stuck. Don’t sit and wait DNS propagation takes time, and nothing else in your setup depends on it. Add the domain, set the A record, then carry straight on with branding, agents and knowledge. It will complete in the background. Your access links The Access & Domains tab always shows you how to reach your helpdesk: Before your domain is active: a direct address is shown, so you can always get in. Once SSL is Active: your branded https:// links appear – one for your agent workspace, one for your customer support portal. How many domains? Your plan sets the limit: Starter 1, Growth 2, Pro 3, Enterprise unlimited. If something isn’t working Domain stuck on pending: check the A record points to the exact IP shown in the portal, and that CloudFlare proxy is off. SSL not activating: SSL can only be issued once the domain verifies, so fix verification first. Chat isn’t sharing your support email: that’s this page’s job – the domain isn’t verified yet. Once it is, it fills in automatically.
Voluptatibus massa tempor What is an Extension? For editing menu navigation settings go to Theme Options Header Top of Header . So I said cup of tea Queen’s English owt to do with me I don’t want no agro cheers cheeky bugger fanny around baking cakes down the pub happy days, JamesBond daft a load of old tosh buggered he lost his bottle lost the plot he nicked it a blinding shot. [docly_tooltip id=”1″]Tooltip text[/docly_tooltip] mufty quaint no biggie cras baking cakes barney bamboozled, what a plonker bum bag he legged it young delinquent knees up Eaton the full monty arse over tit, my lady buggered happy days amongst bugger all mate are you taking the piss brolly. [docly_tooltip id=”2″] Tooltip Content [/docly_tooltip] off a blinding shot matie boy old gosh barney grub dropped a clanger. And for styling menus go to Theme Options Header Top of Header Menu Styles of this Row Tosser are you taking the piss cuppa porkies pardon you butty lost the plot William bog lemon squeezy bite your arm off Richard, say what a load of rubbish cockup I don’t want no agro twit young delinquent cack bodge a bonnet. Unordered list items Go to Docly SettingsHeader Logo Consectetur adipiscing elit Integer molestie lorem at massa Facilisis in pretium nisl aliquet Ordered List Items Go to Docly SettingsHeader Logo Consectetur adipiscing elit Integer molestie lorem at massa Facilisis in pretium nisl aliquet
Associating Your Domain Associating Your Domain with OsTicket Overview: To successfully associate your domain with the OsTicket hosted on an AWS instance, follow the steps outlined below. This process involves editing the Apache configuration file to link your domain with the server’s IP address and enforce HTTPS redirection. Step 1: Access Your Server 1. Log in via SSH Use SSH to access your AWS instance: ssh ec2-user@<your-aws-public-ip> 2. Switch to the Root User Elevate your permissions by switching to the root user: [ec2-user@…]$ sudo -i Step 2: Modify the Apache Configuration File 1. Edit the Configuration File Open the Apache configuration file: [root …]$ nano /etc/httpd/sites-available/osticket.conf 2. Update Domain Information Replace the placeholder yourdomain.com with your actual domain name in the configuration. Ensure that both the non-www and www versions of your domain are included. Also, modify the RewriteRule directives to enforce HTTPS redirection. Below is the updated configuration you need to apply: <VirtualHost *:80> ServerName yourdomain.com ServerAlias www.yourdomain.com DocumentRoot /var/www/osticket ErrorLog /var/www/osticket/log/error.log CustomLog /var/www/osticket/log/requests.log combined RewriteEngine on RewriteCond %{HTTP_HOST} ^(www\.)?yourdomain\.com$ RewriteRule ^ http://%{HTTP_HOST}%{REQUEST_URI} [END,NE,R=permanent] <Directory /var/www/osticket> Options +FollowSymLinks AllowOverride All Require all granted </Directory> </VirtualHost> <VirtualHost *:443> ServerName yourdomain.com ServerAlias www.yourdomain.com DocumentRoot /var/www/osticket ErrorLog /var/www/osticket/log/error.log CustomLog /var/www/osticket/log/requests.log combined RewriteEngine on RewriteCond %{HTTP_HOST} ^(www\.)?yourdomain\.com$ RewriteRule ^ https://%{HTTP_HOST}%{REQUEST_URI} [END,NE,R=permanent] ## Include SSL settings (for example with Let’s Encrypt) ## Uncomment the below lines if you have SSL with LetsEncrypt # Include /etc/letsencrypt/options-ssl-apache.conf # SSLCertificateFile /etc/letsencrypt/live/yourdomain.com/fullchain.pem # SSLCertificateKeyFile /etc/letsencrypt/live/yourdomain.com/privkey.pem <Directory /var/www/osticket> Options +FollowSymlinks AllowOverride All Require all granted </Directory> # Enable HTTP/2 for better performance Protocols h2 http/1.1 # Security Headers Header always set Strict-Transport-Security “max-age=31536000; includeSubDomains; preload” Header always set X-Content-Type-Options “nosniff” Header always set X-Frame-Options “SAMEORIGIN” Header always set X-XSS-Protection “1; mode=block” </VirtualHost> 3. Save and Exit After making the necessary changes, save the file by pressing Ctrl + O, then press Enter to confirm. Exit the editor by pressing Ctrl + X. Step 3: Refresh Symbolic Links & Restart Apache For the changes to take effect, recreate the symbolic links and then restart the Apache web server: [root …]$ rm -rf /etc/httpd/sites-enabled/osticket.conf [root …]$ sudo ln -s /etc/httpd/sites-available/osticket.conf /etc/httpd/sites-enabled/osticket.conf [root …]$ sudo systemctl restart httpd Additional Notes: Ensure that you have an SSL certificate installed for HTTPS to work. You may use services such as Let’s Encrypt to obtain a free SSL certificate. You might need to adjust firewall rules or security group settings in AWS to allow traffic on ports 80 (HTTP) and 443 (HTTPS). Important: Request AWS to lift any email sending restrictions if you’re using the application’s email features.
Language Translations All of our Themes are able to be translated into any language. The process of translating the theme is a user responsibility. The following instructions are given as guidance. Open wp-config.php and replace this: define ('WPLANG', ''); with this (substitute the language string (bg_BG) with your own!): define ('WPLANG', 'bg_BG'); Download and install POEDIT Connect to your site -> open your theme/languages directory Download the default.pot file and open it with POEDIT. Translate file and save it as bg_BG (the file name must match with the string you inserted into wp-config.php) Two files will be generated after save. bg_BG.pot and bg_BG.mo Upload the .mo and .pot files into wp-content/themes/your-theme/languages folder Your WordPress installation should be in the language you intend on using the site.
Requirement Instance Configuration Requirements Overview: When setting up your AWS instance, you’ll need to configure a few key options. Here’s a detailed guide on the recommended configurations and selections. 1. Instance Type For optimal performance, we recommend using the following instance types: t3a.small or t3.small (recommended) – 2 virtual CPUs and 2 GB memory. However, you can choose an instance type based on your specific workload and traffic needs. Here’s a quick reference table to help you decide: CPU/Memory Database Monitored Hosts 1 CPU core / 1 GB MySQL InnoDB 100 2 CPU cores / 2 GB MySQL InnoDB 500 4 CPU cores / 8 GB RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 1,000 8 CPU cores / 16 GB Fast RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 10,000 For more details on different instance types and configurations, refer to the AWS Instance Types documentation. 2. Storage Space The default allocated storage size for our AMI. You may specify the necessary storage size when launching a new instance or change it after deployment. 20 GB (recommended) 3. Ports Configuration To ensure smooth operation of your installation, it’s important to open the appropriate inbound and outbound ports. Below are the recommended port settings, though you may configure them based on your specific security group requirements: Inbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination SSH TCP 22 0.0.0.0/0 HTTP TCP 80 0.0.0.0/0 HTTPS TCP 443 0.0.0.0/0 PostgreSQL TCP 5432 0.0.0.0/0 PostgreSQL TCP 5433 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 8069 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 9090 0.0.0.0/0 Outbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination All traffic All All 0.0.0.0/0
Requirement Instance Configuration Requirements Overview: When setting up your AWS instance, you’ll need to configure a few key options. Here’s a detailed guide on the recommended configurations and selections. 1. Instance Type For optimal performance, we recommend using the following instance types: t3a.small – 2 virtual CPUs and 2 GB memory. t3.small – 2 virtual CPUs and 2 GB memory. However, you can choose an instance type based on your specific workload and traffic needs. Here’s a quick reference table to help you decide: CPU/Memory Database Monitored Hosts 1 CPU core / 1 GB MySQL InnoDB 100 2 CPU cores / 2 GB MySQL InnoDB 500 4 CPU cores / 8 GB RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 1,000 8 CPU cores / 16 GB Fast RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 10,000 For more details on different instance types and configurations, refer to the AWS Instance Types documentation. 2. Storage Space The default allocated storage size for our AMI. You may specify the necessary storage size when launching a new instance or change it after deployment. 20 GB (recommended) 3. Ports Configuration To ensure smooth operation of your installation, it’s important to open the appropriate inbound and outbound ports. Below are the recommended port settings, though you may configure them based on your specific security group requirements: Inbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination SSH TCP 22 0.0.0.0/0 HTTP TCP 80 0.0.0.0/0 HTTPS TCP 443 0.0.0.0/0 MySQL/MariaDB TCP 3306 0.0.0.0/0 CUSTOM TCP 9090 0.0.0.0/0 (Optional, you may use external relay) SMTP TCP 587 0.0.0.0/0 SMTPS TCP 465 0.0.0.0/0 POP3 TCP 110 0.0.0.0/0 POP3S TCP 995 0.0.0.0/0 IMAP TCP 143 0.0.0.0/0 IMAPS TCP 993 0.0.0.0/0 Outbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination All traffic All All 0.0.0.0/0
Example doc title What is an Extension? For editing menu navigation settings go to Theme Options Header Top of Header . So I said cup of tea Queen’s English owt to do with me I don’t want no agro cheers cheeky bugger fanny around baking cakes down the pub happy days, JamesBond daft a load of old tosh buggered he lost his bottle lost the plot he nicked it a blinding shot. [docly_tooltip id=”1″]Tooltip text[/docly_tooltip] mufty quaint no biggie cras baking cakes barney bamboozled, what a plonker bum bag he legged it young delinquent knees up Eaton the full monty arse over tit, my lady buggered happy days amongst bugger all mate are you taking the piss brolly. [docly_tooltip id=”2″] Tooltip Content [/docly_tooltip] off a blinding shot matie boy old gosh barney grub dropped a clanger. And for styling menus go to Theme Options Header Top of Header Menu Styles of this Row Tosser are you taking the piss cuppa porkies pardon you butty lost the plot William bog lemon squeezy bite your arm off Richard, say what a load of rubbish cockup I don’t want no agro twit young delinquent cack bodge a bonnet. Unordered list items Go to Docly SettingsHeader Logo Consectetur adipiscing elit Integer molestie lorem at massa Facilisis in pretium nisl aliquet Ordered List Items Go to Docly SettingsHeader Logo Consectetur adipiscing elit Integer molestie lorem at massa Facilisis in pretium nisl aliquet
Requirement Instance Configuration Requirements Overview: When setting up your AWS instance, you’ll need to configure a few key options. Here’s a detailed guide on the recommended configurations and selections. 1. Instance Type For optimal performance, we recommend using the following instance types: t3a.small – 2 virtual CPUs and 2 GB memory. t3.small – 2 virtual CPUs and 2 GB memory. However, you can choose an instance type based on your specific workload and traffic needs. Here’s a quick reference table to help you decide: CPU/Memory Database Monitored Hosts 1 CPU core / 1 GB MySQL InnoDB 100 2 CPU cores / 2 GB MySQL InnoDB 500 4 CPU cores / 8 GB RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 1,000 8 CPU cores / 16 GB Fast RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 10,000 For more details on different instance types and configurations, refer to the AWS Instance Types documentation. 2. Storage Space The default allocated storage size for our AMI. You may specify the necessary storage size when launching a new instance or change it after deployment. 20 GB (recommended) 3. Ports Configuration To ensure smooth operation of your Mautic installation, it’s important to open the appropriate inbound and outbound ports. Below are the recommended port settings, though you may configure them based on your specific security group requirements: Inbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination SSH TCP 22 0.0.0.0/0 HTTP TCP 80 0.0.0.0/0 HTTPS TCP 443 0.0.0.0/0 PostgreSQL TCP 5432 0.0.0.0/0 PostgreSQL TCP 5433 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 6042 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 3000 0.0.0.0/0 Custom (ElasticSearch) TCP 9200 0.0.0.0/0 (Optional, you may use external relay) SMTP TCP 587 0.0.0.0/0 SMTPS TCP 465 0.0.0.0/0 POP3 TCP 110 0.0.0.0/0 POP3S TCP 995 0.0.0.0/0 IMAP TCP 143 0.0.0.0/0 IMAPS TCP 993 0.0.0.0/0 Outbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination All traffic All All 0.0.0.0/0 4. Important Notes: Mail Sending Restrictions: AWS imposes restrictions on sending emails from EC2 instances by default. To remove this limitation, you may need to submit a request to AWS to lift the email sending blockage before you can use for email sending.
One-Click Installation Odoo 19 Initialization: Overview: This guide will walk you through initializing Odoo 19 on your AWS instance in just one click. The setup process is streamlined using our custom script, designed for ease of use and efficiency. Before starting the script, ensure the minimum requirement is met. Pro Tip: We recommend associating an AWS Elastic IP with your instance before running the setup. This prevents your IP address from changing when the instance is stopped and restarted. Step 1: Access Your AWS Instance 1. Launch Your AWS EC2 Instance: Choose your desired AWS EC2 instance type. (Recommended: t3a.small / t3.small) Once the instance is running, connect to it via SSH. 2. Connect to the Instance: Open your terminal (Mac/Linux) or use an SSH client (e.g., PuTTY for Windows). Run the following SSH command: ssh ec2-user@<your-aws-public-ip> When prompted for the login, enter: [ec2-user@…]$ sudo -i 3. Run the Initialization Script: To initiate the installation, run the following command: [root@…]$ dnf -y update [root@…]$ /usr/local/bin/egl_init.sh.x Note: This script automates the entire installation process. While it runs, ensure your terminal remains active, and do not close the session. The script may take up to 10-20 seconds to complete. The script will random generate new credentials for all the necessity. Step 2: Instance Set Up and Installation 1. Completion Confirmation: Once the installation is finished, you will see a summary on the screen that includes all credentials. 2. Access the Web Interface: Open your web browser and navigate to http://<your-public-ip>:8069 (port 8069) : http://<your-public-ip>:8069 You will be greeted by the welcome screen. 3. Login: Use the credentials provided during the installation process to log in. If login is successful, then you will be able to see the screen below. 4. Disable “Manage Database”: Recommended Step: To DISABLE “Manage Databases” link at login page, you will need to add the line below to Odoo configuration file /etc/odoo/odoo.conf “list_db = False” Go to your instance SSH command prompt and run the following command at root [root@…]$ nano /etc/odoo/odoo.conf Then add the line below to the file and save the file. list_db = False Restart odoo and apache to reflect the changes [root@…]$ sudo systemctl restart odoo [root@…]$ sudo systemctl restart nginx
One-Click Installation UVDesk Initialization: Overview: This guide will walk you through initializing UVDesk on your AWS instance in just one click. The setup process is streamlined using our custom script, designed for ease of use and efficiency. Before starting the script, ensure the minimum requirement is met. Pro Tip: We recommend associating an AWS Elastic IP with your instance before running the setup. This prevents your IP address from changing when the instance is stopped and restarted. Step 1: Access Your AWS Instance 1. Launch Your AWS EC2 Instance: Choose your desired AWS EC2 instance type. (Recommended: t3a.small / t3.small) Once the instance is running, connect to it via SSH. 2. Connect to the Instance: Open your terminal (Mac/Linux) or use an SSH client (e.g., PuTTY for Windows). Run the following SSH command: ssh ec2-user@<your-aws-public-ip> When prompted for the login, enter: [ec2-user@…]$ sudo -i 3. Run the Initialization Script: To initiate the installation, run the following command: [root@…]$ dnf -y update [root@…]$ /usr/local/bin/egl_init.sh.x Note: This script automates the entire installation process. While it runs, ensure your terminal remains active, and do not close the session. The script may take up to 10-20 seconds to complete. The script will random generate new credentials for all the necessity. Step 2: Instance Set Up and Installation 1. Completion Confirmation: Once the installation is finished, you will see a summary on the screen that includes all credentials. 2. Access the Web Interface: Open your web browser and navigate to http://<your-public-ip> : http://<your-public-ip> You will be greeted by the welcome screen. Step 3: Finalizing Installation 1. Welcome: Click Let’s Begin to start. (click to enlarge) 2. System Requirement: The installer will auto-detect all the requirement is met. You shall see all requirement are ticked as we pre-configured the instance for you. Click “Proceed” to go to next step. 3. Database Configuration: Get the database credentials from the summary of initialization script earlier and fill up the database settings, as below. Server: 127.0.0.1 Port: 3306 Server Version: 11.5 Username: root Password: (the root credential generated in Step 1) Database: uvdeskdb Once done, press ‘Proceed‘. 4. Admin Details: Fill up all fields accordingly as per your business needs. Take note of the email and password as you will use them to log into UVDesk Admin Panel. 5. Installation: Click “Install Now” to start the installation. Once installation is done, you will be welcomed with the links to your knowledgebase and admin panel. Once the setup is complete, you will see the final “Congratulations” screen as below. Navigate to http://<your-public-ip>/scp/login.php and login with the Administrator credentials you entered in the “Admin User” section earlier. http://<your-public-ip>/en/member/ Step 4: Post Installation – Recommended by UVDesk 1. Set APP_ENV to Prod Go to your instance SSH command prompt and run the following command at root [root@…]$ sudo sed -i 's/APP_ENV=dev/APP_ENV=prod/' "/var/www/uvdesk/.env" [root@…]$ sudo systemctl restart httpd Now, your UVDesk application is in production mode. To verify your setting run the command below at command prompt via SSH terminal, you will see APP_ENV=prod [root@…]$ nano /var/www/uvdesk/.env Important Notes: Mail Sending Blockage: AWS may have email-sending restrictions in place by default. Before using the instance for email sending, submit a request to AWS to lift the restriction on outbound email traffic.
One-Click Installation Mautic 5 Initialization: Overview: This guide will walk you through initializing Mautic 5 on your AWS instance in just one click. The setup process is streamlined using our custom script, designed for ease of use and efficiency. Before starting the script, ensure the minimum requirement is met. Pro Tip: We recommend associating an AWS Elastic IP with your instance before running the setup. This prevents your IP address from changing when the instance is stopped and restarted. Step 1: Access Your AWS Instance 1. Launch Your AWS EC2 Instance: Choose your desired AWS EC2 instance type. (Recommended: t3a.small / t3.small) Once the instance is running, connect to it via SSH. 2. Connect to the Instance: Open your terminal (Mac/Linux) or use an SSH client (e.g., PuTTY for Windows). Run the following SSH command: ssh ec2-user@<your-aws-public-ip> When prompted for the login, enter: [ec2-user@…]$ sudo -i 3. Run the Initialization Script: To initiate the Mautic installation, run the following command: [root@…]$ /usr/local/bin/egl_init.sh.x Note: This script automates the entire installation process. While it runs, ensure your terminal remains active, and do not close the session. Step 2: Access Mautic After Installation 1. Completion Confirmation: Once the installation is finished, you will see a summary on the screen that includes your Mautic admin credentials. 2. Access the Mautic Interface: Open your web browser and navigate to: http://<your-public-ip> You will be greeted by the Mautic login screen. 3. Login: Use the credentials provided during the installation process to log in. You can then update your account details in the settings as needed. Important Notes: Mail Sending Blockage: AWS may have email-sending restrictions in place by default. Before using Mautic for email campaigns, submit a request to AWS to lift the restriction on outbound email traffic.
One-Click Installation ISPConfig 3.2 Initialization: Overview: This guide will walk you through initializing ISPConfig 3.2 on your AWS instance in just one click. The setup process is streamlined using our custom script, designed for ease of use and efficiency. Before starting the script, ensure the minimum requirement is met. Pro Tip: We recommend associating an AWS Elastic IP with your instance before running the setup. This prevents your IP address from changing when the instance is stopped and restarted. Step 1: Access Your AWS Instance 1. Launch Your AWS EC2 Instance: Choose your desired AWS EC2 instance type. (Recommended: t3a.small / t3.small) Once the instance is running, connect to it via SSH. 2. Connect to the Instance: Open your terminal (Mac/Linux) or use an SSH client (e.g., PuTTY for Windows). Run the following SSH command: ssh ec2-user@<your-aws-public-ip> When prompted for the login, enter: [ec2-user@…]$ sudo -i 3. Run the Initialization Script: To initiate the installation, run the following command: [root@…]$ dnf -y update [root@…]$ /usr/local/bin/egl_init.sh.x Note: This script automates the entire installation process. While it runs, ensure your terminal remains active, and do not close the session. Step 2: Instance Set Up and Installation 1. Completion Confirmation: Once the installation is finished, you will see a summary on the screen that includes all credentials. (Click to enlarge) 2. Access the Web Interface: Open your web browser and navigate to: http://<your-public-ip>:8080 You will be greeted by the welcome screen. 3. Login: Use the credentials provided during the installation process to log in. You can then update your account details in the settings as needed. Important Notes: Your Connection is Not Private: If you encounter “Your connection is not private” warning due to SSL requirement. You may click “Advanced” button and then click the link, “proceed to your-ip-address (unsafe)” to bypass. This warning will be automatically resolved when your instance is installed with a SSL
One-Click Installation OpenCart Initialization: Overview: This guide will walk you through initializing OpenCart on your AWS instance in just one click. The setup process is streamlined using our custom script, designed for ease of use and efficiency. Before starting the script, ensure the minimum requirement is met. Pro Tip: We recommend associating an AWS Elastic IP with your instance before running the setup. This prevents your IP address from changing when the instance is stopped and restarted. Step 1: Access Your AWS Instance 1. Launch Your AWS EC2 Instance: Choose your desired AWS EC2 instance type. (Recommended: t3a.small / t3.small) Once the instance is running, connect to it via SSH. 2. Connect to the Instance: Open your terminal (Mac/Linux) or use an SSH client (e.g., PuTTY for Windows). Run the following SSH command: ssh ec2-user@<your-aws-public-ip> When prompted for the login, enter: [ec2-user@…]$ sudo -i 3. Run the Initialization Script: To initiate the installation, run the following command: [root@…]$ dnf -y update [root@…]$ /usr/local/bin/egl_init.sh.x Note: This script automates the entire installation process. While it runs, ensure your terminal remains active, and do not close the session. The script may take up to 10-20 seconds to complete. The script will random generate new credentials for all the necessity. Step 2: Instance Set Up and Installation 1. Completion Confirmation: Once the installation is finished, you will see a summary on the screen that includes all credentials. 2. Access the Web Interface: Open your web browser and navigate to http://<your-public-ip> : http://<your-public-ip> You will be greeted by the welcome screen. Step 3: Finalizing Installation 1. Welcome: Click Continue to agree and start the setup. 2. Pre-Installation: The installer will auto-detect all the requirement is met. You shall see all requirement are ticked as pre-configured the instance for you. Click “Continue” to go to next step. 3. Database Configuration: Get the database credentials from the summary of initialization script earlier and fill up the database settings, as below. Section 1: Database Details DB Driver: MySQLi Hostname: localhost Username: (the DB username generated in Step 1) Password: (the DB credential generated in Step 1) Database: opencartdb Prefix: (anything, you may leave it as it is) Port: 3306 Section 2: Administration Username: (anything, this will be admin login username) Password: (anything, this will be admin login password) Email: opencartdb Once done, press ‘Continue‘. 4. Installation Complete: Congratulation! OpenCart application is installed on your server. Next, we need to clean up and tighten the security of your installation. Once the setup is complete, you will see the final “Congratulations” screen as below. Step 4: Post Installation – Recommended by OpenCart According to OpenCart’s security recommendations, the following additional steps are essential to harden your OpenCart installation: ✅ Set correct file and folder permissions to prevent unauthorized access. ✅ Remove the ‘install’ folder to eliminate potential security risks. ✅ Update all configuration files to reflect the changes. No need to worry—we’ve got you covered! 🎯 Our automated installation script already perform all these actions exactly as recommended by OpenCart. Once the script is done running, you may proceed to login. Enter the username and password you set in Step 4 and press “Login“. http://<your-public-ip>/admin Important Notes: Mail Sending Blockage: AWS may have email-sending restrictions in place by default. Before using the instance for email sending, submit a request to AWS to lift the restriction on outbound email traffic.
One-Click Installation Odoo 17 Initialization: Overview: This guide will walk you through initializing Odoo 17 on your AWS instance in just one click. The setup process is streamlined using our custom script, designed for ease of use and efficiency. Before starting the script, ensure the minimum requirement is met. Pro Tip: We recommend associating an AWS Elastic IP with your instance before running the setup. This prevents your IP address from changing when the instance is stopped and restarted. Step 1: Access Your AWS Instance 1. Launch Your AWS EC2 Instance: Choose your desired AWS EC2 instance type. (Recommended: t3a.small / t3.small) Once the instance is running, connect to it via SSH. 2. Connect to the Instance: Open your terminal (Mac/Linux) or use an SSH client (e.g., PuTTY for Windows). Run the following SSH command: ssh ec2-user@<your-aws-public-ip> When prompted for the login, enter: [ec2-user@…]$ sudo -i 3. Run the Initialization Script: To initiate the installation, run the following command: [root@…]$ dnf -y update [root@…]$ /usr/local/bin/egl_init.sh.x Note: This script automates the entire installation process. While it runs, ensure your terminal remains active, and do not close the session. The script may take up to 10-20 seconds to complete. The script will random generate new credentials for all the necessity. Step 2: Instance Set Up and Installation 1. Completion Confirmation: Once the installation is finished, you will see a summary on the screen that includes all credentials. 2. Access the Web Interface: Open your web browser and navigate to http://<your-public-ip>:8069 (port 8069) : http://<your-public-ip>:8069 You will be greeted by the welcome screen. 3. Login: Use the credentials provided during the installation process to log in. If login is successful, then you will be able to see the screen below. 4. Disable “Manage Database”: Recommended Step: To DISABLE “Manage Databases” link at login page, you will need to add the line below to Odoo configuration file /etc/odoo/odoo.conf “list_db = False” Go to your instance SSH command prompt and run the following command at root [root@…]$ nano /etc/odoo/odoo.conf Then add the line below to the file and save the file. list_db = False Restart odoo and apache to reflect the changes [root@…]$ sudo systemctl restart odoo [root@…]$ sudo systemctl restart httpd
One-Click Installation OrangeHRM Initialization: Overview: This guide will walk you through initializing OrangeHRM on your AWS instance in just one click. The setup process is streamlined using our custom script, designed for ease of use and efficiency. Before starting the script, ensure the minimum requirement is met. Pro Tip: We recommend associating an AWS Elastic IP with your instance before running the setup. This prevents your IP address from changing when the instance is stopped and restarted. Step 1: Access Your AWS Instance 1. Launch Your AWS EC2 Instance: Choose your desired AWS EC2 instance type. (Recommended: t3a.small / t3.small) Once the instance is running, connect to it via SSH. 2. Connect to the Instance: Open your terminal (Mac/Linux) or use an SSH client (e.g., PuTTY for Windows). Run the following SSH command: ssh ec2-user@<your-aws-public-ip> When prompted for the login, enter: [ec2-user@…]$ sudo -i 3. Run the Initialization Script: To initiate the installation, run the following command: [root@…]$ dnf -y update [root@…]$ /usr/local/bin/egl_init.sh.x Note: This script automates the entire installation process. While it runs, ensure your terminal remains active, and do not close the session. The script may take up to 10-20 seconds to complete. The script will random generate new credentials for all the necessity. Step 2: Instance Set Up and Installation 1. Completion Confirmation: Once the installation is finished, you will see a summary on the screen that includes all credentials. 2. Access the Web Interface: Open your web browser and navigate to http://<your-public-ip> : http://<your-public-ip> You will be greeted by the welcome screen. Step 3: Finalizing Installation 1. Welcome: Click Next to start. (click to enlarge) 2. License Acceptance: Check the “I accept …” box to agree to the terms and click Next to proceed. 3. Database Configuration: Select “Existing empty database” as our initialization script already created the database for you. Get the database credentials from the summary of initialization script earlier and fill up the configuration as below. Server: localhost Port: 3306 Username: dbadmin Password: (the root credential generated in Step 1) Database: orangehrmdb Check the “Enable Data Encryption“ Once done, press ‘Next‘. 4. System Check: You shall see all requirement are ticked as we have pre-configured the instance for you. Click “Next” to go to next step. 5. Instance Creation: Fill up all fields accordingly as per your business needs. Click “Next” to proceed when done. 6. Admin User Creation: Fill up all fields accordingly as per your business needs. Take note of the Admin username and password as you will use them to log into Admin Panel. 7. Confirmation: Confirm all details on this screen. Click “Back” to edit them otherwise click “Install“. 8. Installation: If everything goes well, you will the progress bar reaching 100% as shown. Click Next. 9. Installation Complete: Once the installation is complete, you will see the final “Congratulations” screen as shown. Click “Launch OrangeHRM” to proceed to login. 10. OrangeHRM Dashboard: Use the Admin credentials you created earlier to login and OrangeHRM panel will be waiting for you. Important Notes: Mail Sending Blockage: AWS may have email-sending restrictions in place by default. Before using the instance for email sending, submit a request to AWS to lift the restriction on outbound email traffic.
One-Click Installation Bagisto Initialization: Overview: This guide will walk you through initializing Bagisto on your AWS instance in just one click. The setup process is streamlined using our custom script, designed for ease of use and efficiency. Before starting the script, ensure the minimum requirement is met. Pro Tip: We recommend associating an AWS Elastic IP with your instance before running the setup. This prevents your IP address from changing when the instance is stopped and restarted. Step 1: Access Your AWS Instance 1. Launch Your AWS EC2 Instance: Choose your desired AWS EC2 instance type. (Recommended: t3a.small / t3.small) Once the instance is running, connect to it via SSH. 2. Connect to the Instance: Open your terminal (Mac/Linux) or use an SSH client (e.g., PuTTY for Windows). Run the following SSH command: ssh ec2-user@<your-aws-public-ip> When prompted for the login, enter: [ec2-user@…]$ sudo -i 3. Run the Initialization Script: To initiate the installation, run the following command: [root@…]$ dnf -y update [root@…]$ /usr/local/bin/egl_init.sh.x Note: This script automates the entire installation process. While it runs, ensure your terminal remains active, and do not close the session. The script may take up to 10-20 seconds to complete. The script will random generate new credentials for all the necessity. Step 2: Instance Set Up and Installation 1. Completion Confirmation: Once the installation is finished, you will see a summary on the screen that includes all credentials. (click to enlarge) 2. Access the Web Interface: Open your web browser and navigate to http://<your-public-ip> : http://<your-public-ip> You will be greeted by your Bagisto ecommece frontend. Step 3: Access to Bagisto Admin Panel 1. Log into Admin Panel: Get the admin login path from the summary of initialization script earlier (in Step 2.1). Open your web browser and navigate to the login http://<your-public-ip> http://<your-public-ip>/adminXXXX/login Login with the credentials from the summary of initialization script earlier (in Step 2.1) You may change the admin path by changing “APP_ADMIN_URL” value of the environment file (.env) file inside /var/www/bagisto. Important Notes: Mail Sending Blockage: AWS may have email-sending restrictions in place by default. Before using the instance for email sending, submit a request to AWS to lift the restriction on outbound email traffic.
One-Click Installation Zammad Initialization: Overview: This guide will walk you through initializing Zammad on your AWS instance in just one click. The setup process is streamlined using our custom script, designed for ease of use and efficiency. Before starting the script, ensure the minimum requirement is met. Pro Tip: We recommend associating an AWS Elastic IP with your instance before running the setup. This prevents your IP address from changing when the instance is stopped and restarted. Step 1: Access Your AWS Instance 1. Launch Your AWS EC2 Instance: Choose your desired AWS EC2 instance type. (Recommended: t3a.small / t3.small) Once the instance is running, connect to it via SSH. 2. Connect to the Instance: Open your terminal (Mac/Linux) or use an SSH client (e.g., PuTTY for Windows). Run the following SSH command: ssh ec2-user@<your-aws-public-ip> When prompted for the login, enter: [ec2-user@…]$ sudo -i 3. Run the Initialization Script: To initiate the installation, run the following command: [root@…]$ dnf -y update [root@…]$ /usr/local/bin/egl_init.sh.x Note: This script automates the entire installation process. While it runs, ensure your terminal remains active, and do not close the session. The script may take up to 10-20 seconds to complete. The script will random generate new credentials for all the necessity. Step 2: Instance Set Up and Installation 1. Completion Confirmation: Once the installation is finished, you will see a summary on the screen that includes all credentials. 2. Access the Web Interface: Open your web browser and navigate to http://<your-public-ip> : http://<your-public-ip> You will be greeted by Zammad welcome screen. Click “Set up a new system” to proceed with installation. (click to enlarge) Step 3: Finalizing Installation 1. Administrator Account: Fill up all fields accordingly as per your business needs. Click “Create” to proceed when done. Take note of the email and password as you will use them to log into Zammad panel. 2. Organization: Fill up all fields accordingly as per your business needs. System URL: <your public ip> (auto detected, you may leave it as default). Click “Next” to proceed. 3. Email Notification: You may choose “Local MTA” or “SMTP“. If you choose “Local MTA” you may need to contact (send them a ticket) AWS to allow SMTP port. By default it is barred, unless otherwise requested to be lifted. Our advice is to “SMTP” setting to configure your own outgoing SMTP setting. Alternatively, you may click “Skip” and perform the setting later in Zammad panel. When inside the panel, go to Settings > Channels > Email then look for Outbound. 4. Connect Channels: You may click “Email” to fill up the channel. Or press “Skip” to set them inside Zammad panel. 5. Dashboard: Congratulations! You have successfully installed and logged into Zammad. Important Notes: Mail Sending Blockage: AWS may have email-sending restrictions in place by default. Before using the instance for email sending, submit a request to AWS to lift the restriction on outbound email traffic.
One-Click Installation ERPNext Initialization: Overview: This guide will walk you through initializing ERPNext on your AWS instance in just one click. The setup process is streamlined using our custom script, designed for ease of use and efficiency. Before starting the script, ensure the minimum requirement is met. Pro Tip: We recommend associating an AWS Elastic IP with your instance before running the setup. This prevents your IP address from changing when the instance is stopped and restarted. Step 1: Access Your AWS Instance 1. Launch Your AWS EC2 Instance: Choose your desired AWS EC2 instance type. (Recommended: t3a.small / t3.small) Once the instance is running, connect to it via SSH. 2. Connect to the Instance: Open your terminal (Mac/Linux) or use an SSH client (e.g., PuTTY for Windows). Run the following SSH command: ssh ec2-user@<your-aws-public-ip> When prompted for the login, enter: [ec2-user@…]$ sudo -i 3. Run the Initialization Script: To initiate the installation, run the following command: [root@…]$ /usr/local/bin/egl_init.sh.x Note: This script automates the entire installation process. While it runs, ensure your terminal remains active, and do not close the session. Step 2: Instance Set Up and Installation 1. Completion Confirmation: Once the installation is finished, you will see a summary on the screen that includes all credentials. 2. Access the Web Interface: Open your web browser and navigate to: http://<your-public-ip> You will be greeted by the login screen. Step 3: Finalizing Installation 1. Welcome – General Information Enter relevant details and click Next to proceed. 3. Account Details This will be a new login credentails apart from your Administrator details provided earlier. Enter Next to proceed. 4. Organization Details Enter the details and click Complete Setup to complete the final step. Wait until the setup process is complete. 5. Dashboard Once the setup is complete, you will automatically be logged into Dashboard. The bundle is pre-installed with ERPNext apps: HRMS, Helpdesk and Payments. Important Notes: Your Connection is Not Private: If you encounter “Your connection is not private” warning due to SSL requirement. You may click “Advanced” button and then click the link, “proceed to your-ip-address (unsafe)” to bypass. This warning will be automatically resolved when your instance is installed with a SSL
One-Click Installation Matomo 5 Initialization: Overview: This guide will walk you through initializing Matomo 5 on your AWS instance in just one click. The setup process is streamlined using our custom script, designed for ease of use and efficiency. Before starting the script, ensure the minimum requirement is met. Pro Tip: We recommend associating an AWS Elastic IP with your instance before running the setup. This prevents your IP address from changing when the instance is stopped and restarted. Step 1: Access Your AWS Instance 1. Launch Your AWS EC2 Instance: Choose your desired AWS EC2 instance type. (Recommended: t3a.small / t3.small) Once the instance is running, connect to it via SSH. 2. Connect to the Instance: Open your terminal (Mac/Linux) or use an SSH client (e.g., PuTTY for Windows). Run the following SSH command: ssh ec2-user@<your-aws-public-ip> When prompted for the login, enter: [ec2-user@…]$ sudo -i 3. Run the Initialization Script: To initiate the installation, run the following command: [root@…]$ /usr/local/bin/egl_init.sh.x Note: This script automates the entire installation process. While it runs, ensure your terminal remains active, and do not close the session. Step 2: Instance Set Up and Installation 1. Completion Confirmation: Once the installation is finished, you will see a summary on the screen that includes all credentials. 2. Access the Web Interface: Open your web browser and navigate to: http://<your-public-ip> You will be greeted by the welcome screen. Step 3: Finalizing Installation 1. Welcome Screen Click Next to proceed to system check. 2. System Check Hit Next since critical errors has been cleared by our initialization script. (You may ignore the optional warnings “Forced SSL Connection” and “PHP SAPI” for now.) 3. Database Setup: Get the database credentials from the summary of initialization script earlier and enter here. Ensure “MariaDB” is selected as the Database Engine. Leave the rest as its default values. Enter Next to start the set up. You will see the green screen “Tables created“, when the database is setup successfully. Enter Next again. 3. Administrator Account (SuperUser): Fill up the Administrator (superuser) form. You will use these credentials to access Matomo later. Enter Next when it is done. 4. Set up a Website: Fill up the website form accordingly. We strongly recommend to use AWS IP for the “Website URL” field like http://<your-aws-public-ip>/ Note: It is http:// and not https://. 5. Login to Matomo: Enter Next at the “Tracking code for Any Website” screen. And the final “Congratulations” screen is waiting for you. Enter “Continue to Matomo” to login. Use the credential you created in the SuperUser section to log into Matomo. Once logged in, get ready for the final touch up’s. Step 4: Post Installation – Recommended by Matomo 1. Start the CRON Open your terminal (Mac/Linux) or use an SSH client (e.g., PuTTY for Windows). While our initialization script has already set up CRON, you will need to initiate the job and change to your preferred email address. Run the following command to change email address for the report. Replace the [email protected] with the actual email address. sudo sed -i 's/^MAILTO="[^"]*"/MAILTO="[email protected]"/' /etc/cron.d/matomo-archive After that, run this command to start the CRON job: /usr/bin/php /var/www/matomo/console core:archive --url=http://your-public-ip/ sudo systemctl restart httpd To check whether you have entered the correct email address. Run commands below at the terminal or SSH client: nano /etc/cron.d/matomo-archive After making the necessary changes, save the file by pressing Ctrl + O, then press Enter to confirm. Exit the editor by pressing Ctrl + X. 2. Disable Archiving for Performance Log into Matomo at http://<your-aws-public-ip>/ Go to Admistration, click Gear icon on the top right corner of the sreen. Select System > General Settings on the left panel. Set “Archive reports when viewed from the browser” to No Set “Archive reports at most every X seconds” to 3600 Hit the “Save” button Now, your Matomo system is ready for medium to high traffic handling. You may follow this link to associate a domain with your IP. address. Use Let’s Encrypt to set up SSL and https:// when you have the domain associated. Important Notes: Required Private Directories False Alarm: To resolve occasional false alerts for the critical issue related to the tmp/cache/tracker/matomocache_general.php file, you can safely delete this cache file. Afterward, restart Apache to ensure any changes take effect. sudo rm /var/www/matomo/tmp/cache/tracker/matomocache_general.php sudo systemctl restart httpd This should clear the alert. If the file reappears without issues, it’s simply Matomo regenerating its cache, which is expected behavior. Mail Sending Blockage: AWS may have email-sending restrictions in place by default. If you wish to use AWS as SMTP server for email campaigns or sending, submit a request to AWS to lift the restriction on outbound email traffic.
Choosing Your Plan Choosing Your Plan ESC has three published plans plus a custom Enterprise tier. Every plan includes the same core platform – a dedicated instance, AI agents, knowledge base, web chat, email channel, customer support portal, agent workspace, free SSL, and nightly backups. The tiers differ in capacity, not capability. Starter Growth Pro Enterprise Price / month $199 $399 $799 Custom AI responses / month 2,000 10,000 40,000 Custom AI agents 2 8 16 Unlimited Custom domains 1 2 3 Unlimited Knowledge storage 100 MB 500 MB 2 GB Custom Support response 2 business days 1 business day 4 business hours 1 business hour There are no per-agent fees. The monthly price covers your whole team. Which plan? AI responses is usually the figure that decides it. One AI response = one genuine answer from your AI agent. Automatic acknowledgements and canned replies don’t count against it. Starter – small teams, a single brand, modest ticket volume. Growth – the common choice: a busier helpdesk, more agents, a second domain. Pro – high volume, a larger human team, and priority support when you need us. Enterprise – multiple helpdesks, custom volumes, or specific contractual requirements. Available via private offer: contact [email protected]. Changing your mind later You aren’t locked in. Same-tier upgrades take effect instantly. Larger-tier upgrades are handled via secure snapshot-restore – your data carries over, and your domain and address stay the same. Your AI agent roster automatically expands to the new tier’s limit.
Managing Cockpit Cockpit (https://cockpit-project.org/) is a web-based graphical interface for servers management and administration. This particular AMI is pre-installed with Cockpit to ease administration. To start using Cockpit, follow the steps below. Step 1: Get the Cockpit credentials output from execution of “usr/local/bin/egl_init.sh.x” Step 2: Go to http://<your-public-ip>:9090/ and enter the credentials. Step 3: You may see “limited access” and may be prompted to authenticate. Click “Turn on administrative access“, key in once again the credential from Step 1. Uploading File with Cockpit Step 1: Login to Cockpit. Step 2: Go to “navigator“. Step 3: To upload files to server using Cockpit, simply navigate to your path and just drag-and-drop into the folder.
One-Click Installation SuiteCRM 8.x Initialization: Overview: This guide will walk you through initializing SuiteCRM 8.6 – 8.9 on your AWS instance in just one click. The setup process is streamlined using our custom script, designed for ease of use and efficiency. Before starting the script, ensure the minimum requirement is met. Pro Tip: We recommend associating an AWS Elastic IP with your instance before running the setup. This prevents your IP address from changing when the instance is stopped and restarted. Step 1: Access Your AWS Instance 1. Launch Your AWS EC2 Instance: Choose your desired AWS EC2 instance type. (Recommended: t3a.small / t3.small) Once the instance is running, connect to it via SSH. 2. Connect to the Instance: Open your terminal (Mac/Linux) or use an SSH client (e.g., PuTTY for Windows). Run the following SSH command: ssh ec2-user@<your-aws-public-ip> When prompted for the login, enter: [ec2-user@…]$ sudo -i 3. Run the Initialization Script: To initiate the installation, run the following command: [root@…]$ dnf -y update [root@…]$ /usr/local/bin/egl_init.sh.x Note: This script automates the entire installation process. While it runs, ensure your terminal remains active, and do not close the session. The script may take up to 10-20 seconds to complete. The script will random generate new credentials for all the necessity. Step 2: Instance Set Up and Installation 1. Completion Confirmation: Once the installation is finished, you will see a summary on the screen that includes all credentials. 2. Access the Web Interface: Open your web browser and navigate to http://<your-public-ip> (port 80) : http://<your-public-ip> You will be greeted by the login screen. 3. Login: Use the credentials provided during the installation process to log in. You can then update your account details in the settings as needed. Important Notes: Mail Sending Blockage: AWS may have email-sending restrictions in place by default. Before using the instance for email sending, submit a request to AWS to lift the restriction on outbound email traffic.
Required Plugins After installing the theme you most have to install the ‘Charles Core’, ‘Elementor’ and ‘Piklist’ plugins to import the demo content as well and work the theme correctly. You will find all required and recommended plugins at Appearance > Install Plugins.
ESC Client Portal ESC Client Portal Where: https://esc.elyxia.uk/awslogin Who: you, the account owner. This is your control room. You’ll do nearly everything here. Signing in Sign in with the email and password you created when you set up your account after subscribing on AWS Marketplace. There’s no billing to manage here – your subscription is handled by AWS. What’s in it Your Dashboard lists your helpdesk. Open it, and you get a set of tabs: Tab What you do there Overview Status, plan, region, and quick actions – start, stop, open your helpdesk Access & Domains Your login links, plus adding and managing your custom domain and SSL Brand Logo, favicon, brand colours Agents Create and manage your AI support agents Channels Connect your support email inbox Web Chat Configure the website chat widget and copy the embed code Knowledge Upload and manage the documents your AI answers from Activity A timeline of everything that has happened to your helpdesk Changes you save here flow to your live helpdesk automatically. There’s no redeploy, no downtime, and nothing to restart. This is where “fully managed” shows up in practice. There is no server for you to log into and no infrastructure to tune. If a setting isn’t in the portal, it’s something we handle for you.
One-Click Installation Mautic 6 Initialization: Overview: This guide will walk you through initializing Mautic 6 on your AWS instance in just one click. The setup process is streamlined using our custom script, designed for ease of use and efficiency. Before starting the script, ensure the minimum requirement is met. Pro Tip: We recommend associating an AWS Elastic IP with your instance before running the setup. This prevents your IP address from changing when the instance is stopped and restarted. Step 1: Access Your AWS Instance 1. Launch Your AWS EC2 Instance: Choose your desired AWS EC2 instance type. (Recommended: t3a.small / t3.small) Once the instance is running, connect to it via SSH. 2. Connect to the Instance: Open your terminal (Mac/Linux) or use an SSH client (e.g., PuTTY for Windows). Run the following SSH command: ssh ec2-user@<your-aws-public-ip> When prompted for the login, enter: [ec2-user@…]$ sudo -i 3. Run the Initialization Script: To initiate the Mautic installation, run the following command: [root@…]$ /usr/local/bin/egl_init.sh.x Note: This script automates the entire installation process. While it runs, ensure your terminal remains active, and do not close the session. Step 2: Access Mautic After Installation 1. Completion Confirmation: Once the installation is finished, you will see a summary on the screen that includes your Mautic admin credentials. 2. Access the Mautic Interface: Open your web browser and navigate to: http://<your-public-ip> You will be greeted by the Mautic login screen. 3. Login: Use the credentials provided during the installation process to log in. You can then update your account details in the settings as needed. Important Notes: Mail Sending Blockage: AWS may have email-sending restrictions in place by default. Before using Mautic for email campaigns, submit a request to AWS to lift the restriction on outbound email traffic.
Menu Not Appearing Please make sure you have generated and set menus on “Appearance > Menus”. “Main Menu” menu locations have to be filled to make the menus work as expected.
Upgrading Your Plan Upgrading Your Plan You are not locked into the plan you started on. How to upgrade Upgrades are purchased through AWS Marketplace, the same way your original subscription was. The Plans page in your ESC portal will hand you to AWS to complete it. What happens to your helpdesk This is the part people worry about, so here it is plainly: you keep everything. Same-tier upgrades take effect instantly, with no downtime. Larger-tier upgrades are handled by a secure snapshot-restore. Your data carries over in full. Your domain and your address do not change. Your customers and your team notice nothing. Your AI agent roster automatically expands to the new tier’s limit, with ready-to-use agents. Your branding, knowledge base, channels and history all carry over untouched. There is nothing for you to rebuild, re-upload, or reconfigure. Downgrading If you need to move to a smaller plan, contact [email protected] first. Your current usage may exceed the smaller plan’s limits – more agents than it allows, or more knowledge storage than it permits – and we’d rather help you land that safely than have you discover it afterwards.
Page Building Create a new page On the top left side of the WordPress dashboard, click Pages > Add New Click Edit with Elementor to enter Elementor Page Builder. The website editing screen is located on the right side. This is your workspace, where you can add sections and templates. The panel is located on the left side of the screen and contains creative tools called widgets, that allow you to add elements to your page. Some of the most commonly used widgets include Button, Image, text, and more. To find a specific widget, use the search field.
Sample doc title What is an Extension? For editing menu navigation settings go to Theme Options Header Top of Header . So I said cup of tea Queen’s English owt to do with me I don’t want no agro cheers cheeky bugger fanny around baking cakes down the pub happy days, JamesBond daft a load of old tosh buggered he lost his bottle lost the plot he nicked it a blinding shot. [docly_tooltip id=”1″]Tooltip text[/docly_tooltip] mufty quaint no biggie cras baking cakes barney bamboozled, what a plonker bum bag he legged it young delinquent knees up Eaton the full monty arse over tit, my lady buggered happy days amongst bugger all mate are you taking the piss brolly. [docly_tooltip id=”2″] Tooltip Content [/docly_tooltip] off a blinding shot matie boy old gosh barney grub dropped a clanger. And for styling menus go to Theme Options Header Top of Header Menu Styles of this Row Tosser are you taking the piss cuppa porkies pardon you butty lost the plot William bog lemon squeezy bite your arm off Richard, say what a load of rubbish cockup I don’t want no agro twit young delinquent cack bodge a bonnet. Unordered list items Go to Docly SettingsHeader Logo Consectetur adipiscing elit Integer molestie lorem at massa Facilisis in pretium nisl aliquet Ordered List Items Go to Docly SettingsHeader Logo Consectetur adipiscing elit Integer molestie lorem at massa Facilisis in pretium nisl aliquet
Branding Branding ESC is true white-label. Your customers and your team see your brand, not ours. What you can set On the Brand tab: Logo – PNG or SVG. Favicon – the small icon in the browser tab. Primary brand colour – applied across your helpdesk. Save, and it’s applied to your live helpdesk immediately. No redeploy, no downtime. Where your branding appears Your customer support portal – what your customers see. Your agent workspace – what your team sees. Your web chat widget – though the chat header logo can be set separately if you want a different one there. See Web Chat Widget. What we’ve already done for you Before you ever log in, we run a full brand sweep on your helpdesk: third-party product names and infrastructure menus are removed. What’s left is a clean workspace that looks like part of your own product. You don’t need to hunt for someone else’s logo to replace – it’s already gone. Tip: use an SVG logo if you have one. It stays crisp at any size, on any screen. AI Support Agents Your AI support agents are who your customers appear to be talking to. They answer web chat and email tickets automatically, drawing on your knowledge base, and hand off to your human team when they should. Creating agents On the Agents tab: Add an agent with a first and last name and a department. Upload an avatar photo for each agent. It’s stored with your brand assets and is shown in live chat replies. Edit or remove agents at any time. Changes flow to your live helpdesk automatically. How many agents? Your plan sets the limit: Starter 2, Growth 8, Pro 16, Enterprise unlimited. There are no per-agent fees. Your monthly price covers your whole roster. On upgrading: when you move to a larger plan, your agent roster automatically expands to the new tier’s limit with ready-to-use agents. You don’t have to rebuild it. Giving them a personality Names and departments aren’t cosmetic. They’re what your customers see in every reply, so pick names and departments that fit your brand and your team’s structure. An agent named for a real department (“Billing”, “Technical Support”) sets the right expectation for the conversation. What your AI agents can and can’t do They answer from your knowledge base. That’s the point – replies are grounded in your own documents and policies, not a generic model’s guesses. If the answer isn’t in your knowledge, they hand off to your human team rather than inventing one. How confident they must be before answering is something you control. See Knowledge Base.
Sample doc title issues What is an Extension? For editing menu navigation settings go to Theme Options Header Top of Header . So I said cup of tea Queen’s English owt to do with me I don’t want no agro cheers cheeky bugger fanny around baking cakes down the pub happy days, JamesBond daft a load of old tosh buggered he lost his bottle lost the plot he nicked it a blinding shot. [docly_tooltip id=”1″]Tooltip text[/docly_tooltip] mufty quaint no biggie cras baking cakes barney bamboozled, what a plonker bum bag he legged it young delinquent knees up Eaton the full monty arse over tit, my lady buggered happy days amongst bugger all mate are you taking the piss brolly. [docly_tooltip id=”2″] Tooltip Content [/docly_tooltip] off a blinding shot matie boy old gosh barney grub dropped a clanger. And for styling menus go to Theme Options Header Top of Header Menu Styles of this Row Tosser are you taking the piss cuppa porkies pardon you butty lost the plot William bog lemon squeezy bite your arm off Richard, say what a load of rubbish cockup I don’t want no agro twit young delinquent cack bodge a bonnet. Unordered list items Go to Docly SettingsHeader Logo Consectetur adipiscing elit Integer molestie lorem at massa Facilisis in pretium nisl aliquet Ordered List Items Go to Docly SettingsHeader Logo Consectetur adipiscing elit Integer molestie lorem at massa Facilisis in pretium nisl aliquet
One-Click Installation OsTicket Initialization: Overview: This guide will walk you through initializing OSTicket on your AWS instance in just one click. The setup process is streamlined using our custom script, designed for ease of use and efficiency. Before starting the script, ensure the minimum requirement is met. Pro Tip: We recommend associating an AWS Elastic IP with your instance before running the setup. This prevents your IP address from changing when the instance is stopped and restarted. Step 1: Access Your AWS Instance 1. Launch Your AWS EC2 Instance: Choose your desired AWS EC2 instance type. (Recommended: t3a.small / t3.small) Once the instance is running, connect to it via SSH. 2. Connect to the Instance: Open your terminal (Mac/Linux) or use an SSH client (e.g., PuTTY for Windows). Run the following SSH command: ssh ec2-user@<your-aws-public-ip> When prompted for the login, enter: [ec2-user@…]$ sudo -i 3. Run the Initialization Script: To initiate the installation, run the following command: [root@…]$ dnf -y update [root@…]$ /usr/local/bin/egl_init.sh.x Note: This script automates the entire installation process. While it runs, ensure your terminal remains active, and do not close the session. The script may take up to 10-20 seconds to complete. The script will random generate new credentials for all the necessity. Step 2: Instance Set Up and Installation 1. Completion Confirmation: Once the installation is finished, you will see a summary on the screen that includes all credentials. 2. Access the Web Interface: Open your web browser and navigate to http://<your-public-ip> : http://<your-public-ip> You will be greeted by the welcome screen. Step 3: Finalizing Installation 1. Prerequisites Click Contine to proceed if all system checks are ticked. If not, contact our support immediately. (Click to enlarge) 2. System Settings: Get the database credentials from the summary of initialization script earlier and fill up the database settings, as below. Table Prefix: ost_ (your preference) Hostname: localhost Database: osticketdb Username: (the values provided per the output of egl_init.sh.x) Password: (the values provided per the output of egl_init.sh.x) You may fill up all other fields accordingly per your preference or business need. Once completed, press ‘Install Now‘. 3. Installation Complete: Once the setup is complete, you will see the final “Congratulations” screen. Navigate to http://<your-public-ip>/scp/login.php and login with the Administrator credentials you entered in the “Admin User” section earlier. http://<your-public-ip>/scp/login.php Step 4: Post Installation – Recommended by OsTicket 1. “Setup” folder removal Option 1: rename “setup” folder Go to your instance SSH command prompt and run the following command at root [root@…]$ mv /var/www/osticket/setup /var/www/osticket/somethingelse Option 2: delete “setup” folder Go to your instance SSH command prompt and run the following command at root [root@…]$ rm -rf /var/www/osticket/setup Important Notes: Mail Sending Blockage: AWS may have email-sending restrictions in place by default. Before using the instance for email sending, submit a request to AWS to lift the restriction on outbound email traffic.
Sample Guide Non aptent facere unde placeat habitant minus numquam, cubilia orci accusantium laoreet vel, illum! Mauris placerat. Nibh fuga, luctus dignissim cursus, exercitationem, viverra ratione similique aut, culpa tellus. Turpis fusce, eos cupiditate, turpis? Pede leo repudiandae, praesent laborum dolore eum consequatur provident ullamco praesent, officia! Ipsam nam auctor repudiandae laoreet diamlorem possimus aptent? Mollis iure laudantium ratione malesuada facilis vivamus nec ullamcorper sapiente pharetra nisl tempora cras doloremque, nihil ligula ut reprehenderit? Eiusmod? Egestas fermentum aliqua, occaecat mollis pulvinar sapien! Ab suscipit morbi rhoncus magnam maxime. Officia facilisis, curae odio, rhoncus egestas iure venenatis quidem! Veritatis magnam commodo magnis qui. Magnam rutrum pretium inventore ridiculus netus. Ducimus cursus facilis eleifend, congue odit venenatis conubia mi provident exercitationem dictumst aenean vel, eleifend mi lacinia porttitor. Incidunt nisl laoreet, suspendisse nam nemo suspendisse luctus, donec parturient necessitatibus itaque tempora beatae eos non ratione ornare consequat consequat cursus hac deleniti esse natus ridiculus. Ultricies alias, cum sociosqu error praesent, nonummy vero optio, aute, nec natoque! Excepteur, saepe, magnam assumenda non cursus, at sociis, nihil ridiculus! Egestas non omnis, gravida nonummy eligendi? Sapien do totam mollis blandit iure, rerum vestibulum hymenaeos explicabo, purus dolore? Habitant consequatur. Curae incididunt sem minim. Explicabo morbi, corporis. Malesuada. Articles Optimize Images Language Translations Sample doc title issues Example Title Doc Optimize Images Optimizing your images will helps your WordPress site load faster. Download and activate WP Smush.it This plugin will optimize every image you upload and you can use the Bulk Smush.it feature to smush all of your uploaded images. Alternatives to WP Smush.it include EWWW Image Optimizer, CW Image Optimizer, Imsanity and Hammy and Compress JPEG & PNG images Many WordPress users prefer using these plugins as they do not rely on an external server to process your images. Language Translations All of our Themes are able to be translated into any language. The process of translating the theme is a user responsibility. The following instructions are given as guidance. Open wp-config.php and replace this: define ('WPLANG', ''); with this (substitute the language string (bg_BG) with your own!): define ('WPLANG', 'bg_BG'); Download and install POEDIT Connect to your site -> open your theme/languages directory Download the default.pot file and open it with POEDIT. Translate file and save it as bg_BG (the file name must match with the string you inserted into wp-config.php) Two files will be generated after save. bg_BG.pot and bg_BG.mo Upload the .mo and .pot files into wp-content/themes/your-theme/languages folder Your WordPress installation should be in the language you intend on using the site. Sample doc title issues What is an Extension? For editing menu navigation settings go to Theme Options Header Top of Header . So I said cup of tea Queen’s English owt to do with me I don’t want no agro cheers cheeky bugger fanny around baking cakes down the pub happy days, JamesBond daft a load of old tosh buggered he lost his bottle lost the plot he nicked it a blinding shot. [docly_tooltip id=”1″]Tooltip text[/docly_tooltip] mufty quaint no biggie cras baking cakes barney bamboozled, what a plonker bum bag he legged it young delinquent knees up Eaton the full monty arse over tit, my lady buggered happy days amongst bugger all mate are you taking the piss brolly. [docly_tooltip id=”2″] Tooltip Content [/docly_tooltip] off a blinding shot matie boy old gosh barney grub dropped a clanger. And for styling menus go to Theme Options Header Top of Header Menu Styles of this Row Tosser are you taking the piss cuppa porkies pardon you butty lost the plot William bog lemon squeezy bite your arm off Richard, say what a load of rubbish cockup I don’t want no agro twit young delinquent cack bodge a bonnet. Unordered list items Go to Docly SettingsHeader Logo Consectetur adipiscing elit Integer molestie lorem at massa Facilisis in pretium nisl aliquet Ordered List Items Go to Docly SettingsHeader Logo Consectetur adipiscing elit Integer molestie lorem at massa Facilisis in pretium nisl aliquet Example Title Doc What is an Extension? For editing menu navigation settings go to Theme Options Header Top of Header . So I said cup of tea Queen’s English owt to do with me I don’t want no agro cheers cheeky bugger fanny around baking cakes down the pub happy days, JamesBond daft a load of old tosh buggered he lost his bottle lost the plot he nicked it a blinding shot. [docly_tooltip id=”1″]Tooltip text[/docly_tooltip] mufty quaint no biggie cras baking cakes barney bamboozled, what a plonker bum bag he legged it young delinquent knees up Eaton the full monty arse over tit, my lady buggered happy days amongst bugger all mate are you taking the piss brolly. [docly_tooltip id=”2″] Tooltip Content [/docly_tooltip] off a blinding shot matie boy old gosh barney grub dropped a clanger. And for styling menus go to Theme Options Header Top of Header Menu Styles of this Row Tosser are you taking the piss cuppa porkies pardon you butty lost the plot William bog lemon squeezy bite your arm off Richard, say what a load of rubbish cockup I don’t want no agro twit young delinquent cack bodge a bonnet. Unordered list items Go to Docly SettingsHeader Logo Consectetur adipiscing elit Integer molestie lorem at massa Facilisis in pretium nisl aliquet Ordered List Items Go to Docly SettingsHeader Logo Consectetur adipiscing elit Integer molestie lorem at massa Facilisis in pretium nisl aliquet
One-Click Installation Odoo 18 Initialization: Overview: This guide will walk you through initializing Odoo 18 on your AWS instance in just one click. The setup process is streamlined using our custom script, designed for ease of use and efficiency. Before starting the script, ensure the minimum requirement is met. Pro Tip: We recommend associating an AWS Elastic IP with your instance before running the setup. This prevents your IP address from changing when the instance is stopped and restarted. Step 1: Access Your AWS Instance 1. Launch Your AWS EC2 Instance: Choose your desired AWS EC2 instance type. (Recommended: t3a.small / t3.small) Once the instance is running, connect to it via SSH. 2. Connect to the Instance: Open your terminal (Mac/Linux) or use an SSH client (e.g., PuTTY for Windows). Run the following SSH command: ssh ec2-user@<your-aws-public-ip> When prompted for the login, enter: [ec2-user@…]$ sudo -i 3. Run the Initialization Script: To initiate the installation, run the following command: [root@…]$ dnf -y update [root@…]$ /usr/local/bin/egl_init.sh.x Note: This script automates the entire installation process. While it runs, ensure your terminal remains active, and do not close the session. The script may take up to 10-20 seconds to complete. The script will random generate new credentials for all the necessity. Step 2: Instance Set Up and Installation 1. Completion Confirmation: Once the installation is finished, you will see a summary on the screen that includes all credentials. 2. Access the Web Interface: Open your web browser and navigate to http://<your-public-ip>:8069 (port 8069) : http://<your-public-ip>:8069 You will be greeted by the welcome screen. 3. Login: Use the credentials provided during the installation process to log in. If login is successful, then you will be able to see the screen below. 4. Disable “Manage Database”: Recommended Step: To DISABLE “Manage Databases” link at login page, you will need to add the line below to Odoo configuration file /etc/odoo/odoo.conf “list_db = False” Go to your instance SSH command prompt and run the following command at root [root@…]$ nano /etc/odoo/odoo.conf Then add the line below to the file and save the file. list_db = False Restart odoo and apache to reflect the changes [root@…]$ sudo systemctl restart odoo [root@…]$ sudo systemctl restart nginx
Title doc What is an Extension? For editing menu navigation settings go to Theme Options Header Top of Header . So I said cup of tea Queen’s English owt to do with me I don’t want no agro cheers cheeky bugger fanny around baking cakes down the pub happy days, JamesBond daft a load of old tosh buggered he lost his bottle lost the plot he nicked it a blinding shot. [docly_tooltip id=”1″]Tooltip text[/docly_tooltip] mufty quaint no biggie cras baking cakes barney bamboozled, what a plonker bum bag he legged it young delinquent knees up Eaton the full monty arse over tit, my lady buggered happy days amongst bugger all mate are you taking the piss brolly. [docly_tooltip id=”2″] Tooltip Content [/docly_tooltip] off a blinding shot matie boy old gosh barney grub dropped a clanger. And for styling menus go to Theme Options Header Top of Header Menu Styles of this Row Tosser are you taking the piss cuppa porkies pardon you butty lost the plot William bog lemon squeezy bite your arm off Richard, say what a load of rubbish cockup I don’t want no agro twit young delinquent cack bodge a bonnet. Unordered list items Go to Docly SettingsHeader Logo Consectetur adipiscing elit Integer molestie lorem at massa Facilisis in pretium nisl aliquet Ordered List Items Go to Docly SettingsHeader Logo Consectetur adipiscing elit Integer molestie lorem at massa Facilisis in pretium nisl aliquet
Services & Management This section provides comprehensive instructions on managing the deployed application/image and its services. It covers essential tasks such as starting and stopping instances, managing key services like Cockpit, PGAdmin4, and SSL, and resolving common issues. Articles Managing Cockpit Managing phpMyAdmin Managing Cockpit Cockpit (https://cockpit-project.org/) is a web-based graphical interface for servers management and administration. This particular AMI is pre-installed with Cockpit to ease administration. To start using Cockpit, follow the steps below. Step 1: Get the Cockpit credentials output from execution of “usr/local/bin/egl_init.sh.x” Step 2: Go to http://<your-public-ip>:9090/ and enter the credentials. Step 3: You may see “limited access” and may be prompted to authenticate. Click “Turn on administrative access“, key in once again the credential from Step 1. Uploading File with Cockpit Step 1: Login to Cockpit. Step 2: Go to “navigator“. Step 3: To upload files to server using Cockpit, simply navigate to your path and just drag-and-drop into the folder. Managing phpMyAdmin phpMyAdmin (https://www.phpmyadmin.net/) is a web-based graphical interface for database management and administration for MySQL and MariaDB. This particular AMI is pre-installed with phpMyAdmin to ease administration. To start using phpMyAdmin, follow the steps below. Step 1: Get the credentials output from execution of “usr/local/bin/egl_init.sh.x” Step 2: Go to http://<your-public-ip>/phpMyAdmin and enter the credentials.
Managing Cockpit Cockpit (https://cockpit-project.org/) is a web-based graphical interface for servers management and administration. This particular AMI is pre-installed with Cockpit to ease administration. To start using Cockpit, follow the steps below. Step 1: Get the Cockpit credentials output from execution of “usr/local/bin/egl_init.sh.x” Step 2: Go to http://<your-public-ip>:9090/ and enter the credentials. Step 3: You may see “limited access” and may be prompted to authenticate. Click “Turn on administrative access“, key in once again the credential from Step 1. Uploading File with Cockpit Step 1: Login to Cockpit. Step 2: Go to “navigator“. Step 3: To upload files to server using Cockpit, simply navigate to your path and just drag-and-drop into the folder.
Associating Your Domain Associate Your Domain with OrangeHRM To associate your domain with the application and the AWS IP address, you will need to edit the following files; File 1: /etc/httpd/sites-available/orangehrm.conf Log on via SSH, $ ec2-user $ sudo -i $ nano /etc/httpd/sites-available/orangehrm.conf then modify these lines with your domain. Replace yourdomain.com with your domain name; and RewriteRule http to https <VirtualHost *:80> ServerName yourdomain.com ServerAlias www.yourdomain.com DocumentRoot /var/www/orangehrm RewriteEngine on RewriteCond %{SERVER_NAME} =www.yourdomain.com [OR] RewriteCond %{SERVER_NAME} =yourdomain.com RewriteRule ^ http://%{SERVER_NAME}%{REQUEST_URI} [END,NE,R=permanent] <Directory /var/www/orangehrm> AllowOverride All Order allow,deny allow from all </Directory> </VirtualHost> <VirtualHost *:443> ServerName yourdomain.com ServerAlias www.yourdomain.com DocumentRoot /var/www/orangehrm RewriteEngine on RewriteCond %{SERVER_NAME} =www.yourdomain.com [OR] RewriteCond %{SERVER_NAME} =yourdomain.com RewriteRule ^ https://%{SERVER_NAME}%{REQUEST_URI} [END,NE,R=permanent] <Directory /var/www/orangehrm> AllowOverride All Order allow,deny allow from all </Directory> </VirtualHost>
Associating Your Domain Associating Your Domain with Mautic 5 Overview: To successfully associate your domain with the Mautic 5 hosted on an AWS instance, follow the steps outlined below. This process involves editing the Apache configuration file to link your domain with the server’s IP address and enforce HTTPS redirection. Step 1: Access Your Server 1. Log in via SSH Use SSH to access your AWS instance: ssh ec2-user@<your-aws-public-ip> 2. Switch to the Root User Elevate your permissions by switching to the root user: [ec2-user@…]$ sudo -i Step 2: Modify the Apache Configuration File 1. Edit the Configuration File Open the Apache configuration file: [root …]$ nano /etc/httpd/sites-available/mautic.conf 2. Update Domain Information Replace the placeholder yourdomain.com with your actual domain name in the configuration. Ensure that both the non-www and www versions of your domain are included. Also, modify the RewriteRule directives to enforce HTTPS redirection. Below is the updated configuration you need to apply: <VirtualHost *:80> ServerName yourdomain.com ServerAlias www.yourdomain.com DocumentRoot /var/www/mautic ErrorLog /var/www/mautic/log/error.log CustomLog /var/www/mautic/log/requests.log combined RewriteEngine on RewriteCond %{HTTP_HOST} ^(www\.)?yourdomain\.com$ RewriteRule ^ http://%{HTTP_HOST}%{REQUEST_URI} [END,NE,R=permanent] <Directory /var/www/mautic> Options +FollowSymLinks AllowOverride All Require all granted </Directory> </VirtualHost> <VirtualHost *:443> ServerName yourdomain.com ServerAlias www.yourdomain.com DocumentRoot /var/www/mautic ErrorLog /var/www/mautic/log/error.log CustomLog /var/www/mautic/log/requests.log combined RewriteEngine on RewriteCond %{HTTP_HOST} ^(www\.)?yourdomain\.com$ RewriteRule ^ https://%{HTTP_HOST}%{REQUEST_URI} [END,NE,R=permanent] ## Include SSL settings (for example with Let’s Encrypt) ## Uncomment the below lines if you have SSL with LetsEncrypt # Include /etc/letsencrypt/options-ssl-apache.conf # SSLCertificateFile /etc/letsencrypt/live/yourdomain.com/fullchain.pem # SSLCertificateKeyFile /etc/letsencrypt/live/yourdomain.com/privkey.pem <Directory /var/www/mautic> Options +FollowSymlinks AllowOverride All Require all granted </Directory> ## Include SSL settings ## Uncomment the below lines if you have SSL with LetsEncrypt # Include /etc/letsencrypt/options-ssl-apache.conf # SSLCertificateFile /etc/letsencrypt/live/yourdomain.com/fullchain.pem # SSLCertificateKeyFile /etc/letsencrypt/live/yourdomain.com/privkey.pem # Enable HTTP/2 for better performance Protocols h2 http/1.1 # Security Headers Header always set Strict-Transport-Security “max-age=31536000; includeSubDomains; preload” Header always set X-Content-Type-Options “nosniff” Header always set X-Frame-Options “SAMEORIGIN” Header always set X-XSS-Protection “1; mode=block” </VirtualHost> 3. Save and Exit After making the necessary changes, save the file by pressing Ctrl + O, then press Enter to confirm. Exit the editor by pressing Ctrl + X. Step 3: Refresh Symbolic Links & Restart Apache For the changes to take effect, recreate the symbolic links and then restart the Apache web server: [root …]$ rm -rf /etc/httpd/sites-enabled/mautic.conf [root …]$ sudo ln -s /etc/httpd/sites-available/mautic.conf /etc/httpd/sites-enabled/mautic.conf [root …]$ sudo systemctl restart httpd Additional Notes: Ensure that you have an SSL certificate installed for HTTPS to work. You may use services such as Let’s Encrypt to obtain a free SSL certificate. You might need to adjust firewall rules or security group settings in AWS to allow traffic on ports 80 (HTTP) and 443 (HTTPS). Important: Request AWS to lift any email sending restrictions if you’re using the application’s email features.
How to customize the theme. OVERRIDING PARENT THEME FILES You can not only target individual style declarations via the style sheet but also override entire components of the parent theme. For every theme file present in the parent directory, WordPress will check whether a corresponding file is present in the child theme and if so, use that one instead. This means that a header.php file in the child theme will override its equivalent in the parent folder. So, if you don’t like something about a page’s layout, just copy the respective file, implement your changes, and upload it to the child theme’s folder. The modifications will then appear in the child theme, while the original file will remain untouched. WORKING WITH TEMPLATE FILES We’ve learned that we can overwrite any file in the parent theme by placing a copy in the child theme’s folder and customizing it. However, using files that exist only in the child theme is also possible. Template files are a good example of this. Let’s say we want to build a full-width page template for our child theme. Our theme does not lend itself to the full-screen presentation, but let’s do it anyway for demonstration purposes, shall we? To create a full-width page in Chaoz you have to create a custom page template. Let’s start with the page template. For our custom page template, we simply copy page.php from the parent theme, rename it to page-full-width.php and place it in the Child theme’s root folder.
Managing PGAdmin4 PGAdmin 4 (https://www.pgadmin.org/) is the most popular and feature rich Open Source administration platform for PostgreSQL database. This particular AMI is pre-installed with PGAdmin to ease administration. To initialize PGAdmin 4, follow the steps below. Step 1: Login via SSH $ ec2-user $ sudo -i $ sudo /usr/pgadmin4/bin/setup-web.sh Follow the prompt to enter initial login details; Your email Your password Retype password Wait for the installation to complete. Enter Y (yes) to restart Apache. Step 2: Go to http://<your-public-ip>/pgadmin4 and enter the credentials from step 1 to login.
Services & Management This section provides comprehensive instructions on managing the deployed application/image and its services. It covers essential tasks such as starting and stopping instances, managing key services like Cockpit, PGAdmin4, and SSL, and resolving common issues. Articles Associating Your Domain Managing Cockpit Associating Your Domain Associating Your Domain with OsTicket Overview: To successfully associate your domain with the OsTicket hosted on an AWS instance, follow the steps outlined below. This process involves editing the Apache configuration file to link your domain with the server’s IP address and enforce HTTPS redirection. Step 1: Access Your Server 1. Log in via SSH Use SSH to access your AWS instance: ssh ec2-user@<your-aws-public-ip> 2. Switch to the Root User Elevate your permissions by switching to the root user: [ec2-user@…]$ sudo -i Step 2: Modify the Apache Configuration File 1. Edit the Configuration File Open the Apache configuration file: [root …]$ nano /etc/httpd/sites-available/osticket.conf 2. Update Domain Information Replace the placeholder yourdomain.com with your actual domain name in the configuration. Ensure that both the non-www and www versions of your domain are included. Also, modify the RewriteRule directives to enforce HTTPS redirection. Below is the updated configuration you need to apply: <VirtualHost *:80> ServerName yourdomain.com ServerAlias www.yourdomain.com DocumentRoot /var/www/osticket ErrorLog /var/www/osticket/log/error.log CustomLog /var/www/osticket/log/requests.log combined RewriteEngine on RewriteCond %{HTTP_HOST} ^(www\.)?yourdomain\.com$ RewriteRule ^ http://%{HTTP_HOST}%{REQUEST_URI} [END,NE,R=permanent] <Directory /var/www/osticket> Options +FollowSymLinks AllowOverride All Require all granted </Directory> </VirtualHost> <VirtualHost *:443> ServerName yourdomain.com ServerAlias www.yourdomain.com DocumentRoot /var/www/osticket ErrorLog /var/www/osticket/log/error.log CustomLog /var/www/osticket/log/requests.log combined RewriteEngine on RewriteCond %{HTTP_HOST} ^(www\.)?yourdomain\.com$ RewriteRule ^ https://%{HTTP_HOST}%{REQUEST_URI} [END,NE,R=permanent] ## Include SSL settings (for example with Let’s Encrypt) ## Uncomment the below lines if you have SSL with LetsEncrypt # Include /etc/letsencrypt/options-ssl-apache.conf # SSLCertificateFile /etc/letsencrypt/live/yourdomain.com/fullchain.pem # SSLCertificateKeyFile /etc/letsencrypt/live/yourdomain.com/privkey.pem <Directory /var/www/osticket> Options +FollowSymlinks AllowOverride All Require all granted </Directory> # Enable HTTP/2 for better performance Protocols h2 http/1.1 # Security Headers Header always set Strict-Transport-Security “max-age=31536000; includeSubDomains; preload” Header always set X-Content-Type-Options “nosniff” Header always set X-Frame-Options “SAMEORIGIN” Header always set X-XSS-Protection “1; mode=block” </VirtualHost> 3. Save and Exit After making the necessary changes, save the file by pressing Ctrl + O, then press Enter to confirm. Exit the editor by pressing Ctrl + X. Step 3: Refresh Symbolic Links & Restart Apache For the changes to take effect, recreate the symbolic links and then restart the Apache web server: [root …]$ rm -rf /etc/httpd/sites-enabled/osticket.conf [root …]$ sudo ln -s /etc/httpd/sites-available/osticket.conf /etc/httpd/sites-enabled/osticket.conf [root …]$ sudo systemctl restart httpd Additional Notes: Ensure that you have an SSL certificate installed for HTTPS to work. You may use services such as Let’s Encrypt to obtain a free SSL certificate. You might need to adjust firewall rules or security group settings in AWS to allow traffic on ports 80 (HTTP) and 443 (HTTPS). Important: Request AWS to lift any email sending restrictions if you’re using the application’s email features. Managing Cockpit Cockpit (https://cockpit-project.org/) is a web-based graphical interface for servers management and administration. This particular AMI is pre-installed with Cockpit to ease administration. To start using Cockpit, follow the steps below. Step 1: Get the Cockpit credentials output from execution of “usr/local/bin/egl_init.sh.x” Step 2: Go to http://<your-public-ip>:9090/ and enter the credentials. Step 3: You may see “limited access” and may be prompted to authenticate. Click “Turn on administrative access“, key in once again the credential from Step 1. Uploading File with Cockpit Step 1: Login to Cockpit. Step 2: Go to “navigator“. Step 3: To upload files to server using Cockpit, simply navigate to your path and just drag-and-drop into the folder.
Managing Cockpit Cockpit (https://cockpit-project.org/) is a web-based graphical interface for servers management and administration. This particular AMI is pre-installed with Cockpit to ease administration. To start using Cockpit, follow the steps below. Step 1: Get the Cockpit credentials output from execution of “usr/local/bin/egl_init.sh.x” Step 2: Go to http://<your-public-ip>:9090/ and enter the credentials. Step 3: You may see “limited access” and may be prompted to authenticate. Click “Turn on administrative access“, key in once again the credential from Step 1. Uploading File with Cockpit Step 1: Login to Cockpit. Step 2: Go to “navigator“. Step 3: To upload files to server using Cockpit, simply navigate to your path and just drag-and-drop into the folder.
Associating Your Domain Associate Your Domain with Bagisto To associate your domain with the application and the AWS IP address, you will need to edit the following files; File 1: /etc/httpd/sites-available/bagisto.conf Log on via SSH, $ ec2-user $ sudo -i $ nano /etc/httpd/sites-available/bagisto.conf then modify these lines with your domain. Replace yourdomain.com with your domain name; and RewriteRule http to https <VirtualHost *:80> ServerName yourdomain.com ServerAlias www.yourdomain.com DocumentRoot /var/www/bagisto/public RewriteEngine on RewriteCond %{SERVER_NAME} =www.yourdomain.com [OR] RewriteCond %{SERVER_NAME} =yourdomain.com RewriteRule ^ http://%{SERVER_NAME}%{REQUEST_URI} [END,NE,R=permanent] <Directory /var/www/bagisto/public> AllowOverride All Order allow,deny allow from all </Directory> </VirtualHost> <VirtualHost *:443> ServerName yourdomain.com ServerAlias www.yourdomain.com DocumentRoot /var/www/bagisto RewriteEngine on RewriteCond %{SERVER_NAME} =www.yourdomain.com [OR] RewriteCond %{SERVER_NAME} =yourdomain.com RewriteRule ^ https://%{SERVER_NAME}%{REQUEST_URI} [END,NE,R=permanent] <Directory /var/www/bagisto/public> AllowOverride All Order allow,deny allow from all </Directory> </VirtualHost>
Before You Begin Before You Begin ESC is fully managed. There is no server for you to launch, access, or maintain – no SSH, no patching, no scaling. Your helpdesk runs on a dedicated instance that we provision and operate for you. That keeps the prerequisites short. What You Need An AWS account – ESC is subscribed and billed through AWS Marketplace, so you’ll need an AWS account to subscribe. Nothing is deployed into your account. A domain and DNS access (optional, but recommended) – If you want your helpdesk on your own address (e.g. support.yourcompany.com), you’ll need a domain you control and the ability to add a DNS record for it. You can start without one and add it later, but a custom domain is what unlocks your branded customer support portal, your branded support email address, and your AI agent’s ability to share contact details with visitors. A support mailbox (optional) – To turn incoming customer emails into tickets, you’ll need a mailbox with standard incoming and outgoing mail settings. You can add this at any time. Your knowledge documents (optional at launch, but bring them) – Your AI agents answer from documents you upload. Supported formats are PDF, Word (DOC/DOCX), Excel (XLS/XLSX), PowerPoint (PPTX), TXT, CSV and Markdown, up to 50 MB per file. Two things that catch people out. Legacy PowerPoint (.ppt) isn’t supported – re-save as .pptx or PDF. And a scanned PDF won’t work: if it’s just page images with no selectable text, there’s nothing for the AI to read. Use a text-based PDF, or convert it first. Choose Your Region Your helpdesk runs in the AWS region you select when you launch it. ESC is currently available in: Ireland (eu-west-1) London (eu-west-2) Singapore (ap-southeast-1) US East — N. Virginia (us-east-1) Further regions are in progress. Choose deliberately. Your region is set when your helpdesk is created and can’t be changed afterwards without rebuilding it. Pick the region closest to your customers, or the one your data-residency requirements point to. What You Don’t Need No servers. No infrastructure experience. No developers. No per-agent licences. No third-party helpdesk subscription. Everything your helpdesk needs is included in your plan.
Services & Management This section provides comprehensive instructions on managing the deployed application/image and its services. It covers essential tasks such as starting and stopping instances, managing key services like Cockpit, PGAdmin4, and SSL, and resolving common issues. Articles Managing Cockpit Managing Cockpit Cockpit (https://cockpit-project.org/) is a web-based graphical interface for servers management and administration. This particular AMI is pre-installed with Cockpit to ease administration. To start using Cockpit, follow the steps below. Step 1: Get the Cockpit credentials output from execution of “usr/local/bin/egl_init.sh.x” Step 2: Go to http://<your-public-ip>:9090/ and enter the credentials. Step 3: You may see “limited access” and may be prompted to authenticate. Click “Turn on administrative access“, key in once again the credential from Step 1. Uploading File with Cockpit Step 1: Login to Cockpit. Step 2: Go to “navigator“. Step 3: To upload files to server using Cockpit, simply navigate to your path and just drag-and-drop into the folder.
Managing Cockpit Cockpit (https://cockpit-project.org/) is a web-based graphical interface for servers management and administration. This particular AMI is pre-installed with Cockpit to ease administration. To start using Cockpit, follow the steps below. Step 1: Get the Cockpit credentials output from execution of “usr/local/bin/egl_init.sh.x” Step 2: Go to http://<your-public-ip>:9090/ and enter the credentials. Step 3: You may see “limited access” and may be prompted to authenticate. Click “Turn on administrative access“, key in once again the credential from Step 1. Uploading File with Cockpit Step 1: Login to Cockpit. Step 2: Go to “navigator“. Step 3: To upload files to server using Cockpit, simply navigate to your path and just drag-and-drop into the folder.
Associating Your Domain Associating Your Domain with Matomo 5 Overview: To successfully associate your domain with the Matomo 5 hosted on an AWS instance, follow the steps outlined below. This process involves editing the Apache configuration file to link your domain with the server’s IP address and enforce HTTPS redirection. Step 1: Access Your Server 1. Log in via SSH Use SSH to access your AWS instance: ssh ec2-user@<your-aws-public-ip> 2. Switch to the Root User Elevate your permissions by switching to the root user: [ec2-user@…]$ sudo -i Step 2: Modify the Apache Configuration File 1. Edit the Configuration File Open the Apache configuration file: [root …]$ nano /etc/httpd/sites-available/matomo.conf 2. Update Domain Information Replace the placeholder yourdomain.com with your actual domain name in the configuration. Ensure that both the non-www and www versions of your domain are included. Also, modify the RewriteRule directives to enforce HTTPS redirection. Below is the updated configuration you need to apply: <VirtualHost *:80> ServerName yourdomain.com ServerAlias www.yourdomain.com DocumentRoot /var/www/matomo ErrorLog /var/www/log/error.log CustomLog /var/www/log/requests.log combined RewriteEngine on RewriteCond %{SERVER_NAME} ^(www\.)?yourdomain\.com$ [NC] RewriteRule ^ http://%{SERVER_NAME}%{REQUEST_URI} [END,NE,R=permanent] ….<rest of the file, leave as it is>… </VirtualHost> <VirtualHost *:443> ServerName yourdomain.com ServerAlias www.yourdomain.com DocumentRoot /var/www/matomo ErrorLog /var/www/log/error.log CustomLog /var/www/log/requests.log combined RewriteEngine on RewriteCond %{SERVER_NAME} ^(www\.)?yourdomain\.com$ [NC] RewriteRule ^ https://%{SERVER_NAME}%{REQUEST_URI} [END,NE,R=permanent] ….<rest of the file, leave as it is>… </VirtualHost> 3. Save and Exit After making the necessary changes, save the file by pressing Ctrl + O, then press Enter to confirm. Exit the editor by pressing Ctrl + X. Step 3: Refresh Symbolic Links & Restart Apache For the changes to take effect, recreate the symbolic links and then restart the Apache web server: [root …]$ sudo ln -sf /etc/httpd/sites-available/matomo.conf /etc/httpd/sites-enabled/matomo.conf [root …]$ sudo systemctl restart httpd Additional Notes: Ensure that you have an SSL certificate installed for HTTPS to work. You may use services such as Let’s Encrypt to obtain a free SSL certificate. You might need to adjust firewall rules or security group settings in AWS to allow traffic on ports 80 (HTTP) and 443 (HTTPS). Important: Request AWS to lift any email sending restrictions if you’re using the application’s email features.
Agent Workspace Agent Workspace Where: on your own helpdesk – https://yourdomain.com/#manage once your domain is active (or the temporary address shown on your Access & Domains tab before that). Who: your human support team. The workspace is where your people work the tickets your AI agents hand off. What your team does here Read and reply to tickets from every channel – email and web chat together in one place. Pick up conversations the AI has escalated, with the full history already in front of them. Collaborate internally, assign work, and manage ticket state. Search the full conversation history. It’s your workspace, not ours The workspace is white-labelled. Your logo, your colours, your AI agent names. Third-party product names and infrastructure menus are swept out before you ever log in, so your team sees a clean tool that looks like part of your own product. What you won’t find here. Branding, AI agents, knowledge, and channels are all configured in the ESC Client Portal, not in the workspace. This is deliberate: the portal is the single source of truth, so there’s no risk of two places disagreeing. If you’re looking for a setting and can’t find it in the workspace, it’s in the portal.
System Requirements To use Charles you need to have a WordPress 4.0 (or higher version) site with PHP 5.4 or more running on your hosting server. If you’ve already installed WordPress on your server and your site is up, that’s great. For help regarding WordPress installation, please see this WordPress Codex link. Some more resources from WordPress Codex: First Steps With WordPress FAQ New To WordPress
Associating Your Domain Associating Your Domain with SuiteCRM Overview: To successfully associate your domain hosted on an AWS instance, follow the steps outlined below. This process involves editing the Apache configuration file to link your domain with the server’s IP address and enforce HTTPS redirection. Step 1: Access Your Server 1. Log in via SSH Use SSH to access your AWS instance: ssh ec2-user@<your-aws-public-ip> 2. Switch to the Root User Elevate your permissions by switching to the root user: [ec2-user@…]$ sudo -i Step 2: Modify the Apache Configuration File 1. Edit the Configuration File Open the Apache configuration file: [root …]$ nano /etc/httpd/sites-available/suitecrm.conf 2. Update Domain Information Replace the placeholder yourdomain.com with your actual domain name in the configuration. Ensure that both the non-www and www versions of your domain are included. Also, modify the RewriteRule directives to enforce HTTPS redirection. Below is the updated configuration you need to apply: <VirtualHost *:80> ServerName yourdomain.com ServerAlias www.yourdomain.com DocumentRoot /var/www/suitecrm ErrorLog /var/www/suitecrm/log/error.log CustomLog /var/www/suitecrm/log/requests.log combined RewriteEngine on RewriteCond %{HTTP_HOST} ^(www\.)?yourdomain.com$ RewriteRule ^ http://%{HTTP_HOST}%{REQUEST_URI} [END,NE,R=permanent] <Directory /var/www/suitecrm> Options +FollowSymLinks AllowOverride All Require all granted </Directory> </VirtualHost> <VirtualHost *:443> ServerName yourdomain.com ServerAlias www.yourdomain.com DocumentRoot /var/www/suitecrm ErrorLog /var/www/suitecrm/log/error.log CustomLog /var/www/suitecrm/log/requests.log combined RewriteEngine on RewriteCond %{HTTP_HOST} ^(www\.)?yourdomain.com$ RewriteRule ^ https://%{HTTP_HOST}%{REQUEST_URI} [END,NE,R=permanent] ## Include SSL settings (for example with Let’s Encrypt) ## Uncomment the below lines if you have SSL with LetsEncrypt # Include /etc/letsencrypt/options-ssl-apache.conf # SSLCertificateFile /etc/letsencrypt/live/yourdomain.com/fullchain.pem # SSLCertificateKeyFile /etc/letsencrypt/live/yourdomain.com/privkey.pem <Directory /var/www/suitecrm> Options +FollowSymlinks AllowOverride All Require all granted </Directory> ## Include SSL settings ## Uncomment the below lines if you have SSL with LetsEncrypt # Include /etc/letsencrypt/options-ssl-apache.conf # SSLCertificateFile /etc/letsencrypt/live/yourdomain.com/fullchain.pem # SSLCertificateKeyFile /etc/letsencrypt/live/yourdomain.com/privkey.pem # Enable HTTP/2 for better performance Protocols h2 http/1.1 # Security Headers Header always set Strict-Transport-Security “max-age=31536000; includeSubDomains; preload” Header always set X-Content-Type-Options “nosniff” Header always set X-Frame-Options “SAMEORIGIN” Header always set X-XSS-Protection “1; mode=block” </VirtualHost> 3. Save and Exit After making the necessary changes, save the file by pressing Ctrl + O, then press Enter to confirm. Exit the editor by pressing Ctrl + X. Step 3: Refresh Symbolic Links & Restart Apache For the changes to take effect, recreate the symbolic links and then restart the Apache web server: [root …]$ sudo ln -sf /etc/httpd/sites-available/suitecrm.conf /etc/httpd/sites-enabled/suitecrm.conf [root …]$ sudo systemctl restart httpd Additional Notes: Ensure that you have an SSL certificate installed for HTTPS to work. You may use services such as Let’s Encrypt to obtain a free SSL certificate. You might need to adjust firewall rules or security group settings in AWS to allow traffic on ports 80 (HTTP) and 443 (HTTPS). Important: Request AWS to lift any email sending restrictions if you’re using the application’s email features.
Associating Your Domain Associating Your Domain with Mautic 6 Overview: To successfully associate your domain with the Mautic 6 hosted on an AWS instance, follow the steps outlined below. This process involves editing the Apache configuration file to link your domain with the server’s IP address and enforce HTTPS redirection. Step 1: Access Your Server 1. Log in via SSH Use SSH to access your AWS instance: ssh ec2-user@<your-aws-public-ip> 2. Switch to the Root User Elevate your permissions by switching to the root user: [ec2-user@…]$ sudo -i Step 2: Modify the Apache Configuration File 1. Edit the Configuration File Open the Apache configuration file: [root …]$ nano /etc/httpd/sites-available/mautic.conf 2. Update Domain Information Replace the placeholder yourdomain.com with your actual domain name in the configuration. Ensure that both the non-www and www versions of your domain are included. Also, modify the RewriteRule directives to enforce HTTPS redirection. Below is the updated configuration you need to apply: <VirtualHost *:80> ServerName yourdomain.com ServerAlias www.yourdomain.com DocumentRoot /var/www/mautic ErrorLog /var/www/mautic/log/error.log CustomLog /var/www/mautic/log/requests.log combined RewriteEngine on RewriteCond %{HTTP_HOST} ^(www.)?yourdomain.com$ RewriteRule ^ http://%{HTTP_HOST}%{REQUEST_URI} [END,NE,R=permanent] <Directory /var/www/mautic> Options +FollowSymLinks AllowOverride All Require all granted </Directory> </VirtualHost> <VirtualHost *:443> ServerName yourdomain.com ServerAlias www.yourdomain.com DocumentRoot /var/www/mautic ErrorLog /var/www/mautic/log/error.log CustomLog /var/www/mautic/log/requests.log combined RewriteEngine on RewriteCond %{HTTP_HOST} ^(www.)?yourdomain.com$ RewriteRule ^ https://%{HTTP_HOST}%{REQUEST_URI} [END,NE,R=permanent] ## Include SSL settings (for example with Let’s Encrypt) ## Uncomment the below lines if you have SSL with LetsEncrypt # Include /etc/letsencrypt/options-ssl-apache.conf # SSLCertificateFile /etc/letsencrypt/live/yourdomain.com/fullchain.pem # SSLCertificateKeyFile /etc/letsencrypt/live/yourdomain.com/privkey.pem <Directory /var/www/mautic> Options +FollowSymlinks AllowOverride All Require all granted </Directory> ## Include SSL settings ## Uncomment the below lines if you have SSL with LetsEncrypt # Include /etc/letsencrypt/options-ssl-apache.conf # SSLCertificateFile /etc/letsencrypt/live/yourdomain.com/fullchain.pem # SSLCertificateKeyFile /etc/letsencrypt/live/yourdomain.com/privkey.pem # Enable HTTP/2 for better performance Protocols h2 http/1.1 # Security Headers Header always set Strict-Transport-Security “max-age=31536000; includeSubDomains; preload” Header always set X-Content-Type-Options “nosniff” Header always set X-Frame-Options “SAMEORIGIN” Header always set X-XSS-Protection “1; mode=block” </VirtualHost> 3. Save and Exit After making the necessary changes, save the file by pressing Ctrl + O, then press Enter to confirm. Exit the editor by pressing Ctrl + X. Step 3: Refresh Symbolic Links & Restart Apache For the changes to take effect, recreate the symbolic links and then restart the Apache web server: [root …]$ rm -rf /etc/httpd/sites-enabled/mautic.conf [root …]$ sudo ln -s /etc/httpd/sites-available/mautic.conf /etc/httpd/sites-enabled/mautic.conf [root …]$ sudo systemctl restart httpd Additional Notes: Ensure that you have an SSL certificate installed for HTTPS to work. You may use services such as Let’s Encrypt to obtain a free SSL certificate. You might need to adjust firewall rules or security group settings in AWS to allow traffic on ports 80 (HTTP) and 443 (HTTPS). Important: Request AWS to lift any email sending restrictions if you’re using the application’s email features.
How to Paginate a Post ? In order to paginate your blog post, in the Write panel in your WordPress admin, switch to the TEXT view (if you are using the Visual view) and then enter the following code to wherever you want to break the post up into a new page: <!--nextpage-->
Cancelling in AWS Marketplace Cancelling in AWS Marketplace Read this page before you cancel. There is one step people miss, and missing it means you keep getting charged. The one thing to know Deleting your helpdesk in the ESC portal does NOT cancel your AWS subscription. They are two separate actions. Deleting your helpdesk removes the service. Cancelling your subscription in AWS Marketplace is what stops the billing. If you delete your helpdesk but don’t cancel in AWS, AWS will keep charging you. Why it works this way Because you subscribed through AWS Marketplace, AWS owns your subscription – and AWS permits only the account holder to cancel it. We cannot cancel it for you, even if you ask us to. This is an AWS rule, not an ESC policy, and it applies to every SaaS product sold on AWS Marketplace. How to cancel properly Cancel your subscription in AWS. Sign in to the AWS Marketplace console, go to Manage subscriptions, find Elyxia Support Cloud, and cancel it. This is the step that stops the billing. Delete your helpdesk in the ESC portal, if you want the service removed immediately. A backup is taken before teardown. Do step 1. Step 2 is optional; step 1 is not. If you have more than one helpdesk This is where the rule above bites hardest, so read it carefully. Each helpdesk you bought is a separate charge on your AWS bill. Deleting one helpdesk in the ESC portal does not cancel its AWS charge – exactly as with a single helpdesk, deleting the service and cancelling the billing are two different actions. So if you run three helpdesks and want to drop to two, cancel that helpdesk’s subscription in AWS Marketplace first, and only then delete the helpdesk in the ESC portal. Do not assume that deleting a helpdesk in the portal reduces your AWS bill. It does not. If you remove a helpdesk and keep getting charged for it, this is why – the subscription is still active in AWS. If you’re unsure which AWS subscription corresponds to which helpdesk, email [email protected] with your AWS customer ID and we’ll help you identify it before you cancel anything. If you’re on the free trial Nothing to do. An AWS SaaS free trial does not auto-convert into a paid subscription – if you do nothing, it simply expires and you are not charged. You only become a paying customer by deliberately subscribing. What happens to your helpdesk after cancellation Your helpdesk is not destroyed the moment you cancel. It is stopped, and there is a grace period before it is removed, with a backup taken first. If you cancel by mistake, or change your mind, re-subscribe on AWS Marketplace – your account is preserved, and if your helpdesk still exists it is brought back. If you’re leaving and want your data, export what you need before you cancel. Still not sure? If you’re cancelling because something isn’t working, email [email protected] first. We would rather fix it.
Associating Your Domain Associating Your Domain with UVDesk Overview: To successfully associate your domain with the UVDesk hosted on an AWS instance, follow the steps outlined below. This process involves editing the Apache configuration file to link your domain with the server’s IP address and enforce HTTPS redirection. Step 1: Access Your Server 1. Log in via SSH Use SSH to access your AWS instance: ssh ec2-user@<your-aws-public-ip> 2. Switch to the Root User Elevate your permissions by switching to the root user: [ec2-user@…]$ sudo -i Step 2: Modify the Apache Configuration File 1. Edit the Configuration File Open the Apache configuration file: [root …]$ nano /etc/httpd/sites-available/uvdesk.conf 2. Update Domain Information Replace the placeholder yourdomain.com with your actual domain name in the configuration. Ensure that both the non-www and www versions of your domain are included. Also, modify the RewriteRule directives to enforce HTTPS redirection. Below is the updated configuration you need to apply: <VirtualHost *:80> ServerName yourdomain.com ServerAlias www.yourdomain.com DocumentRoot /var/www/uvdesk/public ErrorLog /var/www/uvdesk/log/error.log CustomLog /var/www/uvdesk/log/requests.log combined RewriteEngine on RewriteCond %{HTTP_HOST} ^(www\.)?yourdomain\.com$ RewriteRule ^ http://%{HTTP_HOST}%{REQUEST_URI} [END,NE,R=permanent] <Directory /var/www/uvdesk> Options +FollowSymLinks AllowOverride All Require all granted </Directory> </VirtualHost> <VirtualHost *:443> ServerName yourdomain.com ServerAlias www.yourdomain.com DocumentRoot /var/www/uvdesk ErrorLog /var/www/uvdesk/log/error.log CustomLog /var/www/uvdesk/log/requests.log combined RewriteEngine on RewriteCond %{HTTP_HOST} ^(www\.)?yourdomain\.com$ RewriteRule ^ https://%{HTTP_HOST}%{REQUEST_URI} [END,NE,R=permanent] ## Include SSL settings (for example with Let’s Encrypt) ## Uncomment the below lines if you have SSL with LetsEncrypt # Include /etc/letsencrypt/options-ssl-apache.conf # SSLCertificateFile /etc/letsencrypt/live/yourdomain.com/fullchain.pem # SSLCertificateKeyFile /etc/letsencrypt/live/yourdomain.com/privkey.pem <Directory /var/www/uvdesk> Options +FollowSymlinks AllowOverride All Require all granted </Directory> # Enable HTTP/2 for better performance Protocols h2 http/1.1 # Security Headers Header always set Strict-Transport-Security “max-age=31536000; includeSubDomains; preload” Header always set X-Content-Type-Options “nosniff” Header always set X-Frame-Options “SAMEORIGIN” Header always set X-XSS-Protection “1; mode=block” </VirtualHost> 3. Save and Exit After making the necessary changes, save the file by pressing Ctrl + O, then press Enter to confirm. Exit the editor by pressing Ctrl + X. Step 3: Refresh Symbolic Links & Restart Apache For the changes to take effect, recreate the symbolic links and then restart the Apache web server: [root …]$ rm -rf /etc/httpd/sites-enabled/uvdesk.conf [root …]$ sudo ln -sf /etc/httpd/sites-available/uvdesk.conf /etc/httpd/sites-enabled/uvdesk.conf [root …]$ sudo systemctl restart httpd Additional Notes: Ensure that you have an SSL certificate installed for HTTPS to work. You may use services such as Let’s Encrypt to obtain a free SSL certificate. You might need to adjust firewall rules or security group settings in AWS to allow traffic on ports 80 (HTTP) and 443 (HTTPS). Important: Request AWS to lift any email sending restrictions if you’re using the application’s email features.
Theme Settings Quos vestibulum dictum irure recusandae, aliquet, ullam quod fugit, dictumst, optio, parturient auctor pulvinar, inceptos sem. Habitasse! Mattis, litora ipsum, fringilla elementum. Articles Header Settings Theme updating issue Footer Settings Page Building Header Settings In the Header settings section, you will get a lot of header customization options. In this section, you can change the logo and set the menu button, navigation bar settings etc. Theme updating issue Sometimes, your website may break when you update the new version of the theme. You have to delete the Charles core plugin before installing the updated theme in this case. Then install the plugin again from Appearance > Install plugins after installing the new version. Footer Settings Page Building Create a new page On the top left side of the WordPress dashboard, click Pages > Add New Click Edit with Elementor to enter Elementor Page Builder. The website editing screen is located on the right side. This is your workspace, where you can add sections and templates. The panel is located on the left side of the screen and contains creative tools called widgets, that allow you to add elements to your page. Some of the most commonly used widgets include Button, Image, text, and more. To find a specific widget, use the search field.
AI Support Agents AI Support Agents Your AI support agents are who your customers appear to be talking to. They answer web chat and email tickets automatically, drawing on your knowledge base, and hand off to your human team when they should. Creating agents On the Agents tab: Add an agent with a first and last name and a department. Upload an avatar photo for each agent. It’s stored with your brand assets and is shown in live chat replies. Edit or remove agents at any time. Changes flow to your live helpdesk automatically. How many agents? Your plan sets the limit: Starter 2, Growth 8, Pro 16, Enterprise unlimited. There are no per-agent fees. Your monthly price covers your whole roster. On upgrading: when you move to a larger plan, your agent roster automatically expands to the new tier’s limit with ready-to-use agents. You don’t have to rebuild it. Giving them a personality Names and departments aren’t cosmetic. They’re what your customers see in every reply, so pick names and departments that fit your brand and your team’s structure. An agent named for a real department (“Billing”, “Technical Support”) sets the right expectation for the conversation. What your AI agents can and can’t do They answer from your knowledge base. That’s the point – replies are grounded in your own documents and policies, not a generic model’s guesses. If the answer isn’t in your knowledge, they hand off to your human team rather than inventing one. How confident they must be before answering is something you control. See Knowledge Base.
Doc title example What is an Extension? For editing menu navigation settings go to Theme Options Header Top of Header . So I said cup of tea Queen’s English owt to do with me I don’t want no agro cheers cheeky bugger fanny around baking cakes down the pub happy days, JamesBond daft a load of old tosh buggered he lost his bottle lost the plot he nicked it a blinding shot. [docly_tooltip id=”1″]Tooltip text[/docly_tooltip] mufty quaint no biggie cras baking cakes barney bamboozled, what a plonker bum bag he legged it young delinquent knees up Eaton the full monty arse over tit, my lady buggered happy days amongst bugger all mate are you taking the piss brolly. [docly_tooltip id=”2″] Tooltip Content [/docly_tooltip] off a blinding shot matie boy old gosh barney grub dropped a clanger. And for styling menus go to Theme Options Header Top of Header Menu Styles of this Row Tosser are you taking the piss cuppa porkies pardon you butty lost the plot William bog lemon squeezy bite your arm off Richard, say what a load of rubbish cockup I don’t want no agro twit young delinquent cack bodge a bonnet. Unordered list items Go to Docly SettingsHeader Logo Consectetur adipiscing elit Integer molestie lorem at massa Facilisis in pretium nisl aliquet Ordered List Items Go to Docly SettingsHeader Logo Consectetur adipiscing elit Integer molestie lorem at massa Facilisis in pretium nisl aliquet
Example Title Doc What is an Extension? For editing menu navigation settings go to Theme Options Header Top of Header . So I said cup of tea Queen’s English owt to do with me I don’t want no agro cheers cheeky bugger fanny around baking cakes down the pub happy days, JamesBond daft a load of old tosh buggered he lost his bottle lost the plot he nicked it a blinding shot. [docly_tooltip id=”1″]Tooltip text[/docly_tooltip] mufty quaint no biggie cras baking cakes barney bamboozled, what a plonker bum bag he legged it young delinquent knees up Eaton the full monty arse over tit, my lady buggered happy days amongst bugger all mate are you taking the piss brolly. [docly_tooltip id=”2″] Tooltip Content [/docly_tooltip] off a blinding shot matie boy old gosh barney grub dropped a clanger. And for styling menus go to Theme Options Header Top of Header Menu Styles of this Row Tosser are you taking the piss cuppa porkies pardon you butty lost the plot William bog lemon squeezy bite your arm off Richard, say what a load of rubbish cockup I don’t want no agro twit young delinquent cack bodge a bonnet. Unordered list items Go to Docly SettingsHeader Logo Consectetur adipiscing elit Integer molestie lorem at massa Facilisis in pretium nisl aliquet Ordered List Items Go to Docly SettingsHeader Logo Consectetur adipiscing elit Integer molestie lorem at massa Facilisis in pretium nisl aliquet
Example doc of docly What is an Extension? For editing menu navigation settings go to Theme Options Header Top of Header . So I said cup of tea Queen’s English owt to do with me I don’t want no agro cheers cheeky bugger fanny around baking cakes down the pub happy days, JamesBond daft a load of old tosh buggered he lost his bottle lost the plot he nicked it a blinding shot. [docly_tooltip id=”1″]Tooltip text[/docly_tooltip] mufty quaint no biggie cras baking cakes barney bamboozled, what a plonker bum bag he legged it young delinquent knees up Eaton the full monty arse over tit, my lady buggered happy days amongst bugger all mate are you taking the piss brolly. [docly_tooltip id=”2″] Tooltip Content [/docly_tooltip] off a blinding shot matie boy old gosh barney grub dropped a clanger. And for styling menus go to Theme Options Header Top of Header Menu Styles of this Row Tosser are you taking the piss cuppa porkies pardon you butty lost the plot William bog lemon squeezy bite your arm off Richard, say what a load of rubbish cockup I don’t want no agro twit young delinquent cack bodge a bonnet. Unordered list items Go to Docly SettingsHeader Logo Consectetur adipiscing elit Integer molestie lorem at massa Facilisis in pretium nisl aliquet Ordered List Items Go to Docly SettingsHeader Logo Consectetur adipiscing elit Integer molestie lorem at massa Facilisis in pretium nisl aliquet
Resources & Reference Below are some valuable resources to assist you with Odoo: Official Website: Stay updated with the latest news and releases from Odoo. https://www.odoo.com/ Documentation: Explore the detailed documentation for Odo, covering installation, configuration, and advanced usage. https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/ https://www.odoo.com/documentation/15.0/ https://www.odoo.com/documentation/17.0/ https://www.odoo.com/documentation/18.0/ https://www.odoo.com/documentation/19.0/ Community Forum: Join discussions, ask questions, and get community-driven support. https://www.odoo.com/forum Customization & Professional Services: For tailored Odoo solutions, customization, and professional services designed to meet your unique business needs. https://assist.elyxia.uk/contact
Services & Management This section provides comprehensive instructions on managing the deployed application/image and its services. It covers essential tasks such as starting and stopping instances, managing key services like Cockpit, PGAdmin4, and SSL, and resolving common issues. Articles Managing Cockpit Managing phpMyAdmin Managing Cockpit Cockpit (https://cockpit-project.org/) is a web-based graphical interface for servers management and administration. This particular AMI is pre-installed with Cockpit to ease administration. To start using Cockpit, follow the steps below. Step 1: Get the Cockpit credentials output from execution of “usr/local/bin/egl_init.sh.x” Step 2: Go to http://<your-public-ip>:9090/ and enter the credentials. Step 3: You may see “limited access” and may be prompted to authenticate. Click “Turn on administrative access“, key in once again the credential from Step 1. Uploading File with Cockpit Step 1: Login to Cockpit. Step 2: Go to “navigator“. Step 3: To upload files to server using Cockpit, simply navigate to your path and just drag-and-drop into the folder. Managing phpMyAdmin phpMyAdmin (https://www.phpmyadmin.net/) is a web-based graphical interface for database management and administration for MySQL and MariaDB. This particular AMI is pre-installed with phpMyAdmin to ease administration. To start using phpMyAdmin, follow the steps below. Step 1: Get the credentials output from execution of “usr/local/bin/egl_init.sh.x” Step 2: Go to http://<your-public-ip>/phpMyAdmin and enter the credentials.
Resources & Reference Below are some valuable resources to assist you with ERPNext with Alma Linux 9 Official Website: Stay updated with the latest news and releases. https://erpnext.com/ Documentation: Explore the detailed documentation, covering installation, configuration, and advanced usage. https://docs.erpnext.com Community Support & Forum: Join discussions, ask questions, and get community-driven support. https://discuss.frappe.io/
Resource & Reference Below are some valuable resources to assist you with Mautic 5 on AlmaLinux: Mautic Official Website: Stay updated with the latest news and releases from Mautic. mautic.org Mautic Documentation: Explore the detailed documentation for Mautic 5, covering installation, configuration, and advanced usage. docs.mautic.org/en/5.x Mautic Community Forum: Join discussions, ask questions, and get community-driven support. forum.mautic.org Customization & Professional Services: For tailored solutions, customization, and professional services designed to meet your unique business needs. https://assist.elyxia.uk/contact
Resources & Reference Below are some valuable resources to assist you with ISPConfig 3 with Alma Linux: ISPConfig Official Website: Stay updated with the latest news and releases from ISPConfig. https://www.ispconfig.org Documentation: Explore the detailed documentation for ISPConfig, covering installation, configuration, and advanced usage. https://www.ispconfig.org/documentation/user-manual/ Community Support & Forum: Join discussions, ask questions, and get community-driven support. https://www.ispconfig.org/support/
Resources & Reference Here are some helpful resources to assist you with OsTicket with Alma Linux,: Official Website: Stay updated with the latest news and releases. https://osticket.com/ Documentation: Explore the detailed documentation, covering installation, configuration, and advanced usage. https://docs.osticket.com/ Community Forum: Join discussions, ask questions, and get community-driven support. https://forum.osticket.com/ Professional Migration, Workflow And Automation Services: For tailored solutions, automation workflow and professional migration services designed to meet your unique business needs. https://assist.elyxia.uk/contact
Resources & Reference Below are some valuable resources to assist you with Odoo 17: Official Website: Stay updated with the latest news and releases from Odoo. https://www.odoo.com/ Documentation: Explore the detailed documentation for Odo, covering installation, configuration, and advanced usage. https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/ https://www.odoo.com/documentation/15.0/ https://www.odoo.com/documentation/17.0/ https://www.odoo.com/documentation/18.0/ Community Forum: Join discussions, ask questions, and get community-driven support. https://www.odoo.com/forum Customization & Professional Services: For tailored Odoo solutions, customization, and professional services designed to meet your unique business needs. https://assist.elyxia.uk/contact
Subscribe on AWS Marketplace Subscribe on AWS Marketplace ESC is bought and billed entirely through AWS Marketplace. Your plan appears on your regular AWS bill — there’s no separate invoice, and ESC never asks you for a card. The path from subscription to a live helpdesk is short: Pick a plan → subscribe (or start a free trial) → set up your account → launch your helpdesk. Most people are through it in a few minutes, with the helpdesk itself provisioning in well under 15. Start here Choosing Your Plan – Starter, Growth, Pro, and Enterprise compared. The tiers differ in capacity, not capability: every plan includes the full platform, with no per-agent fees. Free 15-Day Trial – Try the full product on your own knowledge base before committing. No credit card, and an AWS SaaS trial never auto-converts into a paid subscription. Subscribing & Activating Your Account – Subscribing on AWS, then setting up your ESC account. Includes what to do if you subscribed but didn’t finish setup – and how cancellation works. Launching Your Helpdesk – Choosing your region (which is fixed once set) and getting to Running. New to ESC? Read Choosing Your Plan first, then go straight to the Free 15-Day Trial – it’s the full product, on your own documents, at no cost. Once your helpdesk is Running, head to the Quick Start Guide to add your domain, brand it, upload your knowledge, and get your web chat live. Articles Choosing Your Plan Free 15-Day Trial Subscribing & Activating Your Account Launching Your Helpdesk Choosing Your Plan Choosing Your Plan ESC has three published plans plus a custom Enterprise tier. Every plan includes the same core platform – a dedicated instance, AI agents, knowledge base, web chat, email channel, customer support portal, agent workspace, free SSL, and nightly backups. The tiers differ in capacity, not capability. Starter Growth Pro Enterprise Price / month $199 $399 $799 Custom AI responses / month 2,000 10,000 40,000 Custom AI agents 2 8 16 Unlimited Custom domains 1 2 3 Unlimited Knowledge storage 100 MB 500 MB 2 GB Custom Support response 2 business days 1 business day 4 business hours 1 business hour There are no per-agent fees. The monthly price covers your whole team. Which plan? AI responses is usually the figure that decides it. One AI response = one genuine answer from your AI agent. Automatic acknowledgements and canned replies don’t count against it. Starter – small teams, a single brand, modest ticket volume. Growth – the common choice: a busier helpdesk, more agents, a second domain. Pro – high volume, a larger human team, and priority support when you need us. Enterprise – multiple helpdesks, custom volumes, or specific contractual requirements. Available via private offer: contact [email protected]. Changing your mind later You aren’t locked in. Same-tier upgrades take effect instantly. Larger-tier upgrades are handled via secure snapshot-restore – your data carries over, and your domain and address stay the same. Your AI agent roster automatically expands to the new tier’s limit. Free 15-Day Trial Free 15-Day Trial Try ESC free for 15 days before you commit. Spin up your fully branded helpdesk, upload your own documents, and put your AI agents through real questions. How it works On the ESC product page in AWS Marketplace, choose Try for free. You’ll be handed to ESC to set up your account, and your helpdesk provisions exactly as it would on a paid plan – same features, same dedicated instance, no reduced version. What happens at the end This is the part worth reading, because it works in your favour: An AWS Marketplace SaaS free trial does not automatically convert into a paid subscription. When the 15 days are up, it simply expires. You are never charged by surprise. To continue, you make a deliberate choice – subscribe to a plan on AWS Marketplace during or after your trial, and your helpdesk continues on that plan. If you decide ESC isn’t for you, do nothing; the trial expires on its own. If you let the trial lapse without subscribing, your helpdesk is scheduled for removal, with a backup taken beforehand. If you’re mid-evaluation and need longer, contact [email protected] before your trial ends. Worth knowing One trial per AWS account. A free trial can be used once per AWS account for this product. The trial is the full product. No feature gates, no watermarks. Bring your documents. The trial only tells you what you need to know if the AI is answering from your knowledge, not a demo set. Upload real content on day one. Subscribing & Activating Your Account 1. Subscribe on AWS Marketplace Find Elyxia Support Cloud (ESC) in AWS Marketplace. Choose Try for free for the 15-day trial, or select your plan and subscribe. You’ll be asked to confirm the contract terms. Your subscription is billed entirely through AWS. Your ESC plan appears on your regular AWS bill, and there is no separate invoice. The one exception is one-time AI response packs, an optional top-up bought by card in the ESC portal. They are never required, and they do not affect your subscription. See Billing & Subscription > Plans & Allowances. 2. Set up your account Once your subscription is confirmed, AWS shows a Set up your account button. This hands you to ESC to complete registration. New to ESC? You’ll create your account – just an email and password. No payment details: your billing is already handled through AWS. Returning? Sign in as normal. Either way, your subscription activates automatically the moment you sign in – there’s no code to enter and no step to remember. Don’t skip this. If you subscribe on AWS but never click Set up your account, your subscription is live and billing but your helpdesk hasn’t been created. If this happens, return to your subscription in the AWS Marketplace console and click Set up your account – nothing is lost. If you’re stuck, email [email protected] with your AWS customer ID. 3. You’re in You’ll land in the ESC Client Portal with your plan already applied, ready to launch your helpdesk. Cancelling Cancellations are managed in AWS, not in the ESC portal. Because you subscribed through AWS Marketplace, only you – the AWS account holder – can cancel; we cannot do it on your behalf. Cancel from Manage subscriptions in the AWS Marketplace console. Important: deleting your helpdesk in the ESC portal does not cancel your AWS subscription, and AWS will keep billing you until you cancel it there. If you’re leaving ESC, cancel the subscription in AWS Marketplace. See Billing & Subscription → Cancelling in AWS Marketplace for the full detail. Launching Your Helpdesk Launching Your Helpdesk With your account activated, launching takes a few clicks and a short wait. 1. Start the wizard From your dashboard, the setup wizard opens automatically. Your plan is already selected and locked to what you subscribed to on AWS – there’s nothing to choose or pay for here. 2. Choose your region Your helpdesk runs in the AWS region you pick: Ireland (eu-west-1) London (eu-west-2) Singapore (ap-southeast-1) US East – N. Virginia (us-east-1) Further regions are in progress. Choose carefully. Your region is fixed once the helpdesk is created and cannot be changed later without rebuilding it. Pick the region closest to your customers, or the one your data-residency requirements point to. 3. Wait for Running Your helpdesk provisions automatically. Watch the Overview tab – the status moves through provisioning and settles on Running. This typically completes well within 15 minutes. Nothing is required from you during this. There is no server to configure, no software to install, and no credentials to set up. When it says Running, your helpdesk exists and you can sign in to it. 4. What now? Head to the Quick Start Guide – add your domain, brand it, upload your knowledge, and get your web chat live. Need more than one helpdesk? You aren’t limited to one. From the Plans & Billing page in your portal, Buy a New Instance on any tier to add another helpdesk – a second brand, a separate region, or a helpdesk per client if you’re an agency. Each helpdesk is fully independent: its own dedicated instance, its own domain and branding, its own AI agents and knowledge base, and its own allowances. Nothing is shared between them. Additional helpdesks are purchased through AWS Marketplace and appear on your AWS bill, and you can mix tiers freely. For larger deployments or bespoke arrangements, talk to us about Enterprise at [email protected].
Resources & Reference Here are some helpful resources to assist you with OpenCart 4.x with Alma Linux 9, Official Website: Stay updated with the latest news and releases. https://www.opencart.com/ Documentation: Explore the detailed documentation, covering installation, configuration, and advanced usage. http://docs.opencart.com/en-gb/introduction/ Community Forum: Join discussions, ask questions, and get community-driven support. https://forum.opencart.com/ Professional Migration, Workflow And Automation Services: For tailored solutions, automation workflow and professional migration services designed to meet your unique business needs. https://assist.elyxia.uk/contact
Free 15-Day Trial Free 15-Day Trial Try ESC free for 15 days before you commit. Spin up your fully branded helpdesk, upload your own documents, and put your AI agents through real questions. How it works On the ESC product page in AWS Marketplace, choose Try for free. You’ll be handed to ESC to set up your account, and your helpdesk provisions exactly as it would on a paid plan – same features, same dedicated instance, no reduced version. What happens at the end This is the part worth reading, because it works in your favour: An AWS Marketplace SaaS free trial does not automatically convert into a paid subscription. When the 15 days are up, it simply expires. You are never charged by surprise. To continue, you make a deliberate choice – subscribe to a plan on AWS Marketplace during or after your trial, and your helpdesk continues on that plan. If you decide ESC isn’t for you, do nothing; the trial expires on its own. If you let the trial lapse without subscribing, your helpdesk is scheduled for removal, with a backup taken beforehand. If you’re mid-evaluation and need longer, contact [email protected] before your trial ends. Worth knowing One trial per AWS account. A free trial can be used once per AWS account for this product. The trial is the full product. No feature gates, no watermarks. Bring your documents. The trial only tells you what you need to know if the AI is answering from your knowledge, not a demo set. Upload real content on day one.
Services & Management This section provides comprehensive instructions on managing the deployed application/image and its services. It covers essential tasks such as starting and stopping instances, managing key services like Cockpit, PGAdmin4, and SSL, and resolving common issues. Articles Managing Cockpit Associating Your Domain Managing Cockpit Cockpit (https://cockpit-project.org/) is a web-based graphical interface for servers management and administration. This particular AMI is pre-installed with Cockpit to ease administration. To start using Cockpit, follow the steps below. Step 1: Get the Cockpit credentials output from execution of “usr/local/bin/egl_init.sh.x” Step 2: Go to http://<your-public-ip>:9090/ and enter the credentials. Step 3: You may see “limited access” and may be prompted to authenticate. Click “Turn on administrative access“, key in once again the credential from Step 1. Uploading File with Cockpit Step 1: Login to Cockpit. Step 2: Go to “navigator“. Step 3: To upload files to server using Cockpit, simply navigate to your path and just drag-and-drop into the folder. Associating Your Domain Associating Your Domain with SuiteCRM Overview: To successfully associate your domain hosted on an AWS instance, follow the steps outlined below. This process involves editing the Apache configuration file to link your domain with the server’s IP address and enforce HTTPS redirection. Step 1: Access Your Server 1. Log in via SSH Use SSH to access your AWS instance: ssh ec2-user@<your-aws-public-ip> 2. Switch to the Root User Elevate your permissions by switching to the root user: [ec2-user@…]$ sudo -i Step 2: Modify the Apache Configuration File 1. Edit the Configuration File Open the Apache configuration file: [root …]$ nano /etc/httpd/sites-available/suitecrm.conf 2. Update Domain Information Replace the placeholder yourdomain.com with your actual domain name in the configuration. Ensure that both the non-www and www versions of your domain are included. Also, modify the RewriteRule directives to enforce HTTPS redirection. Below is the updated configuration you need to apply: <VirtualHost *:80> ServerName yourdomain.com ServerAlias www.yourdomain.com DocumentRoot /var/www/suitecrm ErrorLog /var/www/suitecrm/log/error.log CustomLog /var/www/suitecrm/log/requests.log combined RewriteEngine on RewriteCond %{HTTP_HOST} ^(www\.)?yourdomain.com$ RewriteRule ^ http://%{HTTP_HOST}%{REQUEST_URI} [END,NE,R=permanent] <Directory /var/www/suitecrm> Options +FollowSymLinks AllowOverride All Require all granted </Directory> </VirtualHost> <VirtualHost *:443> ServerName yourdomain.com ServerAlias www.yourdomain.com DocumentRoot /var/www/suitecrm ErrorLog /var/www/suitecrm/log/error.log CustomLog /var/www/suitecrm/log/requests.log combined RewriteEngine on RewriteCond %{HTTP_HOST} ^(www\.)?yourdomain.com$ RewriteRule ^ https://%{HTTP_HOST}%{REQUEST_URI} [END,NE,R=permanent] ## Include SSL settings (for example with Let’s Encrypt) ## Uncomment the below lines if you have SSL with LetsEncrypt # Include /etc/letsencrypt/options-ssl-apache.conf # SSLCertificateFile /etc/letsencrypt/live/yourdomain.com/fullchain.pem # SSLCertificateKeyFile /etc/letsencrypt/live/yourdomain.com/privkey.pem <Directory /var/www/suitecrm> Options +FollowSymlinks AllowOverride All Require all granted </Directory> ## Include SSL settings ## Uncomment the below lines if you have SSL with LetsEncrypt # Include /etc/letsencrypt/options-ssl-apache.conf # SSLCertificateFile /etc/letsencrypt/live/yourdomain.com/fullchain.pem # SSLCertificateKeyFile /etc/letsencrypt/live/yourdomain.com/privkey.pem # Enable HTTP/2 for better performance Protocols h2 http/1.1 # Security Headers Header always set Strict-Transport-Security “max-age=31536000; includeSubDomains; preload” Header always set X-Content-Type-Options “nosniff” Header always set X-Frame-Options “SAMEORIGIN” Header always set X-XSS-Protection “1; mode=block” </VirtualHost> 3. Save and Exit After making the necessary changes, save the file by pressing Ctrl + O, then press Enter to confirm. Exit the editor by pressing Ctrl + X. Step 3: Refresh Symbolic Links & Restart Apache For the changes to take effect, recreate the symbolic links and then restart the Apache web server: [root …]$ sudo ln -sf /etc/httpd/sites-available/suitecrm.conf /etc/httpd/sites-enabled/suitecrm.conf [root …]$ sudo systemctl restart httpd Additional Notes: Ensure that you have an SSL certificate installed for HTTPS to work. You may use services such as Let’s Encrypt to obtain a free SSL certificate. You might need to adjust firewall rules or security group settings in AWS to allow traffic on ports 80 (HTTP) and 443 (HTTPS). Important: Request AWS to lift any email sending restrictions if you’re using the application’s email features.
Resource & Reference Below are some valuable resources to assist you with Matomo 5 on AlmaLinux: Matomo Official Website: Stay updated with the latest news and releases from Matomo. matomo.org Matomo Documentation: Explore the detailed documentation for Matomo 5, covering installation, configuration, and advanced usage. https://matomo.org/guides/ Matomo Community Support : Join discussions, ask questions, and get community-driven support. https://forum.matomo.org/
Mautic 6 This article is released for AWS solution(s), Mautic 5|6 on Alma Linux Mautic Community on Alma Linux Mautic is an open source marketing automation platform that allows businesses to build smarter, multi-channel marketing campaigns, while delivering a unified and personalized brand experience across all digital properties. The suite of tools includes features for lead management, website tracking, drip flow, progressive profiling, contact management, social media monitoring, landing pages, and more, for high performance marketing campaigns, content and results.Pre-bundled with this image are Mautic 6.0.6 (Hardened : firewall, protected htaccess, protected login) AlmaLinux 9: A stable and secure open source operating system. MariaDB 11.5: A robust and scalable database system. PHP 8.2: A modern and efficient scripting language. Apache Web Server: A reliable and widely-used web server. Firewalld: A comprehensive Linux firewall management tool. Articles Requirement One-Click Installation Associating Your Domain Resource & Reference Release Notes Requirement Instance Configuration Requirements Overview: When setting up your AWS instance, you’ll need to configure a few key options. Here’s a detailed guide on the recommended configurations and selections. 1. Instance Type For optimal performance, we recommend using the following instance types: t3a.small or t3.small (recommended) – 2 virtual CPUs and 2 GB memory. However, you can choose an instance type based on your specific workload and traffic needs. Here’s a quick reference table to help you decide: CPU/Memory Database Monitored Hosts 1 CPU core / 1 GB MySQL InnoDB 100 2 CPU cores / 2 GB MySQL InnoDB 500 4 CPU cores / 8 GB RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 1,000 8 CPU cores / 16 GB Fast RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 10,000 For more details on different instance types and configurations, refer to the AWS Instance Types documentation. 2. Storage Space The default allocated storage size for our AMI. You may specify the necessary storage size when launching a new instance or change it after deployment. 20 GB (recommended) 3. Ports Configuration To ensure smooth operation of your Mautic installation, it’s important to open the appropriate inbound and outbound ports. Below are the recommended port settings, though you may configure them based on your specific security group requirements: Inbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination SSH TCP 22 0.0.0.0/0 HTTP TCP 80 0.0.0.0/0 HTTPS TCP 443 0.0.0.0/0 MySQL/Aurora TCP 3306 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 587 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 465 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 993 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 143 0.0.0.0/0 Outbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination All traffic All All 0.0.0.0/0 4. Important Notes: Mail Sending Restrictions: AWS imposes restrictions on sending emails from EC2 instances by default. To remove this limitation, you may need to submit a request to AWS to lift the email sending blockage before you can use Mautic for email campaigns. One-Click Installation Mautic 6 Initialization: Overview: This guide will walk you through initializing Mautic 6 on your AWS instance in just one click. The setup process is streamlined using our custom script, designed for ease of use and efficiency. Before starting the script, ensure the minimum requirement is met. Pro Tip: We recommend associating an AWS Elastic IP with your instance before running the setup. This prevents your IP address from changing when the instance is stopped and restarted. Step 1: Access Your AWS Instance 1. Launch Your AWS EC2 Instance: Choose your desired AWS EC2 instance type. (Recommended: t3a.small / t3.small) Once the instance is running, connect to it via SSH. 2. Connect to the Instance: Open your terminal (Mac/Linux) or use an SSH client (e.g., PuTTY for Windows). Run the following SSH command: ssh ec2-user@<your-aws-public-ip> When prompted for the login, enter: [ec2-user@…]$ sudo -i 3. Run the Initialization Script: To initiate the Mautic installation, run the following command: [root@…]$ /usr/local/bin/egl_init.sh.x Note: This script automates the entire installation process. While it runs, ensure your terminal remains active, and do not close the session. Step 2: Access Mautic After Installation 1. Completion Confirmation: Once the installation is finished, you will see a summary on the screen that includes your Mautic admin credentials. 2. Access the Mautic Interface: Open your web browser and navigate to: http://<your-public-ip> You will be greeted by the Mautic login screen. 3. Login: Use the credentials provided during the installation process to log in. You can then update your account details in the settings as needed. Important Notes: Mail Sending Blockage: AWS may have email-sending restrictions in place by default. Before using Mautic for email campaigns, submit a request to AWS to lift the restriction on outbound email traffic. Associating Your Domain Associating Your Domain with Mautic 6 Overview: To successfully associate your domain with the Mautic 6 hosted on an AWS instance, follow the steps outlined below. This process involves editing the Apache configuration file to link your domain with the server’s IP address and enforce HTTPS redirection. Step 1: Access Your Server 1. Log in via SSH Use SSH to access your AWS instance: ssh ec2-user@<your-aws-public-ip> 2. Switch to the Root User Elevate your permissions by switching to the root user: [ec2-user@…]$ sudo -i Step 2: Modify the Apache Configuration File 1. Edit the Configuration File Open the Apache configuration file: [root …]$ nano /etc/httpd/sites-available/mautic.conf 2. Update Domain Information Replace the placeholder yourdomain.com with your actual domain name in the configuration. Ensure that both the non-www and www versions of your domain are included. Also, modify the RewriteRule directives to enforce HTTPS redirection. Below is the updated configuration you need to apply: <VirtualHost *:80> ServerName yourdomain.com ServerAlias www.yourdomain.com DocumentRoot /var/www/mautic ErrorLog /var/www/mautic/log/error.log CustomLog /var/www/mautic/log/requests.log combined RewriteEngine on RewriteCond %{HTTP_HOST} ^(www.)?yourdomain.com$ RewriteRule ^ http://%{HTTP_HOST}%{REQUEST_URI} [END,NE,R=permanent] <Directory /var/www/mautic> Options +FollowSymLinks AllowOverride All Require all granted </Directory> </VirtualHost> <VirtualHost *:443> ServerName yourdomain.com ServerAlias www.yourdomain.com DocumentRoot /var/www/mautic ErrorLog /var/www/mautic/log/error.log CustomLog /var/www/mautic/log/requests.log combined RewriteEngine on RewriteCond %{HTTP_HOST} ^(www.)?yourdomain.com$ RewriteRule ^ https://%{HTTP_HOST}%{REQUEST_URI} [END,NE,R=permanent] ## Include SSL settings (for example with Let’s Encrypt) ## Uncomment the below lines if you have SSL with LetsEncrypt # Include /etc/letsencrypt/options-ssl-apache.conf # SSLCertificateFile /etc/letsencrypt/live/yourdomain.com/fullchain.pem # SSLCertificateKeyFile /etc/letsencrypt/live/yourdomain.com/privkey.pem <Directory /var/www/mautic> Options +FollowSymlinks AllowOverride All Require all granted </Directory> ## Include SSL settings ## Uncomment the below lines if you have SSL with LetsEncrypt # Include /etc/letsencrypt/options-ssl-apache.conf # SSLCertificateFile /etc/letsencrypt/live/yourdomain.com/fullchain.pem # SSLCertificateKeyFile /etc/letsencrypt/live/yourdomain.com/privkey.pem # Enable HTTP/2 for better performance Protocols h2 http/1.1 # Security Headers Header always set Strict-Transport-Security “max-age=31536000; includeSubDomains; preload” Header always set X-Content-Type-Options “nosniff” Header always set X-Frame-Options “SAMEORIGIN” Header always set X-XSS-Protection “1; mode=block” </VirtualHost> 3. Save and Exit After making the necessary changes, save the file by pressing Ctrl + O, then press Enter to confirm. Exit the editor by pressing Ctrl + X. Step 3: Refresh Symbolic Links & Restart Apache For the changes to take effect, recreate the symbolic links and then restart the Apache web server: [root …]$ rm -rf /etc/httpd/sites-enabled/mautic.conf [root …]$ sudo ln -s /etc/httpd/sites-available/mautic.conf /etc/httpd/sites-enabled/mautic.conf [root …]$ sudo systemctl restart httpd Additional Notes: Ensure that you have an SSL certificate installed for HTTPS to work. You may use services such as Let’s Encrypt to obtain a free SSL certificate. You might need to adjust firewall rules or security group settings in AWS to allow traffic on ports 80 (HTTP) and 443 (HTTPS). Important: Request AWS to lift any email sending restrictions if you’re using the application’s email features. Resource & Reference Below are some valuable resources to assist you with Mautic 5|6 on AlmaLinux: Mautic Official Website: Stay updated with the latest news and releases from Mautic. mautic.org Mautic Documentation: Explore the detailed documentation for Mautic 6, covering installation, configuration, and advanced usage. https://docs.mautic.org/en/6.0/ Mautic Community Forum: Join discussions, ask questions, and get community-driven support. forum.mautic.org Customization & Professional Services: For tailored solutions, customization, and professional services designed to meet your unique business needs. https://assist.elyxia.uk/contact Release Notes EGL Build 260629.1 29 June 2026 IMPROVED Alma Linux 9 (Latest): AlmaLinux has been updated to the latest version with all critical patches applied, ensuring a stable and secure environment. IMPROVED Hardened Security – Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Package Updates: All packages have been updated to the most recent stable versions, ensuring improved compatibility and reliability. EGL Build 260421 21 April 2026 IMPROVED Mautic 6: the latest stable Mautic 6, ensuring compatibility with the latest features and security enhancements. IMPROVED Alma Linux 9 (Latest): AlmaLinux has been updated to the latest version with all critical patches applied, ensuring a stable and secure environment. IMPROVED Hardened Security – Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Optimized performance to ensure faster execution and resource efficiency. IMPROVED Package Updates: All packages have been updated to the most recent stable versions, ensuring improved compatibility and reliability. EGL Build 251017.2 17 October 2025 NEW Releasing latest Mautic 6: Seamlessly upgraded to the latest stable Mautic 6.0.6, ensuring compatibility with the latest features and security enhancements. IMPROVED Alma Linux 9 (Latest): AlmaLinux has been updated to the latest version with all critical patches applied, ensuring a stable and secure environment. IMPROVED MariaDB 11.5 – Latest MariaDB 11.5, delivering improved performance, enhanced security, and better scalability for database operations. IMPROVED PHP 8.2: Leveraging the latest PHP version for improved speed, security, and compatibility with modern applications. IMPROVED Hardened Security – Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Optimized performance to ensure faster execution and resource efficiency. IMPROVED Package Updates: All packages have been updated to the most recent stable versions, ensuring improved compatibility and reliability.
Resources & Reference Here are some helpful resources to assist you with Zammad,: Official Website: Stay updated with the latest news and releases. https://zammad.org/ Documentation: Explore the detailed documentation, covering installation, configuration, and advanced usage. https://zammad.org/documentation Community Forum: Join discussions, ask questions, and get community-driven support. https://community.zammad.org/ Professional Migration, Workflow And Automation Services: For tailored solutions, automation workflow and professional migration services designed to meet your unique business needs. https://assist.elyxia.uk/contact
Resource & Reference Below are some valuable resources to assist you with Mautic 5|6 on AlmaLinux: Mautic Official Website: Stay updated with the latest news and releases from Mautic. mautic.org Mautic Documentation: Explore the detailed documentation for Mautic 6, covering installation, configuration, and advanced usage. https://docs.mautic.org/en/6.0/ Mautic Community Forum: Join discussions, ask questions, and get community-driven support. forum.mautic.org Customization & Professional Services: For tailored solutions, customization, and professional services designed to meet your unique business needs. https://assist.elyxia.uk/contact
Knowledge Base Knowledge Base This is the step that makes your AI genuinely yours. Your agents answer from your documents and policies, not from a generic model’s guesses. Uploading documents On the Knowledge tab, upload the documents you want your AI to answer from. Supported formats: PDF, Word (DOC/DOCX), Excel (XLS/XLSX), PowerPoint (PPTX), TXT, CSV and Markdown. Maximum 50 MB per file. There is nothing to prepare. No formatting, no tagging, no technical setup. Upload, and we handle the rest. What happens next Each file shows Syncing, then Ready once it’s indexed – usually within seconds. Your AI agents start using new knowledge immediately at query time. There is no refresh, no rebuild, and no waiting period. Upload a document, ask your AI a question about it in the Web Chat preview, and it will answer. Two things that catch people out Legacy PowerPoint (.ppt) is not supported. Re-save it as .pptx or PDF. Scanned PDFs will not work. If your PDF is just page images with no selectable text, there is nothing for the AI to read. Open it in a PDF reader – if you can’t select and copy the text, neither can we. Use a text-based PDF, or convert it to Word or TXT first. Answer Confidence You control how certain your AI must be before it answers rather than handing off to your team. On the Knowledge tab, set Answer Confidence: Setting Behaviour Strict Answers only when highly confident. Hands off more often. Balanced The default, and what most customers stay on. Lenient Answers more readily. Hands off less often. Which should you pick? Start on Balanced. If your AI is being too cautious and handing off questions it should have answered, move to Lenient and test it in the Web Chat preview. If it’s answering things it shouldn’t, move to Strict. This is available while your helpdesk is Running, and the change reaches your AI within a few seconds. Storage Your plan sets the limit: Starter 100 MB, Growth 500 MB, Pro 2 GB, Enterprise custom. A live storage meter on the Knowledge tab shows where you stand. Getting good answers The quality of your AI is the quality of your knowledge base. A few things that help: Upload what your customers actually ask about – your FAQs, policies, product documentation, troubleshooting guides. Keep it current. An outdated document produces confidently outdated answers. Test it. Ask your AI the questions your customers really ask, in the Web Chat preview, and see what comes back.
Services & Management This section provides comprehensive instructions on managing the deployed application/image and its services. It covers essential tasks such as starting and stopping instances, managing key services like Cockpit, PGAdmin4, and SSL, and resolving common issues. Articles Associating Your Domain Associating Your Domain Associating Your Domain with UVDesk Overview: To successfully associate your domain with the UVDesk hosted on an AWS instance, follow the steps outlined below. This process involves editing the Apache configuration file to link your domain with the server’s IP address and enforce HTTPS redirection. Step 1: Access Your Server 1. Log in via SSH Use SSH to access your AWS instance: ssh ec2-user@<your-aws-public-ip> 2. Switch to the Root User Elevate your permissions by switching to the root user: [ec2-user@…]$ sudo -i Step 2: Modify the Apache Configuration File 1. Edit the Configuration File Open the Apache configuration file: [root …]$ nano /etc/httpd/sites-available/uvdesk.conf 2. Update Domain Information Replace the placeholder yourdomain.com with your actual domain name in the configuration. Ensure that both the non-www and www versions of your domain are included. Also, modify the RewriteRule directives to enforce HTTPS redirection. Below is the updated configuration you need to apply: <VirtualHost *:80> ServerName yourdomain.com ServerAlias www.yourdomain.com DocumentRoot /var/www/uvdesk/public ErrorLog /var/www/uvdesk/log/error.log CustomLog /var/www/uvdesk/log/requests.log combined RewriteEngine on RewriteCond %{HTTP_HOST} ^(www\.)?yourdomain\.com$ RewriteRule ^ http://%{HTTP_HOST}%{REQUEST_URI} [END,NE,R=permanent] <Directory /var/www/uvdesk> Options +FollowSymLinks AllowOverride All Require all granted </Directory> </VirtualHost> <VirtualHost *:443> ServerName yourdomain.com ServerAlias www.yourdomain.com DocumentRoot /var/www/uvdesk ErrorLog /var/www/uvdesk/log/error.log CustomLog /var/www/uvdesk/log/requests.log combined RewriteEngine on RewriteCond %{HTTP_HOST} ^(www\.)?yourdomain\.com$ RewriteRule ^ https://%{HTTP_HOST}%{REQUEST_URI} [END,NE,R=permanent] ## Include SSL settings (for example with Let’s Encrypt) ## Uncomment the below lines if you have SSL with LetsEncrypt # Include /etc/letsencrypt/options-ssl-apache.conf # SSLCertificateFile /etc/letsencrypt/live/yourdomain.com/fullchain.pem # SSLCertificateKeyFile /etc/letsencrypt/live/yourdomain.com/privkey.pem <Directory /var/www/uvdesk> Options +FollowSymlinks AllowOverride All Require all granted </Directory> # Enable HTTP/2 for better performance Protocols h2 http/1.1 # Security Headers Header always set Strict-Transport-Security “max-age=31536000; includeSubDomains; preload” Header always set X-Content-Type-Options “nosniff” Header always set X-Frame-Options “SAMEORIGIN” Header always set X-XSS-Protection “1; mode=block” </VirtualHost> 3. Save and Exit After making the necessary changes, save the file by pressing Ctrl + O, then press Enter to confirm. Exit the editor by pressing Ctrl + X. Step 3: Refresh Symbolic Links & Restart Apache For the changes to take effect, recreate the symbolic links and then restart the Apache web server: [root …]$ rm -rf /etc/httpd/sites-enabled/uvdesk.conf [root …]$ sudo ln -sf /etc/httpd/sites-available/uvdesk.conf /etc/httpd/sites-enabled/uvdesk.conf [root …]$ sudo systemctl restart httpd Additional Notes: Ensure that you have an SSL certificate installed for HTTPS to work. You may use services such as Let’s Encrypt to obtain a free SSL certificate. You might need to adjust firewall rules or security group settings in AWS to allow traffic on ports 80 (HTTP) and 443 (HTTPS). Important: Request AWS to lift any email sending restrictions if you’re using the application’s email features.
Some common issues We adding here solutions on regarding some common issues. You may find here your solution. So we request to check here for your issue before asking us. Articles Voluptatibus massa tempor Sample doc title How to customize the theme. Doc title example Voluptatibus massa tempor What is an Extension? For editing menu navigation settings go to Theme Options Header Top of Header . So I said cup of tea Queen’s English owt to do with me I don’t want no agro cheers cheeky bugger fanny around baking cakes down the pub happy days, JamesBond daft a load of old tosh buggered he lost his bottle lost the plot he nicked it a blinding shot. [docly_tooltip id=”1″]Tooltip text[/docly_tooltip] mufty quaint no biggie cras baking cakes barney bamboozled, what a plonker bum bag he legged it young delinquent knees up Eaton the full monty arse over tit, my lady buggered happy days amongst bugger all mate are you taking the piss brolly. [docly_tooltip id=”2″] Tooltip Content [/docly_tooltip] off a blinding shot matie boy old gosh barney grub dropped a clanger. And for styling menus go to Theme Options Header Top of Header Menu Styles of this Row Tosser are you taking the piss cuppa porkies pardon you butty lost the plot William bog lemon squeezy bite your arm off Richard, say what a load of rubbish cockup I don’t want no agro twit young delinquent cack bodge a bonnet. Unordered list items Go to Docly SettingsHeader Logo Consectetur adipiscing elit Integer molestie lorem at massa Facilisis in pretium nisl aliquet Ordered List Items Go to Docly SettingsHeader Logo Consectetur adipiscing elit Integer molestie lorem at massa Facilisis in pretium nisl aliquet Sample doc title What is an Extension? For editing menu navigation settings go to Theme Options Header Top of Header . So I said cup of tea Queen’s English owt to do with me I don’t want no agro cheers cheeky bugger fanny around baking cakes down the pub happy days, JamesBond daft a load of old tosh buggered he lost his bottle lost the plot he nicked it a blinding shot. [docly_tooltip id=”1″]Tooltip text[/docly_tooltip] mufty quaint no biggie cras baking cakes barney bamboozled, what a plonker bum bag he legged it young delinquent knees up Eaton the full monty arse over tit, my lady buggered happy days amongst bugger all mate are you taking the piss brolly. [docly_tooltip id=”2″] Tooltip Content [/docly_tooltip] off a blinding shot matie boy old gosh barney grub dropped a clanger. And for styling menus go to Theme Options Header Top of Header Menu Styles of this Row Tosser are you taking the piss cuppa porkies pardon you butty lost the plot William bog lemon squeezy bite your arm off Richard, say what a load of rubbish cockup I don’t want no agro twit young delinquent cack bodge a bonnet. Unordered list items Go to Docly SettingsHeader Logo Consectetur adipiscing elit Integer molestie lorem at massa Facilisis in pretium nisl aliquet Ordered List Items Go to Docly SettingsHeader Logo Consectetur adipiscing elit Integer molestie lorem at massa Facilisis in pretium nisl aliquet How to customize the theme. OVERRIDING PARENT THEME FILES You can not only target individual style declarations via the style sheet but also override entire components of the parent theme. For every theme file present in the parent directory, WordPress will check whether a corresponding file is present in the child theme and if so, use that one instead. This means that a header.php file in the child theme will override its equivalent in the parent folder. So, if you don’t like something about a page’s layout, just copy the respective file, implement your changes, and upload it to the child theme’s folder. The modifications will then appear in the child theme, while the original file will remain untouched. WORKING WITH TEMPLATE FILES We’ve learned that we can overwrite any file in the parent theme by placing a copy in the child theme’s folder and customizing it. However, using files that exist only in the child theme is also possible. Template files are a good example of this. Let’s say we want to build a full-width page template for our child theme. Our theme does not lend itself to the full-screen presentation, but let’s do it anyway for demonstration purposes, shall we? To create a full-width page in Chaoz you have to create a custom page template. Let’s start with the page template. For our custom page template, we simply copy page.php from the parent theme, rename it to page-full-width.php and place it in the Child theme’s root folder. Doc title example What is an Extension? For editing menu navigation settings go to Theme Options Header Top of Header . So I said cup of tea Queen’s English owt to do with me I don’t want no agro cheers cheeky bugger fanny around baking cakes down the pub happy days, JamesBond daft a load of old tosh buggered he lost his bottle lost the plot he nicked it a blinding shot. [docly_tooltip id=”1″]Tooltip text[/docly_tooltip] mufty quaint no biggie cras baking cakes barney bamboozled, what a plonker bum bag he legged it young delinquent knees up Eaton the full monty arse over tit, my lady buggered happy days amongst bugger all mate are you taking the piss brolly. [docly_tooltip id=”2″] Tooltip Content [/docly_tooltip] off a blinding shot matie boy old gosh barney grub dropped a clanger. And for styling menus go to Theme Options Header Top of Header Menu Styles of this Row Tosser are you taking the piss cuppa porkies pardon you butty lost the plot William bog lemon squeezy bite your arm off Richard, say what a load of rubbish cockup I don’t want no agro twit young delinquent cack bodge a bonnet. Unordered list items Go to Docly SettingsHeader Logo Consectetur adipiscing elit Integer molestie lorem at massa Facilisis in pretium nisl aliquet Ordered List Items Go to Docly SettingsHeader Logo Consectetur adipiscing elit Integer molestie lorem at massa Facilisis in pretium nisl aliquet
Resources & Reference Below are some valuable resources to assist you with Odoo: Official Website: Stay updated with the latest news and releases from Odoo. https://www.odoo.com/ Documentation: Explore the detailed documentation for Odo, covering installation, configuration, and advanced usage. https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/ https://www.odoo.com/documentation/15.0/ https://www.odoo.com/documentation/17.0/ https://www.odoo.com/documentation/18.0/ Community Forum: Join discussions, ask questions, and get community-driven support. https://www.odoo.com/forum Customization & Professional Services: For tailored Odoo solutions, customization, and professional services designed to meet your unique business needs. https://assist.elyxia.uk/contact
Resources & Reference Here are some helpful resources to assist you with Bagisto 2.x with Alma Linux 9, Official Website: Stay updated with the latest news and releases. https://bagisto.com/en/ Documentation: Explore the detailed documentation, covering installation, configuration, and advanced usage. https://devdocs.bagisto.com/2.2/prologue/ Community Forum: Join discussions, ask questions, and get community-driven support. https://forums.bagisto.com/ Professional Migration, Workflow And Automation Services: For tailored solutions, automation workflow and professional migration services designed to meet your unique business needs. https://assist.elyxia.uk/contact
Release Archive EGL Build 250328.1 28 March 2025 NEW Bagisto 2.2.4 NEW Added Cockpit NEW Added phpMyAdmin IMPROVED Latest Alma Linux OS IMPROVED Upgraded to MariaDB 11.4 IMPROVED Hardened Security – Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations – Fine-tuned system configurations to enhance speed, responsiveness, and resource efficiency. FIXED Bug Fixes & Stability Enhancements EGL Build 240221.1 21 February 2024 NEW AWS initial release. NEW AWS ENA-support
Release Notes EGL Build 260629.1 29 June 2026 IMPROVED Latest AlmaLinux 9: Now running on the latest AlmaLinux 9 with critical patches applied, delivering improved stability, security, and long-term support. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Optimized performance to ensure faster execution and resource efficiency. IMPROVED Hardened Security – Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Comprehensive Package Updates: All system packages and dependencies have been updated to their latest stable versions, ensuring compatibility, reliability, and security. EGL Build 260421.1 21 April 2026 IMPROVED Odoo 19 – Latest version of the powerful open-source ERP and business management suite, offering seamless integration of CRM, sales, inventory, and more. IMPROVED Latest AlmaLinux 9: Now running on the latest AlmaLinux 9 with critical patches applied, delivering improved stability, security, and long-term support. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Optimized performance to ensure faster execution and resource efficiency. IMPROVED Hardened Security – Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Comprehensive Package Updates: All system packages and dependencies have been updated to their latest stable versions, ensuring compatibility, reliability, and security. EGL Build 241212.1 12 December 2024 NEW Added new version Odoo 17 IMPROVED Latest stable Alma Linux 9 IMPROVED Bind 9.16 FIXED Other minor issues EGL Build 220830.1 30 August 2022 IMPROVED Latest Alma Linux OS FIXED Other minor issues EGL Build 220724.1 24 July 2022 IMPROVED Latest Alma Linux OS IMPROVED Added new security feature FIXED Security issue – CVE-2021-3177 EGL Build 211218.1 18 December 2021 IMPROVED Latest Alma Linux OS IMPROVED Latest Odoo 14 IMPROVED Enhanced Security and Protection FIXED Security issue – CVE-2021-43527 EGL Build 210126.1 26 January 2021 NEW AWS initial release. NEW AWS ENA-support
Release Notes EGL Build 260629.1 29 June 2026 IMPROVED Latest AlmaLinux 9 – Now running on the latest AlmaLinux 9 with critical patches applied, delivering improved stability, security, and long-term support. IMPROVED Hardened Security – Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Comprehensive Package Updates – All system packages and dependencies have been updated to their latest stable versions, ensuring compatibility, reliability, and security. EGL Build 260421.1 21 April 2026 IMPROVED Latest AlmaLinux 9 – Now running on the latest AlmaLinux 9 with critical patches applied, delivering improved stability, security, and long-term support. IMPROVED Hardened Security – Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations – Fine-tuned system configurations to enhance speed, responsiveness, and resource efficiency. IMPROVED Comprehensive Package Updates – All system packages and dependencies have been updated to their latest stable versions, ensuring compatibility, reliability, and security. EGL Build 251023.1 23 October 2025 IMPROVED Latest AlmaLinux 9 – Now running on the latest AlmaLinux 9 with critical patches applied, delivering improved stability, security, and long-term support. IMPROVED Hardened Security – Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations – Fine-tuned system configurations to enhance speed, responsiveness, and resource efficiency. IMPROVED Comprehensive Package Updates – All system packages and dependencies have been updated to their latest stable versions, ensuring compatibility, reliability, and security. Articles Release Archive Release Archive EGL Build 250328.1 28 March 2025 NEW Bagisto 2.2.4 NEW Added Cockpit NEW Added phpMyAdmin IMPROVED Latest Alma Linux OS IMPROVED Upgraded to MariaDB 11.4 IMPROVED Hardened Security – Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations – Fine-tuned system configurations to enhance speed, responsiveness, and resource efficiency. FIXED Bug Fixes & Stability Enhancements EGL Build 240221.1 21 February 2024 NEW AWS initial release. NEW AWS ENA-support
Resources & Reference Here are some helpful resources to assist you with OrangeHRM 5.7 on Alma Linux. Official Website: Stay updated with the latest news and releases. https://www.orangehrm.com/ Documentation: Explore the detailed documentation, covering installation, configuration, and advanced usage. https://help.orangehrm.com/hc/en-us Community Forum: Join discussions, ask questions, and get community-driven support. https://forum.orangehrm.com/ Professional Migration, Workflow And Automation Services: For tailored solutions, automation workflow and professional migration services designed to meet your unique business needs. https://assist.elyxia.uk/contact
Release Notes EGL Build 260629.1 29 June 2026 IMPROVED Latest AlmaLinux 9: Now running on the latest AlmaLinux 9 with critical patches applied, delivering improved stability, security, and long-term support. IMPROVED Hardened Security: Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Comprehensive Package Updates: All system packages and dependencies have been updated to their latest stable versions, ensuring compatibility, reliability, and security. EGL Build 260420.1 20 April 2026 IMPROVED Latest AlmaLinux 9: Now running on the latest AlmaLinux 9 with critical patches applied, delivering improved stability, security, and long-term support. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Optimized performance to ensure faster execution and resource efficiency. IMPROVED Hardened Security: Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Comprehensive Package Updates: All system packages and dependencies have been updated to their latest stable versions, ensuring compatibility, reliability, and security. EGL Build 251104.1 4 November 2025 NEW ERPNext 15: The latest stable version of a cutting-edge enterprise resource planning (ERP) software that revolutionizes how businesses operate. NEW ERPNext Pre-installed Apps: HRMS, Payment and Helpdesk. NEW MariaDB 11.5 – Latest MariaDB delivering improved performance, enhanced security, and better scalability for database operations. NEW Nginx: A lightweight, high-speed web server configured to maximize Zammad responsiveness. IMPROVED Latest AlmaLinux 9: Now running on the latest AlmaLinux 9 with critical patches applied, delivering improved stability, security, and long-term support. IMPROVED Firewalld: A comprehensive firewall management tool that ensures secure network configurations and controlled access. IMPROVED Hardened Security: Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Comprehensive Package Updates: All system packages and dependencies have been updated to their latest stable versions, ensuring compatibility, reliability, and security. Articles Release Archive Release Archive EGL Build 250315.2 15 March 2025 IMPROVED System Updates: AlmaLinux has been updated to the latest version with all critical patches applied. IMPROVED Enhancement: Addressed user-reported issues to improve usability and reliability. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Optimized performance to ensure faster execution and resource efficiency. EGL Build 230808.1 8 August 2023 NEW AWS initial release. NEW AWS ENA-support
Managing Cockpit Cockpit (https://cockpit-project.org/) is a web-based graphical interface for servers management and administration. This particular AMI is pre-installed with Cockpit to ease administration. To start using Cockpit, follow the steps below. Step 1: Get the Cockpit credentials output from execution of “usr/local/bin/egl_init.sh.x” Step 2: Go to http://<your-public-ip>:9090/ and enter the credentials. Step 3: You may see “limited access” and may be prompted to authenticate. Click “Turn on administrative access“, key in once again the credential from Step 1. Uploading File with Cockpit Step 1: Login to Cockpit. Step 2: Go to “navigator“. Step 3: To upload files to server using Cockpit, simply navigate to your path and just drag-and-drop into the folder.
SuiteCRM 8.x This article is released for AWS solution(s), SuiteCRM 8.9 with Alma Linux 9 SuiteCRM 8.9 Community SuiteCRM 8.x: Powerful, open-source CRM solution. SuiteCRM 8.x is a powerful and flexible CRM platform that empowers businesses to manage their customer relationships more effectively. With its intuitive interface, robust features, and seamless integration capabilities, SuiteCRM helps organizations streamline their sales, marketing, and customer service processes. From lead management and opportunity tracking to customer support and reporting, this CRM solution provides the tools and functionality needed to drive business growth and improve customer satisfaction. Elyxia Global Limited offers a pre-configured and security-hardened Amazon Machine Image (AMI) powered by AlmaLinux, a stable and trusted enterprise-grade platform. This ready-to-deploy solution ensures a seamless setup with a fully optimized stack, minimizing deployment time and maximizing operational efficiency. All additional charges are transparently outlined in the pricing section, providing complete cost clarity. Deploy with confidence and elevate your customer support experience with UVDesk on a secure, high-performance infrastructure. Pre-bundled with the AMI: SuiteCRM 8.9: A powerful, open-source CRM solution. AlmaLinux 9: A stable and secure operating system. MariaDB 11.5: A robust and scalable database system. PHP 8.2: A modern and efficient scripting language. Apache Web Server: A reliable and widely-used web server. Firewalld: A comprehensive Linux firewall management tool. Exclusive SuiteCRM Fixes by Elyxia Global Limited: Resolved Administrator Login Issue: Fixes the inability to log in as an administrator post-installation. API/GraphQL Access Resolution: Fixes the forbidden access issue in the API/GraphQL interface. Resolved LBL_ACTION_ERROR Issue: Fixes the inability to install using Web UI. Articles Requirement One-Click Installation Services & Management Resources & Reference Release Notes Requirement Instance Configuration Requirements Overview: When setting up your AWS instance, you’ll need to configure a few key options. Here’s a detailed guide on the recommended configurations and selections. 1. Instance Type For optimal performance, we recommend using the following instance types: t3a.small – 2 virtual CPUs and 2 GB memory. t3.small – 2 virtual CPUs and 2 GB memory. However, you can choose an instance type based on your specific workload and traffic needs. Here’s a quick reference table to help you decide: CPU/Memory Database Monitored Hosts 1 CPU core / 1 GB MySQL InnoDB 100 2 CPU cores / 2 GB MySQL InnoDB 500 4 CPU cores / 8 GB RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 1,000 8 CPU cores / 16 GB Fast RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 10,000 For more details on different instance types and configurations, refer to the AWS Instance Types documentation. 2. Storage Space The default allocated storage size for our AMI. You may specify the necessary storage size when launching a new instance or change it after deployment. 20 GB (recommended) 3. Ports Configuration To ensure smooth operation of your installation, it’s important to open the appropriate inbound and outbound ports. Below are the recommended port settings, though you may configure them based on your specific security group requirements: Inbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination SSH TCP 22 0.0.0.0/0 HTTP TCP 80 0.0.0.0/0 HTTPS TCP 443 0.0.0.0/0 MySQL/MariaDB TCP 3306 0.0.0.0/0 (Below are optional) SMTP TCP 587 0.0.0.0/0 SMTP TCP 465 0.0.0.0/0 POP3 TCP 993 0.0.0.0/0 POP3 TCP 143 0.0.0.0/0 Outbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination All traffic All All 0.0.0.0/0 One-Click Installation SuiteCRM 8.x Initialization: Overview: This guide will walk you through initializing SuiteCRM 8.6 – 8.9 on your AWS instance in just one click. The setup process is streamlined using our custom script, designed for ease of use and efficiency. Before starting the script, ensure the minimum requirement is met. Pro Tip: We recommend associating an AWS Elastic IP with your instance before running the setup. This prevents your IP address from changing when the instance is stopped and restarted. Step 1: Access Your AWS Instance 1. Launch Your AWS EC2 Instance: Choose your desired AWS EC2 instance type. (Recommended: t3a.small / t3.small) Once the instance is running, connect to it via SSH. 2. Connect to the Instance: Open your terminal (Mac/Linux) or use an SSH client (e.g., PuTTY for Windows). Run the following SSH command: ssh ec2-user@<your-aws-public-ip> When prompted for the login, enter: [ec2-user@…]$ sudo -i 3. Run the Initialization Script: To initiate the installation, run the following command: [root@…]$ dnf -y update [root@…]$ /usr/local/bin/egl_init.sh.x Note: This script automates the entire installation process. While it runs, ensure your terminal remains active, and do not close the session. The script may take up to 10-20 seconds to complete. The script will random generate new credentials for all the necessity. Step 2: Instance Set Up and Installation 1. Completion Confirmation: Once the installation is finished, you will see a summary on the screen that includes all credentials. 2. Access the Web Interface: Open your web browser and navigate to http://<your-public-ip> (port 80) : http://<your-public-ip> You will be greeted by the login screen. 3. Login: Use the credentials provided during the installation process to log in. You can then update your account details in the settings as needed. Important Notes: Mail Sending Blockage: AWS may have email-sending restrictions in place by default. Before using the instance for email sending, submit a request to AWS to lift the restriction on outbound email traffic. Services & Management This section provides comprehensive instructions on managing the deployed application/image and its services. It covers essential tasks such as starting and stopping instances, managing key services like Cockpit, PGAdmin4, and SSL, and resolving common issues. Managing Cockpit Cockpit (https://cockpit-project.org/) is a web-based graphical interface for servers management and administration. This particular AMI is pre-installed with Cockpit to ease administration. To start using Cockpit, follow the steps below. Step 1: Get the Cockpit credentials output from execution of “usr/local/bin/egl_init.sh.x” Step 2: Go to http://<your-public-ip>:9090/ and enter the credentials. Step 3: You may see “limited access” and may be prompted to authenticate. Click “Turn on administrative access“, key in once again the credential from Step 1. Uploading File with Cockpit Step 1: Login to Cockpit. Step 2: Go to “navigator“. Step 3: To upload files to server using Cockpit, simply navigate to your path and just drag-and-drop into the folder. Associating Your Domain Associating Your Domain with SuiteCRM Overview: To successfully associate your domain hosted on an AWS instance, follow the steps outlined below. This process involves editing the Apache configuration file to link your domain with the server’s IP address and enforce HTTPS redirection. Step 1: Access Your Server 1. Log in via SSH Use SSH to access your AWS instance: ssh ec2-user@<your-aws-public-ip> 2. Switch to the Root User Elevate your permissions by switching to the root user: [ec2-user@…]$ sudo -i Step 2: Modify the Apache Configuration File 1. Edit the Configuration File Open the Apache configuration file: [root …]$ nano /etc/httpd/sites-available/suitecrm.conf 2. Update Domain Information Replace the placeholder yourdomain.com with your actual domain name in the configuration. Ensure that both the non-www and www versions of your domain are included. Also, modify the RewriteRule directives to enforce HTTPS redirection. Below is the updated configuration you need to apply: <VirtualHost *:80> ServerName yourdomain.com ServerAlias www.yourdomain.com DocumentRoot /var/www/suitecrm ErrorLog /var/www/suitecrm/log/error.log CustomLog /var/www/suitecrm/log/requests.log combined RewriteEngine on RewriteCond %{HTTP_HOST} ^(www\.)?yourdomain.com$ RewriteRule ^ http://%{HTTP_HOST}%{REQUEST_URI} [END,NE,R=permanent] <Directory /var/www/suitecrm> Options +FollowSymLinks AllowOverride All Require all granted </Directory> </VirtualHost> <VirtualHost *:443> ServerName yourdomain.com ServerAlias www.yourdomain.com DocumentRoot /var/www/suitecrm ErrorLog /var/www/suitecrm/log/error.log CustomLog /var/www/suitecrm/log/requests.log combined RewriteEngine on RewriteCond %{HTTP_HOST} ^(www\.)?yourdomain.com$ RewriteRule ^ https://%{HTTP_HOST}%{REQUEST_URI} [END,NE,R=permanent] ## Include SSL settings (for example with Let’s Encrypt) ## Uncomment the below lines if you have SSL with LetsEncrypt # Include /etc/letsencrypt/options-ssl-apache.conf # SSLCertificateFile /etc/letsencrypt/live/yourdomain.com/fullchain.pem # SSLCertificateKeyFile /etc/letsencrypt/live/yourdomain.com/privkey.pem <Directory /var/www/suitecrm> Options +FollowSymlinks AllowOverride All Require all granted </Directory> ## Include SSL settings ## Uncomment the below lines if you have SSL with LetsEncrypt # Include /etc/letsencrypt/options-ssl-apache.conf # SSLCertificateFile /etc/letsencrypt/live/yourdomain.com/fullchain.pem # SSLCertificateKeyFile /etc/letsencrypt/live/yourdomain.com/privkey.pem # Enable HTTP/2 for better performance Protocols h2 http/1.1 # Security Headers Header always set Strict-Transport-Security “max-age=31536000; includeSubDomains; preload” Header always set X-Content-Type-Options “nosniff” Header always set X-Frame-Options “SAMEORIGIN” Header always set X-XSS-Protection “1; mode=block” </VirtualHost> 3. Save and Exit After making the necessary changes, save the file by pressing Ctrl + O, then press Enter to confirm. Exit the editor by pressing Ctrl + X. Step 3: Refresh Symbolic Links & Restart Apache For the changes to take effect, recreate the symbolic links and then restart the Apache web server: [root …]$ sudo ln -sf /etc/httpd/sites-available/suitecrm.conf /etc/httpd/sites-enabled/suitecrm.conf [root …]$ sudo systemctl restart httpd Additional Notes: Ensure that you have an SSL certificate installed for HTTPS to work. You may use services such as Let’s Encrypt to obtain a free SSL certificate. You might need to adjust firewall rules or security group settings in AWS to allow traffic on ports 80 (HTTP) and 443 (HTTPS). Important: Request AWS to lift any email sending restrictions if you’re using the application’s email features. Resources & Reference Here are some helpful resources to assist you with SuiteCRM: Official Website: Stay updated with the latest news and releases. https://suitecrm.com/ Documentation: Explore the detailed documentation, covering installation, configuration, and advanced usage. https://docs.suitecrm.com/8.x/admin/ Community Forum: Join discussions, ask questions, and get community-driven support. https://community.suitecrm.com/ Customization & Professional Services: For tailored solutions, customization, and professional services designed to meet your unique business needs. https://assist.elyxia.uk/contact Release Notes EGL Build 260629.1 29 June 2026 IMPROVED Latest AlmaLinux 9: Now running on the latest AlmaLinux 9 with critical patches applied, delivering improved stability, security, and long-term support. IMPROVED Hardened Security: Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Fine-tuned system configurations to enhance speed, responsiveness, and resource efficiency. IMPROVED Comprehensive Package Updates: All system packages and dependencies have been updated to their latest stable versions, ensuring compatibility, reliability, and security. EGL Build 260421.1 21 April 2026 IMPROVED SuiteCRM 8.9: latest stable SuiteCRM 8.9, ensuring compatibility with the latest features and security enhancements. IMPROVED Latest AlmaLinux 9: Now running on the latest AlmaLinux 9 with critical patches applied, delivering improved stability, security, and long-term support. IMPROVED Hardened Security: Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Fine-tuned system configurations to enhance speed, responsiveness, and resource efficiency. IMPROVED Comprehensive Package Updates: All system packages and dependencies have been updated to their latest stable versions, ensuring compatibility, reliability, and security. EGL Build 251023.1 24 October 2025 NEW Upgraded to SuiteCRM 8.9: Seamlessly upgraded to the latest stable SuiteCRM 8.9, ensuring compatibility with the latest features and security enhancements. IMPROVED Latest AlmaLinux 9: Now running on the latest AlmaLinux 9 with critical patches applied, delivering improved stability, security, and long-term support. IMPROVED Hardened Security: Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Optimized performance to ensure faster execution and resource efficiency. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Fine-tuned system configurations to enhance speed, responsiveness, and resource efficiency. IMPROVED Comprehensive Package Updates: All system packages and dependencies have been updated to their latest stable versions, ensuring compatibility, reliability, and security. EGL Build 250320.1 20 March 2025 NEW Upgraded to SuiteCRM 8.8 IMPROVED Alma Linux OS Updates IMPROVED Optimized performance to ensure faster execution and resource efficiency. IMPROVED All packages have been updated to the most recent stable versions, ensuring improved compatibility and reliability. FIXED Security Patch Updates: Addressed latest CVE reported risks to enhance security and mitigate potential vulnerabilities. FIXED Addressed user-reported issues to improve usability and reliability. EGL Build 240714.1 14 July 2024 NEW Hardened and Pre-configured SuiteCRM 8.6.1. NEW Hardened Alma Linux Image NEW AWS ENA-support FIXED SuiteCRM Administrator Login Issue FIXED SuiteCRM LBL_ACTION_ERROR Issue. FIXED SuiteCRM api/graphql blank page issue.
Release Notes EGL Build 260629.1 29 June 2026 IMPROVED Alma Linux 9 (Latest): AlmaLinux has been updated to the latest version with all critical patches applied, ensuring a stable and secure environment. IMPROVED Hardened Security – Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Package Updates: All packages have been updated to the most recent stable versions, ensuring improved compatibility and reliability. EGL Build 260421.1 21 April 2026 IMPROVED Alma Linux 9 (Latest): AlmaLinux has been updated to the latest version with all critical patches applied, ensuring a stable and secure environment. IMPROVED Hardened Security – Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Package Updates: All packages have been updated to the most recent stable versions, ensuring improved compatibility and reliability. EGL Build 251019.2 19 October 2025 IMPROVED Releasing latest 5.2.8 in Mautic 5 series: Seamlessly upgraded to the latest stable Mautic 6.0.6, ensuring compatibility with the latest features and security enhancements. IMPROVED Alma Linux 9 (Latest): AlmaLinux has been updated to the latest version with all critical patches applied, ensuring a stable and secure environment. IMPROVED MariaDB 11.5 – Latest MariaDB 11.5, delivering improved performance, enhanced security, and better scalability for database operations. IMPROVED PHP 8.2: Leveraging the latest PHP version for improved speed, security, and compatibility with modern applications. IMPROVED Hardened Security – Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Package Updates: All packages have been updated to the most recent stable versions, ensuring improved compatibility and reliability. EGL Build 250304.1 4 March 2025 IMPROVED AWS Mautic 5.1 IMPROVED Latest Alma Linux OS FIXED Other minor issues (Virtual Host) EGL Build 250206.1 6 February 2025 NEW AWS Mautic 5.1 IMPROVED Latest Alma Linux OS IMPROVED Enhanced security FIXED Other minor issues EGL Build 241016.1 16 October 2024 NEW AWS Mautic 5.0 NEW AWS ENA-support IMPROVED Latest Alma Linux OS IMPROVED Enhanced security IMPROVED Upgraded to PHP 8.2 FIXED Other minor issues
Resources & Reference Here are some helpful resources to assist you with SuiteCRM: Official Website: Stay updated with the latest news and releases. https://suitecrm.com/ Documentation: Explore the detailed documentation, covering installation, configuration, and advanced usage. https://docs.suitecrm.com/8.x/admin/ Community Forum: Join discussions, ask questions, and get community-driven support. https://community.suitecrm.com/ Customization & Professional Services: For tailored solutions, customization, and professional services designed to meet your unique business needs. https://assist.elyxia.uk/contact
Release Notes EGL Build 250801.1 1 August 2025 IMPROVED Alma Linux OS updates: AlmaLinux has been updated to the latest version with all critical patches applied. IMPROVED Security Patch Updates: Addressed latest CVE reported risks to enhance security and mitigate potential vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Package Updates: All packages have been updated to the most recent stable versions, ensuring improved compatibility and reliability. EGL Build 250310.1 10 March 2025 IMPROVED Alma Linux 8.10 OS updates IMPROVED Routine System Updates EGL Build 241126.1 26 November 2024 IMPROVED Latest stable Alma Linux 8.10 IMPROVED Latest stable ISPConfig 3.2.12p IMPROVED Bind 9.16 FIXED Other minor issues EGL Build 211218.1 18 December 2021 IMPROVED Latest Alma Linux OS IMPROVED ISPConfig 3.1 to 3.2 IMPROVED Added in RoundCube, AWStats, Jailkit, rkhunter, SpamAssassin and ClamAV IMPROVED PHP 7.2 to PHP 7.4 FIXED Security issue – CVE-2021-43527 FIXED Other minor issues EGL Build 220525.1 25 May 2022 IMPROVED Latest Alma Linux OS FIXED Security issue – CVE-2021-4115 FIXED Other minor issues EGL Build 231121.3 21 November 2023 IMPROVED ISPConfig 3.1 to latest IMPROVED Bundled phpMyAdmin IMPROVED Bundled OpenFire XMPP Server IMPROVED Enhanced security and firewall. FIXED Other minor issues EGL Build 200831.1 31 August 2020 IMPROVED Enhanced elyxia_global.sh.x to include database info IMPROVED Extended to cover more instance type FIXED Intermediate error “structure needs cleaning” EGL Build 200305.1 5 March 2020 NEW AWS initial release. NEW AWS ENA-support
Release Notes EGL Build 260629.1 29 June 2026 IMPROVED OS Updates: AlmaLinux has been updated to the latest version with all critical patches applied. IMPROVED Security Patch Updates: Addressed latest CVE reported risks to enhance security and mitigate potential vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Package Updates: All packages have been updated to the most recent stable versions, ensuring improved compatibility and reliability. EGL Build 260420.1 20 April 2026 IMPROVED OS Updates: AlmaLinux has been updated to the latest version with all critical patches applied. IMPROVED Security Patch Updates: Addressed latest CVE reported risks to enhance security and mitigate potential vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Package Updates: All packages have been updated to the most recent stable versions, ensuring improved compatibility and reliability. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Optimized performance to ensure faster execution and resource efficiency. EGL Build 251016.1 16 October 2025 IMPROVED OS Updates: AlmaLinux has been updated to the latest version with all critical patches applied. IMPROVED Security Patch Updates: Addressed latest CVE (CVE-2023-45802, CVE-2023-44487) reported risks to enhance security and mitigate potential vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Package Updates: All packages have been updated to the most recent stable versions, ensuring improved compatibility and reliability. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Optimized performance to ensure faster execution and resource efficiency. EGL Build 250322.1 22 March 2025 IMPROVED OS Updates: AlmaLinux has been updated to the latest version with all critical patches applied. IMPROVED Upgraded to OSTicket 1.18.2: Seamlessly upgraded to the latest stable OSTicket 1.18.2, ensuring compatibility with the latest features and security enhancements. IMPROVED Security Patch Updates: Addressed latest CVE reported risks to enhance security and mitigate potential vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Package Updates: All packages have been updated to the most recent stable versions, ensuring improved compatibility and reliability. IMPROVED MariaDB Upgraded to 11.5: Updated to the latest MariaDB version for improved performance, enhanced scalability, and advanced database functionalities. FIXED Bug Fixes: Addressed user-reported issues to improve usability and reliability. EGL Build 230927.2 27 September 2023 NEW Added Cockpit File Manager IMPROVED Latest Alma Linux OS IMPROVED OSTicket to latest version IMPROVED OSTicket Security FIXED Other minor issues EGL Build 220723.1 23 July 2022 IMPROVED Latest Alma Linux OS FIXED Security issue – CVE-2021-43527 FIXED Other minor issues EGL Build 211218.1 18 December 2021 IMPROVED Upgraded OS to Latest FIXED Security issue – CVE-2021-43527 EGL Build 210421.1 21 April 2021 NEW AWS initial release. NEW AWS ENA-support
Release Notes EGL Build 260629.1 29 June 2026 IMPROVED Alma Linux 9 (Latest): AlmaLinux has been updated to the latest version with all critical patches applied, ensuring a stable and secure environment. IMPROVED Hardened Security – Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Comprehensive Package Updates: All system packages and dependencies have been updated to their latest stable versions, ensuring compatibility, reliability, and security IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Optimized performance to ensure faster execution and resource efficiency. EGL Build 260422.1 22 April 2026 IMPROVED Odoo 17: The powerful open-source ERP and business management suite, offering seamless integration of CRM, sales, inventory, and more. IMPROVED Alma Linux 9 (Latest): AlmaLinux has been updated to the latest version with all critical patches applied, ensuring a stable and secure environment. IMPROVED Hardened Security – Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Comprehensive Package Updates: All system packages and dependencies have been updated to their latest stable versions, ensuring compatibility, reliability, and security IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Optimized performance to ensure faster execution and resource efficiency. EGL Build 251027.1 27 October 2025 NEW Odoo 17: The powerful open-source ERP and business management suite, offering seamless integration of CRM, sales, inventory, and more. NEW PostgreSQL 16: A high-performance, open-source relational database system known for its robustness and scalability. NEW Nginx: A lightweight, high-speed web server configured to maximize Zammad responsiveness. IMPROVED Latest AlmaLinux 9: Now running on the latest AlmaLinux 9 with critical patches applied, delivering improved stability, security, and long-term support. IMPROVED Comprehensive Package Updates: All system packages and dependencies have been updated to their latest stable versions, ensuring compatibility, reliability, and security IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Optimized performance to ensure faster execution and resource efficiency. EGL Build 221013.1 13 October 2022 NEW Odoo Community Release 17: The latest version of the powerful open-source ERP and business management suite, offering seamless integration of CRM, sales, inventory, and more. NEW Alma Linux 9: A secure, stable, and performance-driven enterprise-grade operating system, serving as a reliable alternative to CentOS. NEW AWS ENA Support EGL Build 250318.1 18 March 2025 IMPROVED System Updates: AlmaLinux has been updated to the latest version with all critical patches applied. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Optimized performance to ensure faster execution and resource efficiency. FIXED Bug Fixes: Addressed user-reported issues to improve usability and reliability. EGL Build 241212.1 12 December 2024 NEW Bind 9.16 IMPROVED Latest stable Alma Linux 9 IMPROVED Latest stable Odoo 17 FIXED Other minor issues
Release Notes EGL Build 260629.1 29 June 2026 IMPROVED Latest AlmaLinux 9: Now running on the latest AlmaLinux 9 with critical patches applied, delivering improved stability, security, and long-term support. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Fine-tuned system configurations to enhance speed, responsiveness, and resource efficiency. IMPROVED Comprehensive Package Updates: All system packages and dependencies have been updated to their latest stable versions, ensuring compatibility, reliability, and security. EGL Build 260421.1 21 April 2026 IMPROVED Latest AlmaLinux 9: Now running on the latest AlmaLinux 9 with critical patches applied, delivering improved stability, security, and long-term support. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Fine-tuned system configurations to enhance speed, responsiveness, and resource efficiency. IMPROVED Comprehensive Package Updates: All system packages and dependencies have been updated to their latest stable versions, ensuring compatibility, reliability, and security. EGL Build 251025.2 25 October 2025 NEW Upgraded to OpenCart 4.1: Seamlessly upgraded to the latest stable release, ensuring compatibility with the latest features and security enhancements. IMPROVED Latest AlmaLinux 9: Now running on the latest AlmaLinux 9 with critical patches applied, delivering improved stability, security, and long-term support. IMPROVED MariaSB upgraded to 11.15: Updated for improved performance, enhanced scalability, and advanced database functionalities. IMPROVED Hardened Security: Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Fine-tuned system configurations to enhance speed, responsiveness, and resource efficiency. IMPROVED Comprehensive Package Updates: All system packages and dependencies have been updated to their latest stable versions, ensuring compatibility, reliability, and security. EGL Build 250326.1 26 March 2025 IMPROVED Latest Alma Linux OS IMPROVED Hardened Security: Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Fine-tuned system configurations to enhance speed, responsiveness, and resource efficiency. FIXED Bug Fixes & Stability Enhancements: Resolved user-reported issues and fine-tuned configurations to improve overall usability and stability. EGL Build 240627.1 27 June 2024 IMPROVED Latest Alma Linux OS IMPROVED Latest Opencart FIXED VQMod 2.6.6 bug, \"self\" deprecated issue. EGL Build 211218.1 18 December 2021 IMPROVED AlmaLinux OS to Latest IMPROVED Upgrade OpenCart to latest FIXED ASCII characters output instead credentials EGL Build 240625.5o 25 June 2024 NEW AWS initial release. NEW AWS ENA-support
Release Notes EGL Build 260629.1 29 June 2026 IMPROVED Alma Linux OS updates: AlmaLinux has been updated to the latest version with all critical patches applied. IMPROVED Security Patch Updates: Addressed latest CVE reported risks to enhance security and mitigate potential vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Optimized performance to ensure faster execution and resource efficiency. IMPROVED Package Updates: All packages have been updated to the most recent stable versions, ensuring improved compatibility and reliability. EGL Build 260421.1 21 April 2026 IMPROVED Alma Linux OS updates: AlmaLinux has been updated to the latest version with all critical patches applied. IMPROVED Security Patch Updates: Addressed latest CVE reported risks to enhance security and mitigate potential vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Optimized performance to ensure faster execution and resource efficiency. IMPROVED Package Updates: All packages have been updated to the most recent stable versions, ensuring improved compatibility and reliability. EGL Build 250323.1 23 March 2025 IMPROVED Upgraded to Zammad 6.4 IMPROVED PostgreSQL Upgraded to 16 IMPROVED Alma Linux Upgraded to 9 IMPROVED Security Patch Updates: Addressed latest CVE reported risks to enhance security and mitigate potential vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Optimized performance to ensure faster execution and resource efficiency. IMPROVED Package Updates: All packages have been updated to the most recent stable versions, ensuring improved compatibility and reliability. FIXED Bug Fixes: Addressed user-reported issues to improve usability and reliability. EGL Build 220830.1 30 August 2022 IMPROVED Latest Alma Linux OS IMPROVED Zammad 5.0 to 5.1 FIXED Initialization/launching script EGL Build 220528.1 28 May 2022 IMPROVED Latest Alma Linux OS FIXED Security Issue: CVE-2021-4115 FIXED Reported Issues EGL Build 220331.1 31 March 2022 NEW AWS Zammad 5.0 initial release. NEW AWS ENA-support
Release Notes EGL Build 260421.1 21 April 2026 IMPROVED Latest AlmaLinux 9 – Now running on the latest AlmaLinux 9 with critical patches applied, delivering improved stability, security, and long-term support. IMPROVED Latest Matomo: latest stable version, ensuring compatibility with new features, performance improvements, and security enhancements. IMPROVED Hardened Security – Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations – Fine-tuned system configurations to enhance speed, responsiveness, and resource efficiency. IMPROVED Comprehensive Package Updates – All system packages and dependencies have been updated to their latest stable versions, ensuring compatibility, reliability, and security. EGL Build 251023.1 23 October 2025 IMPROVED Latest AlmaLinux 9 – Now running on the latest AlmaLinux 9 with critical patches applied, delivering improved stability, security, and long-term support. IMPROVED Upgraded to Latest Matomo: Seamlessly upgraded to the latest stable version, ensuring compatibility with new features, performance improvements, and security enhancements. IMPROVED Hardened Security – Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations – Fine-tuned system configurations to enhance speed, responsiveness, and resource efficiency. IMPROVED Comprehensive Package Updates – All system packages and dependencies have been updated to their latest stable versions, ensuring compatibility, reliability, and security. EGL Build 250316.1 16 March 2025 IMPROVED System Updates: AlmaLinux has been upgraded to the latest version, IMPROVED Package Updates: All packages have been updated to the most recent stable versions, ensuring improved compatibility and reliability. IMPROVED Security Patch Updates: Addressed latest CVE reported risks to enhance security and mitigate potential vulnerabilities. FIXED Bug Fixes: Resolved the virtual host issue and addressed several user-reported problems to enhance usability and stability. EGL Build 231014.1 14 October 2023 IMPROVED Latest Alma Linux OS IMPROVED Tighten security FIXED Other minor issues EGL Build 220825.1 25 August 2022 NEW AWS initial release. NEW AWS ENA-support EGL Build 241111.1 11 November 2024 NEW Hardened Matomo 5.0 initial release. IMPROVED Latest Alma Linux OS IMPROVED PHP 8.2 IMPROVED MariaDB 11.5 IMPROVED Tighten security
Resources & Reference Here are some helpful resources to assist you with UVDesk with Alma Linux. Official Website: Stay updated with the latest news and releases. https://www.uvdesk.com/en/opensource/ Documentation: Explore the detailed documentation, covering installation, configuration, and advanced usage. https://docs.uvdesk.com/ Community Forum: Join discussions, ask questions, and get community-driven support. https://forums.uvdesk.com/ Professional Migration, Workflow And Automation Services: For tailored solutions, automation workflow and professional migration services designed to meet your unique business needs. https://assist.elyxia.uk/contact
Release Notes EGL Build 260629.1 29 June 2026 IMPROVED Latest AlmaLinux 9: Now running on the latest AlmaLinux 9 with critical patches applied, delivering improved stability, security, and long-term support. IMPROVED Hardened Security: Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Comprehensive Package Updates: All system packages and dependencies have been updated to their latest stable versions, ensuring compatibility, reliability, and security. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Fine-tuned system configurations to enhance speed, responsiveness, and resource efficiency. EGL Build 251027.1 27 October 2025 NEW 1. Upgraded to UVDesk 1.18: Seamlessly upgraded to the latest stable version, ensuring compatibility with new features, performance improvements, and security enhancements. NEW Added PHPMyAdmin: Easier database management with a pre-installed and configured PHPMyAdmin interface. IMPROVED Latest AlmaLinux 9: Now running on the latest AlmaLinux 9 with critical patches applied, delivering improved stability, security, and long-term support. IMPROVED Hardened Security: Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Comprehensive Package Updates: All system packages and dependencies have been updated to their latest stable versions, ensuring compatibility, reliability, and security. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Fine-tuned system configurations to enhance speed, responsiveness, and resource efficiency. EGL Build 250325.1 25 March 2025 NEW UVDesk 1.17 NEW Added PHPMyAdmin: Easier database management with a pre-installed and configured PHPMyAdmin interface. NEW Added Firewalld: Improved security with Firewalld integration, enabling better control over network traffic and access. IMPROVED Latest AlmaLinux 9 IMPROVED Upgraded to MariaDB 11.5 IMPROVED Upgraded to PHP 8.2 IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Fine-tuned system configurations to enhance speed, responsiveness, and resource efficiency. IMPROVED Hardened Security: Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. FIXED Bug Fixes & Stability Enhancements: Resolved user-reported issues and fine-tuned configurations to improve overall usability and stability. EGL Build 240402.6 2 April 2024 NEW Added phpMyAdmin NEW Added Cockpit IMPROVED Latest Alma Linux OS IMPROVED Enhanced security FIXED Other minor issues EGL Build 220527.1 27 May 2022 IMPROVED Latest Alma Linux OS FIXED Security issue – CVE-2021-4115 FIXED Other minor issues EGL Build 221030.1 30 October 2022 IMPROVED AlmaLinux OS to latest IMPROVED UVDesk to latest FIXED Security issue – CVE-2021-43527 FIXED Other minor issue EGL Build 210425.3 25 April 2021 NEW AWS initial release. NEW AWS ENA-support
Customer Support Portal Customer Support Portal Where: on your own domain – https://yourdomain.com Who: your customers. A branded self-service portal where your customers raise tickets and follow them through to resolution. What your customers can do Submit a support request. Track the status of their tickets and read replies. Continue a conversation that started in web chat or by email. It needs your domain The customer support portal comes into its own once you’ve added a custom domain with active SSL. That’s what gives your customers a branded address to arrive at – and it’s what activates your branded support email address ([email protected]) and lets your AI agents share your real contact details when they hand a conversation off. Until then, the portal exists but sits at a temporary address, and your AI stays silent on contact details rather than quoting an address that isn’t yours. If a customer says the chat didn’t give them your support email, the fix is almost always the same: link your custom domain. See Setup & Management > Your Domain & SSL.
Release Notes EGL Build 260629.1 29 June 2026 IMPROVED Alma Linux 9 (Latest): AlmaLinux has been updated to the latest version with all critical patches applied, ensuring a stable and secure environment. IMPROVED Hardened Security – Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Package Updates: All packages have been updated to the most recent stable versions, ensuring improved compatibility and reliability. EGL Build 260421 21 April 2026 IMPROVED Mautic 6: the latest stable Mautic 6, ensuring compatibility with the latest features and security enhancements. IMPROVED Alma Linux 9 (Latest): AlmaLinux has been updated to the latest version with all critical patches applied, ensuring a stable and secure environment. IMPROVED Hardened Security – Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Optimized performance to ensure faster execution and resource efficiency. IMPROVED Package Updates: All packages have been updated to the most recent stable versions, ensuring improved compatibility and reliability. EGL Build 251017.2 17 October 2025 NEW Releasing latest Mautic 6: Seamlessly upgraded to the latest stable Mautic 6.0.6, ensuring compatibility with the latest features and security enhancements. IMPROVED Alma Linux 9 (Latest): AlmaLinux has been updated to the latest version with all critical patches applied, ensuring a stable and secure environment. IMPROVED MariaDB 11.5 – Latest MariaDB 11.5, delivering improved performance, enhanced security, and better scalability for database operations. IMPROVED PHP 8.2: Leveraging the latest PHP version for improved speed, security, and compatibility with modern applications. IMPROVED Hardened Security – Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Optimized performance to ensure faster execution and resource efficiency. IMPROVED Package Updates: All packages have been updated to the most recent stable versions, ensuring improved compatibility and reliability.
Web Chat Widget Web Chat Widget Add an AI-powered chat bubble to your website. One snippet, no developer required. Configuring it On the Web Chat tab: Setting What it is Display name The name shown in the widget header Welcome message The line shown in the header before the chat starts Agent greeting The first message your AI agent actually sends Response-time note For example, “We typically reply in a few minutes” Chat header logo Uses your brand logo by default; untick Use brand logo to upload a separate one Primary colour The widget’s accent colour Launcher position Bottom-left or bottom-right The live preview A live preview sits beside the settings and updates as you type. It is not a mock-up – it’s connected to your real AI agents and your real knowledge base. So test it properly. Ask it the questions your customers actually ask, drawn from the documents you uploaded. This is the moment you find out whether your knowledge base is doing its job, and it’s far cheaper to find out here than on your live site. Placeholders You can use these in your welcome message and agent greeting, and they fill in automatically: Placeholder Fills in with {agent} The AI agent’s name {brand} Your brand name {supportemail} Your branded support address, e.g. [email protected] {supportportal} Your customer support portal address {supportemail} and {supportportal} need your custom domain. Until you’ve linked a domain with active SSL, they stay blank – your AI will not quote an address that isn’t yours. Once your domain goes active, they fill in automatically with no reconfiguration needed. See Your Domain & SSL. If you need a different support address, you can set an override on this tab. Embedding it When you’re happy with the preview, copy the embed code and paste it into your website’s HTML, just before the closing </body> tag. That’s the whole installation. It works on any website – your own site, a CMS, a landing page. If you can paste HTML into it, the widget will run. Going live Once embedded, visitors get your AI support team from the moment they land. Conversations that need a human are handed to your agent workspace, with the full history already attached.
Doc Section Quos vestibulum dictum irure recusandae, aliquet, ullam quod fugit, dictumst, optio, parturient auctor pulvinar, inceptos sem. Habitasse! Mattis, litora ipsum, fringilla elementum. Articles This is a doc title Example doc title Title doc Example doc of docly This is a doc title What is an Extension? For editing menu navigation settings go to Theme Options Header Top of Header . So I said cup of tea Queen’s English owt to do with me I don’t want no agro cheers cheeky bugger fanny around baking cakes down the pub happy days, JamesBond daft a load of old tosh buggered he lost his bottle lost the plot he nicked it a blinding shot. [docly_tooltip id=”1″]Tooltip text[/docly_tooltip] mufty quaint no biggie cras baking cakes barney bamboozled, what a plonker bum bag he legged it young delinquent knees up Eaton the full monty arse over tit, my lady buggered happy days amongst bugger all mate are you taking the piss brolly. [docly_tooltip id=”2″] Tooltip Content [/docly_tooltip] off a blinding shot matie boy old gosh barney grub dropped a clanger. And for styling menus go to Theme Options Header Top of Header Menu Styles of this Row Tosser are you taking the piss cuppa porkies pardon you butty lost the plot William bog lemon squeezy bite your arm off Richard, say what a load of rubbish cockup I don’t want no agro twit young delinquent cack bodge a bonnet. Unordered list items Go to Docly SettingsHeader Logo Consectetur adipiscing elit Integer molestie lorem at massa Facilisis in pretium nisl aliquet Ordered List Items Go to Docly SettingsHeader Logo Consectetur adipiscing elit Integer molestie lorem at massa Facilisis in pretium nisl aliquet Example doc title What is an Extension? For editing menu navigation settings go to Theme Options Header Top of Header . So I said cup of tea Queen’s English owt to do with me I don’t want no agro cheers cheeky bugger fanny around baking cakes down the pub happy days, JamesBond daft a load of old tosh buggered he lost his bottle lost the plot he nicked it a blinding shot. [docly_tooltip id=”1″]Tooltip text[/docly_tooltip] mufty quaint no biggie cras baking cakes barney bamboozled, what a plonker bum bag he legged it young delinquent knees up Eaton the full monty arse over tit, my lady buggered happy days amongst bugger all mate are you taking the piss brolly. [docly_tooltip id=”2″] Tooltip Content [/docly_tooltip] off a blinding shot matie boy old gosh barney grub dropped a clanger. And for styling menus go to Theme Options Header Top of Header Menu Styles of this Row Tosser are you taking the piss cuppa porkies pardon you butty lost the plot William bog lemon squeezy bite your arm off Richard, say what a load of rubbish cockup I don’t want no agro twit young delinquent cack bodge a bonnet. Unordered list items Go to Docly SettingsHeader Logo Consectetur adipiscing elit Integer molestie lorem at massa Facilisis in pretium nisl aliquet Ordered List Items Go to Docly SettingsHeader Logo Consectetur adipiscing elit Integer molestie lorem at massa Facilisis in pretium nisl aliquet Title doc What is an Extension? For editing menu navigation settings go to Theme Options Header Top of Header . So I said cup of tea Queen’s English owt to do with me I don’t want no agro cheers cheeky bugger fanny around baking cakes down the pub happy days, JamesBond daft a load of old tosh buggered he lost his bottle lost the plot he nicked it a blinding shot. [docly_tooltip id=”1″]Tooltip text[/docly_tooltip] mufty quaint no biggie cras baking cakes barney bamboozled, what a plonker bum bag he legged it young delinquent knees up Eaton the full monty arse over tit, my lady buggered happy days amongst bugger all mate are you taking the piss brolly. [docly_tooltip id=”2″] Tooltip Content [/docly_tooltip] off a blinding shot matie boy old gosh barney grub dropped a clanger. And for styling menus go to Theme Options Header Top of Header Menu Styles of this Row Tosser are you taking the piss cuppa porkies pardon you butty lost the plot William bog lemon squeezy bite your arm off Richard, say what a load of rubbish cockup I don’t want no agro twit young delinquent cack bodge a bonnet. Unordered list items Go to Docly SettingsHeader Logo Consectetur adipiscing elit Integer molestie lorem at massa Facilisis in pretium nisl aliquet Ordered List Items Go to Docly SettingsHeader Logo Consectetur adipiscing elit Integer molestie lorem at massa Facilisis in pretium nisl aliquet Example doc of docly What is an Extension? For editing menu navigation settings go to Theme Options Header Top of Header . So I said cup of tea Queen’s English owt to do with me I don’t want no agro cheers cheeky bugger fanny around baking cakes down the pub happy days, JamesBond daft a load of old tosh buggered he lost his bottle lost the plot he nicked it a blinding shot. [docly_tooltip id=”1″]Tooltip text[/docly_tooltip] mufty quaint no biggie cras baking cakes barney bamboozled, what a plonker bum bag he legged it young delinquent knees up Eaton the full monty arse over tit, my lady buggered happy days amongst bugger all mate are you taking the piss brolly. [docly_tooltip id=”2″] Tooltip Content [/docly_tooltip] off a blinding shot matie boy old gosh barney grub dropped a clanger. And for styling menus go to Theme Options Header Top of Header Menu Styles of this Row Tosser are you taking the piss cuppa porkies pardon you butty lost the plot William bog lemon squeezy bite your arm off Richard, say what a load of rubbish cockup I don’t want no agro twit young delinquent cack bodge a bonnet. Unordered list items Go to Docly SettingsHeader Logo Consectetur adipiscing elit Integer molestie lorem at massa Facilisis in pretium nisl aliquet Ordered List Items Go to Docly SettingsHeader Logo Consectetur adipiscing elit Integer molestie lorem at massa Facilisis in pretium nisl aliquet
Release Notes EGL Build 260629.1 29 June 2026 IMPROVED Alma Linux 9: A secure, stable, and performance-driven enterprise-grade operating system, serving as a reliable alternative to CentOS. IMPROVED Hardened Security – Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Package Updates: All packages have been updated to the most recent stable versions, ensuring improved compatibility and reliability. EGL Build 260421.1 21 April 2026 IMPROVED Odoo Community Release 18: The latest version of the powerful open-source ERP and business management suite, offering seamless integration of CRM, sales, inventory, and more. IMPROVED Alma Linux 9: A secure, stable, and performance-driven enterprise-grade operating system, serving as a reliable alternative to CentOS. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Optimized performance to ensure faster execution and resource efficiency. IMPROVED Hardened Security – Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Package Updates: All packages have been updated to the most recent stable versions, ensuring improved compatibility and reliability. EGL Build 2510310.1 30 October 2025 NEW Odoo Community Release 18: The latest version of the powerful open-source ERP and business management suite, offering seamless integration of CRM, sales, inventory, and more. NEW Alma Linux 9: A secure, stable, and performance-driven enterprise-grade operating system, serving as a reliable alternative to CentOS. NEW PostgreSQL 16: A high-performance, open-source relational database system known for its robustness and scalability. NEW Python 3.11: Versatile scripting languages powering automation, data processing, and web applications. NEW NGINX – A lightweight, high-speed web server configured to maximize responsiveness. NEW Firewalld: A comprehensive firewall management tool that ensures secure network configurations and controlled access.
Release Archive EGL Build 250315.2 15 March 2025 IMPROVED System Updates: AlmaLinux has been updated to the latest version with all critical patches applied. IMPROVED Enhancement: Addressed user-reported issues to improve usability and reliability. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Optimized performance to ensure faster execution and resource efficiency. EGL Build 230808.1 8 August 2023 NEW AWS initial release. NEW AWS ENA-support
Release Notes EGL Build 260629.1 29 June 2026 IMPROVED Latest AlmaLinux 9: latest AlmaLinux 9 with critical patches applied, delivering improved stability, security, and long-term support. IMPROVED Hardened Security: Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Comprehensive Package Updates: All system packages and dependencies have been updated to their latest stable versions, ensuring compatibility, reliability, and security. EGL Build 260421.1 21 April 2026 IMPROVED Latest AlmaLinux 9: latest AlmaLinux 9 with critical patches applied, delivering improved stability, security, and long-term support. IMPROVED Hardened Security: Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Fine-tuned system configurations to enhance speed, responsiveness, and resource efficiency. IMPROVED Comprehensive Package Updates: All system packages and dependencies have been updated to their latest stable versions, ensuring compatibility, reliability, and security. EGL Build 251023.1 23 October 2025 IMPROVED Latest AlmaLinux 9: Now running on the latest AlmaLinux 9 with critical patches applied, delivering improved stability, security, and long-term support. IMPROVED Upgraded to OrangeHRM 5.7: Seamlessly upgraded to the latest stable version, ensuring compatibility with new features, performance improvements, and security enhancements. IMPROVED Hardened Security: Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Fine-tuned system configurations to enhance speed, responsiveness, and resource efficiency. IMPROVED Comprehensive Package Updates: All system packages and dependencies have been updated to their latest stable versions, ensuring compatibility, reliability, and security. EGL Build 250327.1 27 March 2025 NEW Added phpMyAdmin NEW Added Cockpit IMPROVED Latest Alma Linux OS IMPROVED Upgraded to OrangeHRM 5.7 IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Fine-tuned system configurations to enhance speed, responsiveness, and resource efficiency. IMPROVED Hardened Security: Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. FIXED Bug Fixes & Stability Enhancements: Resolved user-reported issues and fine-tuned configurations to improve overall usability and stability. EGL Build 240406.1 6 April 2024 NEW Added phpMyAdmin NEW Added Firewalld IMPROVED Latest Alma Linux OS IMPROVED Latest OrangeHRM IMPROVED Upgraded to PHP 8.2 IMPROVED Enhanced Security and Protection EGL Build 221001.1 1 October 2022 NEW AWS initial release. NEW AWS ENA-support
Managing phpMyAdmin phpMyAdmin (https://www.phpmyadmin.net/) is a web-based graphical interface for database management and administration for MySQL and MariaDB. This particular AMI is pre-installed with phpMyAdmin to ease administration. To start using phpMyAdmin, follow the steps below. Step 1: Get the credentials output from execution of “usr/local/bin/egl_init.sh.x” Step 2: Go to http://<your-public-ip>/phpMyAdmin and enter the credentials.
Release Notes EGL Build 260629.1 29 June 2026 IMPROVED Latest AlmaLinux 9: Now running on the latest AlmaLinux 9 with critical patches applied, delivering improved stability, security, and long-term support. IMPROVED Hardened Security: Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Fine-tuned system configurations to enhance speed, responsiveness, and resource efficiency. IMPROVED Comprehensive Package Updates: All system packages and dependencies have been updated to their latest stable versions, ensuring compatibility, reliability, and security. EGL Build 260421.1 21 April 2026 IMPROVED SuiteCRM 8.9: latest stable SuiteCRM 8.9, ensuring compatibility with the latest features and security enhancements. IMPROVED Latest AlmaLinux 9: Now running on the latest AlmaLinux 9 with critical patches applied, delivering improved stability, security, and long-term support. IMPROVED Hardened Security: Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Fine-tuned system configurations to enhance speed, responsiveness, and resource efficiency. IMPROVED Comprehensive Package Updates: All system packages and dependencies have been updated to their latest stable versions, ensuring compatibility, reliability, and security. EGL Build 251023.1 24 October 2025 NEW Upgraded to SuiteCRM 8.9: Seamlessly upgraded to the latest stable SuiteCRM 8.9, ensuring compatibility with the latest features and security enhancements. IMPROVED Latest AlmaLinux 9: Now running on the latest AlmaLinux 9 with critical patches applied, delivering improved stability, security, and long-term support. IMPROVED Hardened Security: Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Optimized performance to ensure faster execution and resource efficiency. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Fine-tuned system configurations to enhance speed, responsiveness, and resource efficiency. IMPROVED Comprehensive Package Updates: All system packages and dependencies have been updated to their latest stable versions, ensuring compatibility, reliability, and security. EGL Build 250320.1 20 March 2025 NEW Upgraded to SuiteCRM 8.8 IMPROVED Alma Linux OS Updates IMPROVED Optimized performance to ensure faster execution and resource efficiency. IMPROVED All packages have been updated to the most recent stable versions, ensuring improved compatibility and reliability. FIXED Security Patch Updates: Addressed latest CVE reported risks to enhance security and mitigate potential vulnerabilities. FIXED Addressed user-reported issues to improve usability and reliability. EGL Build 240714.1 14 July 2024 NEW Hardened and Pre-configured SuiteCRM 8.6.1. NEW Hardened Alma Linux Image NEW AWS ENA-support FIXED SuiteCRM Administrator Login Issue FIXED SuiteCRM LBL_ACTION_ERROR Issue. FIXED SuiteCRM api/graphql blank page issue.
OsTicket This article is released for AWS solution(s), OSTicket with Alma Linux osTicket: Global Trusted Ticketing System osTicket is a widely used, open-source helpdesk and ticketing system designed for businesses seeking an efficient and scalable way to manage customer inquiries. It enables seamless ticket tracking, automated workflows, and multi-channel support integration, making it a powerful tool for improving customer service operations. Elyxia Global Limited provides a pre-configured and security-hardened Amazon Machine Image (AMI) featuring AlmaLinux, a stable and enterprise-grade operating system. This optimized deployment ensures a fast and reliable setup, allowing businesses to focus on customer support without the complexity of manual configurations. The stack is fully tuned for performance and security, with transparent pricing for any additional charges outlined in the pricing section. Deploy osTicket with confidence on a secure, high-performance infrastructure and enhance your support operations with a robust, enterprise-ready ticketing system. Pre-bundled with this AMI: osTicket 1.18.2: An open-source, feature-rich help desk and ticketing system designed to streamline customer support operations and improve efficiency. AlmaLinux 9: A secure and enterprise-ready Linux distribution, providing a stable and robust foundation for hosting applications. MariaDB 11.5: A high-performance, open-source database management system, ensuring reliable and scalable data handling. Apache Web Server: A widely-used, powerful web server known for its flexibility and performance in delivering applications. PHP 8.2: A modern scripting language offering improved speed and security, essential for powering dynamic web applications. phpMyAdmin: A web-based administration tool for managing MariaDB databases, making database management simple and efficient. Firewalld: A comprehensive tool for managing firewall configurations and enhancing network security. Cockpit: A web-based server manager that makes administration simple and intuitive, with real-time monitoring and management. Articles Introduction Requirement One-Click Installation Services & Management Resources & Reference Release Notes Introduction This article is released for AWS solution, “OsTicket with Alma Linux“. Elyxia Global Limited presents a robust and efficient solution with its pre-configured and hardened AMI with AlmaLinux, a trusted and stable platform. This ready-to-deploy package includes a fully configured stack, with any additional charges clearly specified in the pricing information section, ensuring that your business operations are up and running in no time. Requirement Instance Configuration Requirements Overview: When setting up your AWS instance, you’ll need to configure a few key options. Here’s a detailed guide on the recommended configurations and selections. 1. Instance Type For optimal performance, we recommend using the following instance types: t3a.small – 2 virtual CPUs and 2 GB memory. t3.small – 2 virtual CPUs and 2 GB memory. However, you can choose an instance type based on your specific workload and traffic needs. Here’s a quick reference table to help you decide: CPU/Memory Database Monitored Hosts 1 CPU core / 1 GB MySQL InnoDB 100 2 CPU cores / 2 GB MySQL InnoDB 500 4 CPU cores / 8 GB RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 1,000 8 CPU cores / 16 GB Fast RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 10,000 For more details on different instance types and configurations, refer to the AWS Instance Types documentation. 2. Storage Space The default allocated storage size for our AMI. You may specify the necessary storage size when launching a new instance or change it after deployment. 20 GB (recommended) 3. Ports Configuration To ensure smooth operation of your installation, it’s important to open the appropriate inbound and outbound ports. Below are the recommended port settings, though you may configure them based on your specific security group requirements: Inbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination SSH TCP 22 0.0.0.0/0 HTTP TCP 80 0.0.0.0/0 HTTPS TCP 443 0.0.0.0/0 MySQL/MariaDB TCP 3306 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 9090 0.0.0.0/0 (Below are optional) SMTP TCP 587 0.0.0.0/0 SMTP TCP 465 0.0.0.0/0 POP3 TCP 993 0.0.0.0/0 POP3 TCP 143 0.0.0.0/0 Outbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination All traffic All All 0.0.0.0/0 One-Click Installation OsTicket Initialization: Overview: This guide will walk you through initializing OSTicket on your AWS instance in just one click. The setup process is streamlined using our custom script, designed for ease of use and efficiency. Before starting the script, ensure the minimum requirement is met. Pro Tip: We recommend associating an AWS Elastic IP with your instance before running the setup. This prevents your IP address from changing when the instance is stopped and restarted. Step 1: Access Your AWS Instance 1. Launch Your AWS EC2 Instance: Choose your desired AWS EC2 instance type. (Recommended: t3a.small / t3.small) Once the instance is running, connect to it via SSH. 2. Connect to the Instance: Open your terminal (Mac/Linux) or use an SSH client (e.g., PuTTY for Windows). Run the following SSH command: ssh ec2-user@<your-aws-public-ip> When prompted for the login, enter: [ec2-user@…]$ sudo -i 3. Run the Initialization Script: To initiate the installation, run the following command: [root@…]$ dnf -y update [root@…]$ /usr/local/bin/egl_init.sh.x Note: This script automates the entire installation process. While it runs, ensure your terminal remains active, and do not close the session. The script may take up to 10-20 seconds to complete. The script will random generate new credentials for all the necessity. Step 2: Instance Set Up and Installation 1. Completion Confirmation: Once the installation is finished, you will see a summary on the screen that includes all credentials. 2. Access the Web Interface: Open your web browser and navigate to http://<your-public-ip> : http://<your-public-ip> You will be greeted by the welcome screen. Step 3: Finalizing Installation 1. Prerequisites Click Contine to proceed if all system checks are ticked. If not, contact our support immediately. (Click to enlarge) 2. System Settings: Get the database credentials from the summary of initialization script earlier and fill up the database settings, as below. Table Prefix: ost_ (your preference) Hostname: localhost Database: osticketdb Username: (the values provided per the output of egl_init.sh.x) Password: (the values provided per the output of egl_init.sh.x) You may fill up all other fields accordingly per your preference or business need. Once completed, press ‘Install Now‘. 3. Installation Complete: Once the setup is complete, you will see the final “Congratulations” screen. Navigate to http://<your-public-ip>/scp/login.php and login with the Administrator credentials you entered in the “Admin User” section earlier. http://<your-public-ip>/scp/login.php Step 4: Post Installation – Recommended by OsTicket 1. “Setup” folder removal Option 1: rename “setup” folder Go to your instance SSH command prompt and run the following command at root [root@…]$ mv /var/www/osticket/setup /var/www/osticket/somethingelse Option 2: delete “setup” folder Go to your instance SSH command prompt and run the following command at root [root@…]$ rm -rf /var/www/osticket/setup Important Notes: Mail Sending Blockage: AWS may have email-sending restrictions in place by default. Before using the instance for email sending, submit a request to AWS to lift the restriction on outbound email traffic. Services & Management This section provides comprehensive instructions on managing the deployed application/image and its services. It covers essential tasks such as starting and stopping instances, managing key services like Cockpit, PGAdmin4, and SSL, and resolving common issues. Associating Your Domain Associating Your Domain with OsTicket Overview: To successfully associate your domain with the OsTicket hosted on an AWS instance, follow the steps outlined below. This process involves editing the Apache configuration file to link your domain with the server’s IP address and enforce HTTPS redirection. Step 1: Access Your Server 1. Log in via SSH Use SSH to access your AWS instance: ssh ec2-user@<your-aws-public-ip> 2. Switch to the Root User Elevate your permissions by switching to the root user: [ec2-user@…]$ sudo -i Step 2: Modify the Apache Configuration File 1. Edit the Configuration File Open the Apache configuration file: [root …]$ nano /etc/httpd/sites-available/osticket.conf 2. Update Domain Information Replace the placeholder yourdomain.com with your actual domain name in the configuration. Ensure that both the non-www and www versions of your domain are included. Also, modify the RewriteRule directives to enforce HTTPS redirection. Below is the updated configuration you need to apply: <VirtualHost *:80> ServerName yourdomain.com ServerAlias www.yourdomain.com DocumentRoot /var/www/osticket ErrorLog /var/www/osticket/log/error.log CustomLog /var/www/osticket/log/requests.log combined RewriteEngine on RewriteCond %{HTTP_HOST} ^(www\.)?yourdomain\.com$ RewriteRule ^ http://%{HTTP_HOST}%{REQUEST_URI} [END,NE,R=permanent] <Directory /var/www/osticket> Options +FollowSymLinks AllowOverride All Require all granted </Directory> </VirtualHost> <VirtualHost *:443> ServerName yourdomain.com ServerAlias www.yourdomain.com DocumentRoot /var/www/osticket ErrorLog /var/www/osticket/log/error.log CustomLog /var/www/osticket/log/requests.log combined RewriteEngine on RewriteCond %{HTTP_HOST} ^(www\.)?yourdomain\.com$ RewriteRule ^ https://%{HTTP_HOST}%{REQUEST_URI} [END,NE,R=permanent] ## Include SSL settings (for example with Let’s Encrypt) ## Uncomment the below lines if you have SSL with LetsEncrypt # Include /etc/letsencrypt/options-ssl-apache.conf # SSLCertificateFile /etc/letsencrypt/live/yourdomain.com/fullchain.pem # SSLCertificateKeyFile /etc/letsencrypt/live/yourdomain.com/privkey.pem <Directory /var/www/osticket> Options +FollowSymlinks AllowOverride All Require all granted </Directory> # Enable HTTP/2 for better performance Protocols h2 http/1.1 # Security Headers Header always set Strict-Transport-Security “max-age=31536000; includeSubDomains; preload” Header always set X-Content-Type-Options “nosniff” Header always set X-Frame-Options “SAMEORIGIN” Header always set X-XSS-Protection “1; mode=block” </VirtualHost> 3. Save and Exit After making the necessary changes, save the file by pressing Ctrl + O, then press Enter to confirm. Exit the editor by pressing Ctrl + X. Step 3: Refresh Symbolic Links & Restart Apache For the changes to take effect, recreate the symbolic links and then restart the Apache web server: [root …]$ rm -rf /etc/httpd/sites-enabled/osticket.conf [root …]$ sudo ln -s /etc/httpd/sites-available/osticket.conf /etc/httpd/sites-enabled/osticket.conf [root …]$ sudo systemctl restart httpd Additional Notes: Ensure that you have an SSL certificate installed for HTTPS to work. You may use services such as Let’s Encrypt to obtain a free SSL certificate. You might need to adjust firewall rules or security group settings in AWS to allow traffic on ports 80 (HTTP) and 443 (HTTPS). Important: Request AWS to lift any email sending restrictions if you’re using the application’s email features. Managing Cockpit Cockpit (https://cockpit-project.org/) is a web-based graphical interface for servers management and administration. This particular AMI is pre-installed with Cockpit to ease administration. To start using Cockpit, follow the steps below. Step 1: Get the Cockpit credentials output from execution of “usr/local/bin/egl_init.sh.x” Step 2: Go to http://<your-public-ip>:9090/ and enter the credentials. Step 3: You may see “limited access” and may be prompted to authenticate. Click “Turn on administrative access“, key in once again the credential from Step 1. Uploading File with Cockpit Step 1: Login to Cockpit. Step 2: Go to “navigator“. Step 3: To upload files to server using Cockpit, simply navigate to your path and just drag-and-drop into the folder. Resources & Reference Here are some helpful resources to assist you with OsTicket with Alma Linux,: Official Website: Stay updated with the latest news and releases. https://osticket.com/ Documentation: Explore the detailed documentation, covering installation, configuration, and advanced usage. https://docs.osticket.com/ Community Forum: Join discussions, ask questions, and get community-driven support. https://forum.osticket.com/ Professional Migration, Workflow And Automation Services: For tailored solutions, automation workflow and professional migration services designed to meet your unique business needs. https://assist.elyxia.uk/contact Release Notes EGL Build 260629.1 29 June 2026 IMPROVED OS Updates: AlmaLinux has been updated to the latest version with all critical patches applied. IMPROVED Security Patch Updates: Addressed latest CVE reported risks to enhance security and mitigate potential vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Package Updates: All packages have been updated to the most recent stable versions, ensuring improved compatibility and reliability. EGL Build 260420.1 20 April 2026 IMPROVED OS Updates: AlmaLinux has been updated to the latest version with all critical patches applied. IMPROVED Security Patch Updates: Addressed latest CVE reported risks to enhance security and mitigate potential vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Package Updates: All packages have been updated to the most recent stable versions, ensuring improved compatibility and reliability. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Optimized performance to ensure faster execution and resource efficiency. EGL Build 251016.1 16 October 2025 IMPROVED OS Updates: AlmaLinux has been updated to the latest version with all critical patches applied. IMPROVED Security Patch Updates: Addressed latest CVE (CVE-2023-45802, CVE-2023-44487) reported risks to enhance security and mitigate potential vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Package Updates: All packages have been updated to the most recent stable versions, ensuring improved compatibility and reliability. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Optimized performance to ensure faster execution and resource efficiency. EGL Build 250322.1 22 March 2025 IMPROVED OS Updates: AlmaLinux has been updated to the latest version with all critical patches applied. IMPROVED Upgraded to OSTicket 1.18.2: Seamlessly upgraded to the latest stable OSTicket 1.18.2, ensuring compatibility with the latest features and security enhancements. IMPROVED Security Patch Updates: Addressed latest CVE reported risks to enhance security and mitigate potential vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Package Updates: All packages have been updated to the most recent stable versions, ensuring improved compatibility and reliability. IMPROVED MariaDB Upgraded to 11.5: Updated to the latest MariaDB version for improved performance, enhanced scalability, and advanced database functionalities. FIXED Bug Fixes: Addressed user-reported issues to improve usability and reliability. EGL Build 230927.2 27 September 2023 NEW Added Cockpit File Manager IMPROVED Latest Alma Linux OS IMPROVED OSTicket to latest version IMPROVED OSTicket Security FIXED Other minor issues EGL Build 220723.1 23 July 2022 IMPROVED Latest Alma Linux OS FIXED Security issue – CVE-2021-43527 FIXED Other minor issues EGL Build 211218.1 18 December 2021 IMPROVED Upgraded OS to Latest FIXED Security issue – CVE-2021-43527 EGL Build 210421.1 21 April 2021 NEW AWS initial release. NEW AWS ENA-support
Managing phpMyAdmin phpMyAdmin (https://www.phpmyadmin.net/) is a web-based graphical interface for database management and administration for MySQL and MariaDB. This particular AMI is pre-installed with phpMyAdmin to ease administration. To start using phpMyAdmin, follow the steps below. Step 1: Get the credentials output from execution of “usr/local/bin/egl_init.sh.x” Step 2: Go to http://<your-public-ip>/phpMyAdmin and enter the credentials.
Quick Start Guide Quick Start Guide From subscribing to a live, AI-answering chat widget on your website – in under 15 minutes. 1. Subscribe on AWS Marketplace Find Elyxia Support Cloud on AWS Marketplace, choose your plan, and subscribe. AWS will hand you back to ESC to set up your account. If you’re new, you’ll create your account; if you’re returning, you’ll simply sign in – either way your subscription activates automatically. Your billing is handled entirely through AWS; there’s no card to enter. 2. Launch Your Helpdesk Choose your region, and your helpdesk provisions automatically. Watch the status on the Overview tab – when it reads Running, you’re live. (Remember: the region is fixed once created.) 3. Add Your Domain Open the Access & Domains tab and click Add Domain. ESC shows you an IP address – add an A record in your domain’s DNS pointing to it. CloudFlare users: set the record to DNS-only (grey cloud), not proxied. Proxy mode breaks domain verification and certificate issuing. Once DNS propagates, ESC verifies the domain and provisions SSL automatically – you’ll see the status change to Active. Don’t wait for it. DNS propagation takes a little time, and nothing below depends on it. Carry straight on to step 4 and let it complete in the background. 4. Brand It On the Brand tab, upload your logo and favicon, and set your primary colour. Save. It’s applied to your live helpdesk immediately – no redeploy, no downtime. 5. Upload Your Knowledge On the Knowledge tab, upload the documents your AI should answer from. Each file shows Syncing, then Ready once indexed – usually within seconds. Your AI agents start using new knowledge immediately, with no refresh needed. This is the step that makes your AI yours. Answers come from your documents, not a generic model. 6. Connect Your Email Inbox On the Channels tab, add your support mailbox – incoming and outgoing mail settings. Once connected, emails to that address become tickets your AI agents can answer, with replies sent from your own address. 7. Configure and Live-Test Your Web Chat On the Web Chat tab, set the display name, welcome message, agent greeting, primary colour and launcher position. A live preview shows exactly what your visitors will see – so ask it a real question, drawn from the documents you uploaded in step 5, and watch it answer. Tip: use the {supportemail} and {supportportal} placeholders in your greeting. They fill in automatically from your verified custom domain, so your AI can point visitors to your own support address when it hands off. (They stay silent until your domain is active – which by now, it should be.) When you’re happy, copy the embed code and paste it into your website before the closing </body> tag. That’s it! Your AI support team is live!
Subscribing & Activating Your Account 1. Subscribe on AWS Marketplace Find Elyxia Support Cloud (ESC) in AWS Marketplace. Choose Try for free for the 15-day trial, or select your plan and subscribe. You’ll be asked to confirm the contract terms. Your subscription is billed entirely through AWS. Your ESC plan appears on your regular AWS bill, and there is no separate invoice. The one exception is one-time AI response packs, an optional top-up bought by card in the ESC portal. They are never required, and they do not affect your subscription. See Billing & Subscription > Plans & Allowances. 2. Set up your account Once your subscription is confirmed, AWS shows a Set up your account button. This hands you to ESC to complete registration. New to ESC? You’ll create your account – just an email and password. No payment details: your billing is already handled through AWS. Returning? Sign in as normal. Either way, your subscription activates automatically the moment you sign in – there’s no code to enter and no step to remember. Don’t skip this. If you subscribe on AWS but never click Set up your account, your subscription is live and billing but your helpdesk hasn’t been created. If this happens, return to your subscription in the AWS Marketplace console and click Set up your account – nothing is lost. If you’re stuck, email [email protected] with your AWS customer ID. 3. You’re in You’ll land in the ESC Client Portal with your plan already applied, ready to launch your helpdesk. Cancelling Cancellations are managed in AWS, not in the ESC portal. Because you subscribed through AWS Marketplace, only you – the AWS account holder – can cancel; we cannot do it on your behalf. Cancel from Manage subscriptions in the AWS Marketplace console. Important: deleting your helpdesk in the ESC portal does not cancel your AWS subscription, and AWS will keep billing you until you cancel it there. If you’re leaving ESC, cancel the subscription in AWS Marketplace. See Billing & Subscription → Cancelling in AWS Marketplace for the full detail.
How to apply custom CSS code. You can apply your own custom CSS code on Charles theme. Your custom CSS code will not be lost even if you update the theme. Navigate to Appearance > Customize > Additional CSS Take a look at the screenshots-
Portal & Helpdesk Access Portal & Helpdesk Access ESC gives you three separate surfaces, and it’s worth understanding the difference early. They serve different people, sit at different addresses, and you’ll spend your time in only one of them. Surface Who uses it What it’s for ESC Client Portal You (the account owner) Set up and manage your helpdesk: branding, AI agents, knowledge, channels, plan Agent Workspace Your human support team Work the tickets: read, reply, collaborate, escalate Customer Support Portal Your customers Submit tickets, track their status, find answers The simplest way to hold it in your head: You configure in the portal. Your team works in the workspace. Your customers arrive at the support portal. Almost everything in this documentation happens in the ESC Client Portal. The other two are where the work and the customers show up once you’ve set things up. A note on addresses. Your Client Portal always lives at esc.elyxia.uk. The workspace and support portal live on your helpdesk – initially at a temporary address, and at your own domain once you’ve added one. See Setup & Management > Your Domain & SSL. Articles ESC Client Portal Agent Workspace Customer Support Portal ESC Client Portal ESC Client Portal Where: https://esc.elyxia.uk/awslogin Who: you, the account owner. This is your control room. You’ll do nearly everything here. Signing in Sign in with the email and password you created when you set up your account after subscribing on AWS Marketplace. There’s no billing to manage here – your subscription is handled by AWS. What’s in it Your Dashboard lists your helpdesk. Open it, and you get a set of tabs: Tab What you do there Overview Status, plan, region, and quick actions – start, stop, open your helpdesk Access & Domains Your login links, plus adding and managing your custom domain and SSL Brand Logo, favicon, brand colours Agents Create and manage your AI support agents Channels Connect your support email inbox Web Chat Configure the website chat widget and copy the embed code Knowledge Upload and manage the documents your AI answers from Activity A timeline of everything that has happened to your helpdesk Changes you save here flow to your live helpdesk automatically. There’s no redeploy, no downtime, and nothing to restart. This is where “fully managed” shows up in practice. There is no server for you to log into and no infrastructure to tune. If a setting isn’t in the portal, it’s something we handle for you. Agent Workspace Agent Workspace Where: on your own helpdesk – https://yourdomain.com/#manage once your domain is active (or the temporary address shown on your Access & Domains tab before that). Who: your human support team. The workspace is where your people work the tickets your AI agents hand off. What your team does here Read and reply to tickets from every channel – email and web chat together in one place. Pick up conversations the AI has escalated, with the full history already in front of them. Collaborate internally, assign work, and manage ticket state. Search the full conversation history. It’s your workspace, not ours The workspace is white-labelled. Your logo, your colours, your AI agent names. Third-party product names and infrastructure menus are swept out before you ever log in, so your team sees a clean tool that looks like part of your own product. What you won’t find here. Branding, AI agents, knowledge, and channels are all configured in the ESC Client Portal, not in the workspace. This is deliberate: the portal is the single source of truth, so there’s no risk of two places disagreeing. If you’re looking for a setting and can’t find it in the workspace, it’s in the portal. Customer Support Portal Customer Support Portal Where: on your own domain – https://yourdomain.com Who: your customers. A branded self-service portal where your customers raise tickets and follow them through to resolution. What your customers can do Submit a support request. Track the status of their tickets and read replies. Continue a conversation that started in web chat or by email. It needs your domain The customer support portal comes into its own once you’ve added a custom domain with active SSL. That’s what gives your customers a branded address to arrive at – and it’s what activates your branded support email address ([email protected]) and lets your AI agents share your real contact details when they hand a conversation off. Until then, the portal exists but sits at a temporary address, and your AI stays silent on contact details rather than quoting an address that isn’t yours. If a customer says the chat didn’t give them your support email, the fix is almost always the same: link your custom domain. See Setup & Management > Your Domain & SSL.
ERPNext This article is released for AWS solution, “ERPNext with Alma Linux“. ERPNext is a cutting-edge enterprise resource planning (ERP) software that revolutionizes how businesses operate. With a user-friendly interface, it enables organizations to seamlessly manage and integrate their key functions, including finance, inventory, procurement, sales, HR, and more. Experience enhanced productivity, data-driven insights, and simplified workflows that drive growth and success. Built on open-source technology, ERPNext offers customization and scalability, making it an ideal choice for businesses of all sizes. Pre-bundled with this AMI: ERPNext 15.0 Community, ERPNext Essential Apps: HRMS, Payment and Helpdesk. AlmaLinux 9, MariaDB 11.5 Firewalld: Linux Firewall Management Tool Frappe Bench 14 Articles Requirement One-Click Installation Resources & Reference Release Notes Requirement Instance Configuration Overview: When setting up your AWS instance, you’ll need to configure a few key options. Here’s a detailed guide on the recommended configurations and selections. 1. Instance Type For optimal performance, we recommend using the following instance types: t3a.small – 2 virtual CPUs and 2 GB memory. t3.small – 2 virtual CPUs and 2 GB memory. However, you can choose an instance type based on your specific workload and traffic needs. Here’s a quick reference table to help you decide: CPU/Memory Database Monitored Hosts 1 CPU core / 1 GB MySQL InnoDB 100 2 CPU cores / 2 GB MySQL InnoDB 500 4 CPU cores / 8 GB RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 1,000 8 CPU cores / 16 GB Fast RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 10,000 For more details on different instance types and configurations, refer to the AWS Instance Types documentation. 2. Storage Space The default allocated storage size for our AMI. You may specify the necessary storage size when launching a new instance or change it after deployment. 20 GB (recommended) 3. Ports Configuration To ensure smooth operation of your installation, it’s important to open the appropriate inbound and outbound ports. Below are the recommended port settings, though you may configure them based on your specific security group requirements: Inbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination SSH TCP 22 0.0.0.0/0 HTTP TCP 80 0.0.0.0/0 HTTPS TCP 443 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 3306 0.0.0.0/0 Outbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination All traffic All All 0.0.0.0/0 One-Click Installation ERPNext Initialization: Overview: This guide will walk you through initializing ERPNext on your AWS instance in just one click. The setup process is streamlined using our custom script, designed for ease of use and efficiency. Before starting the script, ensure the minimum requirement is met. Pro Tip: We recommend associating an AWS Elastic IP with your instance before running the setup. This prevents your IP address from changing when the instance is stopped and restarted. Step 1: Access Your AWS Instance 1. Launch Your AWS EC2 Instance: Choose your desired AWS EC2 instance type. (Recommended: t3a.small / t3.small) Once the instance is running, connect to it via SSH. 2. Connect to the Instance: Open your terminal (Mac/Linux) or use an SSH client (e.g., PuTTY for Windows). Run the following SSH command: ssh ec2-user@<your-aws-public-ip> When prompted for the login, enter: [ec2-user@…]$ sudo -i 3. Run the Initialization Script: To initiate the installation, run the following command: [root@…]$ /usr/local/bin/egl_init.sh.x Note: This script automates the entire installation process. While it runs, ensure your terminal remains active, and do not close the session. Step 2: Instance Set Up and Installation 1. Completion Confirmation: Once the installation is finished, you will see a summary on the screen that includes all credentials. 2. Access the Web Interface: Open your web browser and navigate to: http://<your-public-ip> You will be greeted by the login screen. Step 3: Finalizing Installation 1. Welcome – General Information Enter relevant details and click Next to proceed. 3. Account Details This will be a new login credentails apart from your Administrator details provided earlier. Enter Next to proceed. 4. Organization Details Enter the details and click Complete Setup to complete the final step. Wait until the setup process is complete. 5. Dashboard Once the setup is complete, you will automatically be logged into Dashboard. The bundle is pre-installed with ERPNext apps: HRMS, Helpdesk and Payments. Important Notes: Your Connection is Not Private: If you encounter “Your connection is not private” warning due to SSL requirement. You may click “Advanced” button and then click the link, “proceed to your-ip-address (unsafe)” to bypass. This warning will be automatically resolved when your instance is installed with a SSL Resources & Reference Below are some valuable resources to assist you with ERPNext with Alma Linux 9 Official Website: Stay updated with the latest news and releases. https://erpnext.com/ Documentation: Explore the detailed documentation, covering installation, configuration, and advanced usage. https://docs.erpnext.com Community Support & Forum: Join discussions, ask questions, and get community-driven support. https://discuss.frappe.io/ Release Notes EGL Build 260629.1 29 June 2026 IMPROVED Latest AlmaLinux 9: Now running on the latest AlmaLinux 9 with critical patches applied, delivering improved stability, security, and long-term support. IMPROVED Hardened Security: Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Comprehensive Package Updates: All system packages and dependencies have been updated to their latest stable versions, ensuring compatibility, reliability, and security. EGL Build 260420.1 20 April 2026 IMPROVED Latest AlmaLinux 9: Now running on the latest AlmaLinux 9 with critical patches applied, delivering improved stability, security, and long-term support. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Optimized performance to ensure faster execution and resource efficiency. IMPROVED Hardened Security: Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Comprehensive Package Updates: All system packages and dependencies have been updated to their latest stable versions, ensuring compatibility, reliability, and security. EGL Build 251104.1 4 November 2025 NEW ERPNext 15: The latest stable version of a cutting-edge enterprise resource planning (ERP) software that revolutionizes how businesses operate. NEW ERPNext Pre-installed Apps: HRMS, Payment and Helpdesk. NEW MariaDB 11.5 – Latest MariaDB delivering improved performance, enhanced security, and better scalability for database operations. NEW Nginx: A lightweight, high-speed web server configured to maximize Zammad responsiveness. IMPROVED Latest AlmaLinux 9: Now running on the latest AlmaLinux 9 with critical patches applied, delivering improved stability, security, and long-term support. IMPROVED Firewalld: A comprehensive firewall management tool that ensures secure network configurations and controlled access. IMPROVED Hardened Security: Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Comprehensive Package Updates: All system packages and dependencies have been updated to their latest stable versions, ensuring compatibility, reliability, and security. Release Archive EGL Build 250315.2 15 March 2025 IMPROVED System Updates: AlmaLinux has been updated to the latest version with all critical patches applied. IMPROVED Enhancement: Addressed user-reported issues to improve usability and reliability. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Optimized performance to ensure faster execution and resource efficiency. EGL Build 230808.1 8 August 2023 NEW AWS initial release. NEW AWS ENA-support
Setup & Management Everything below is configured in the ESC Client Portal, on the tabs of your helpdesk. Changes flow to your live helpdesk automatically – no redeploy, no downtime, nothing to restart. If you followed the Quick Start Guide, you’ve already touched most of these. This section is the detail behind each one. A suggested order. These pages are written to be read in any order, but if you’re setting up from scratch, this sequence works best: Your Domain & SSL – do this first. It unblocks your branded support portal, your support email address, and your AI’s ability to share contact details. It also involves a DNS wait, so starting it early means it completes while you do everything else. Branding – a two-minute job with a big visual payoff. AI Support Agents – who your customers will appear to be talking to. Knowledge Base – the step that makes your AI genuinely yours. Web Chat Widget – best done after knowledge, so your live test has real answers to give. Email Channel – connect your support inbox. Reports & Activity – once you’re live, this is where you watch it working. Articles Your Domain & SSL Branding AI Support Agents Knowledge Base Web Chat Widget Email Channel Reports & Activity Your Domain & SSL Your Domain & SSL Putting your helpdesk on your own domain is the single highest-value setup step. It’s what turns a working helpdesk into your helpdesk. What it unlocks Your customer support portal at your own address. Your agent workspace at your own address. A branded support email address ([email protected]). Your AI agents can share your real contact details when handing off a conversation. Until a domain is verified, they stay silent on contact details rather than quoting an address that isn’t yours. Free SSL, provisioned and renewed automatically. How to add a domain Open your helpdesk in the portal and go to the Access & Domains tab. Click Add Domain and enter your domain (for example, support.yourcompany.com). The portal shows you an IP address. In your domain’s DNS settings, add an A record pointing your domain to that IP. Wait for DNS to propagate. ESC verifies the domain automatically. Once verified, SSL is provisioned automatically. When the status reads Active, your https:// address is live. Optionally, set the domain as Primary so it becomes your default access address. CloudFlare users, read this. Set the record to DNS-only (grey cloud), not proxied (orange cloud). Proxy mode prevents domain verification and blocks the SSL certificate from being issued. This is the most common reason a domain gets stuck. Don’t sit and wait DNS propagation takes time, and nothing else in your setup depends on it. Add the domain, set the A record, then carry straight on with branding, agents and knowledge. It will complete in the background. Your access links The Access & Domains tab always shows you how to reach your helpdesk: Before your domain is active: a direct address is shown, so you can always get in. Once SSL is Active: your branded https:// links appear – one for your agent workspace, one for your customer support portal. How many domains? Your plan sets the limit: Starter 1, Growth 2, Pro 3, Enterprise unlimited. If something isn’t working Domain stuck on pending: check the A record points to the exact IP shown in the portal, and that CloudFlare proxy is off. SSL not activating: SSL can only be issued once the domain verifies, so fix verification first. Chat isn’t sharing your support email: that’s this page’s job – the domain isn’t verified yet. Once it is, it fills in automatically. Branding Branding ESC is true white-label. Your customers and your team see your brand, not ours. What you can set On the Brand tab: Logo – PNG or SVG. Favicon – the small icon in the browser tab. Primary brand colour – applied across your helpdesk. Save, and it’s applied to your live helpdesk immediately. No redeploy, no downtime. Where your branding appears Your customer support portal – what your customers see. Your agent workspace – what your team sees. Your web chat widget – though the chat header logo can be set separately if you want a different one there. See Web Chat Widget. What we’ve already done for you Before you ever log in, we run a full brand sweep on your helpdesk: third-party product names and infrastructure menus are removed. What’s left is a clean workspace that looks like part of your own product. You don’t need to hunt for someone else’s logo to replace – it’s already gone. Tip: use an SVG logo if you have one. It stays crisp at any size, on any screen. AI Support Agents Your AI support agents are who your customers appear to be talking to. They answer web chat and email tickets automatically, drawing on your knowledge base, and hand off to your human team when they should. Creating agents On the Agents tab: Add an agent with a first and last name and a department. Upload an avatar photo for each agent. It’s stored with your brand assets and is shown in live chat replies. Edit or remove agents at any time. Changes flow to your live helpdesk automatically. How many agents? Your plan sets the limit: Starter 2, Growth 8, Pro 16, Enterprise unlimited. There are no per-agent fees. Your monthly price covers your whole roster. On upgrading: when you move to a larger plan, your agent roster automatically expands to the new tier’s limit with ready-to-use agents. You don’t have to rebuild it. Giving them a personality Names and departments aren’t cosmetic. They’re what your customers see in every reply, so pick names and departments that fit your brand and your team’s structure. An agent named for a real department (“Billing”, “Technical Support”) sets the right expectation for the conversation. What your AI agents can and can’t do They answer from your knowledge base. That’s the point – replies are grounded in your own documents and policies, not a generic model’s guesses. If the answer isn’t in your knowledge, they hand off to your human team rather than inventing one. How confident they must be before answering is something you control. See Knowledge Base. AI Support Agents AI Support Agents Your AI support agents are who your customers appear to be talking to. They answer web chat and email tickets automatically, drawing on your knowledge base, and hand off to your human team when they should. Creating agents On the Agents tab: Add an agent with a first and last name and a department. Upload an avatar photo for each agent. It’s stored with your brand assets and is shown in live chat replies. Edit or remove agents at any time. Changes flow to your live helpdesk automatically. How many agents? Your plan sets the limit: Starter 2, Growth 8, Pro 16, Enterprise unlimited. There are no per-agent fees. Your monthly price covers your whole roster. On upgrading: when you move to a larger plan, your agent roster automatically expands to the new tier’s limit with ready-to-use agents. You don’t have to rebuild it. Giving them a personality Names and departments aren’t cosmetic. They’re what your customers see in every reply, so pick names and departments that fit your brand and your team’s structure. An agent named for a real department (“Billing”, “Technical Support”) sets the right expectation for the conversation. What your AI agents can and can’t do They answer from your knowledge base. That’s the point – replies are grounded in your own documents and policies, not a generic model’s guesses. If the answer isn’t in your knowledge, they hand off to your human team rather than inventing one. How confident they must be before answering is something you control. See Knowledge Base. Knowledge Base Knowledge Base This is the step that makes your AI genuinely yours. Your agents answer from your documents and policies, not from a generic model’s guesses. Uploading documents On the Knowledge tab, upload the documents you want your AI to answer from. Supported formats: PDF, Word (DOC/DOCX), Excel (XLS/XLSX), PowerPoint (PPTX), TXT, CSV and Markdown. Maximum 50 MB per file. There is nothing to prepare. No formatting, no tagging, no technical setup. Upload, and we handle the rest. What happens next Each file shows Syncing, then Ready once it’s indexed – usually within seconds. Your AI agents start using new knowledge immediately at query time. There is no refresh, no rebuild, and no waiting period. Upload a document, ask your AI a question about it in the Web Chat preview, and it will answer. Two things that catch people out Legacy PowerPoint (.ppt) is not supported. Re-save it as .pptx or PDF. Scanned PDFs will not work. If your PDF is just page images with no selectable text, there is nothing for the AI to read. Open it in a PDF reader – if you can’t select and copy the text, neither can we. Use a text-based PDF, or convert it to Word or TXT first. Answer Confidence You control how certain your AI must be before it answers rather than handing off to your team. On the Knowledge tab, set Answer Confidence: Setting Behaviour Strict Answers only when highly confident. Hands off more often. Balanced The default, and what most customers stay on. Lenient Answers more readily. Hands off less often. Which should you pick? Start on Balanced. If your AI is being too cautious and handing off questions it should have answered, move to Lenient and test it in the Web Chat preview. If it’s answering things it shouldn’t, move to Strict. This is available while your helpdesk is Running, and the change reaches your AI within a few seconds. Storage Your plan sets the limit: Starter 100 MB, Growth 500 MB, Pro 2 GB, Enterprise custom. A live storage meter on the Knowledge tab shows where you stand. Getting good answers The quality of your AI is the quality of your knowledge base. A few things that help: Upload what your customers actually ask about – your FAQs, policies, product documentation, troubleshooting guides. Keep it current. An outdated document produces confidently outdated answers. Test it. Ask your AI the questions your customers really ask, in the Web Chat preview, and see what comes back. Web Chat Widget Web Chat Widget Add an AI-powered chat bubble to your website. One snippet, no developer required. Configuring it On the Web Chat tab: Setting What it is Display name The name shown in the widget header Welcome message The line shown in the header before the chat starts Agent greeting The first message your AI agent actually sends Response-time note For example, “We typically reply in a few minutes” Chat header logo Uses your brand logo by default; untick Use brand logo to upload a separate one Primary colour The widget’s accent colour Launcher position Bottom-left or bottom-right The live preview A live preview sits beside the settings and updates as you type. It is not a mock-up – it’s connected to your real AI agents and your real knowledge base. So test it properly. Ask it the questions your customers actually ask, drawn from the documents you uploaded. This is the moment you find out whether your knowledge base is doing its job, and it’s far cheaper to find out here than on your live site. Placeholders You can use these in your welcome message and agent greeting, and they fill in automatically: Placeholder Fills in with {agent} The AI agent’s name {brand} Your brand name {supportemail} Your branded support address, e.g. [email protected] {supportportal} Your customer support portal address {supportemail} and {supportportal} need your custom domain. Until you’ve linked a domain with active SSL, they stay blank – your AI will not quote an address that isn’t yours. Once your domain goes active, they fill in automatically with no reconfiguration needed. See Your Domain & SSL. If you need a different support address, you can set an override on this tab. Embedding it When you’re happy with the preview, copy the embed code and paste it into your website’s HTML, just before the closing </body> tag. That’s the whole installation. It works on any website – your own site, a CMS, a landing page. If you can paste HTML into it, the widget will run. Going live Once embedded, visitors get your AI support team from the moment they land. Conversations that need a human are handed to your agent workspace, with the full history already attached. Email Channel Email Channel Turn incoming customer emails into tickets your AI agents can answer. Connecting your inbox On the Channels tab, add your support mailbox. You’ll need: Incoming mail details: server, port, username, password. Outgoing mail details, so replies send from your own address. Optionally, route this channel to a team, so its tickets land with a specific group. The portal validates the connection when you save, and shows you the status. If something is wrong, there’s a Retry option. What happens once it’s connected Emails to that address become tickets. Your AI agents answer them from your knowledge base, and replies go out from your own address – your customer never sees anything but your brand. Anything the AI can’t answer is handed to your human team in the agent workspace, with the full email thread attached. Which mailbox? Most customers connect the support address they already publish – [email protected] or similar. If you’ve linked a custom domain to ESC, that gives you a branded [email protected] address to use. If the connection fails, it’s almost always the incoming or outgoing mail settings. Check them against what your mail provider gives you, and confirm the account allows access from external mail clients – some providers require an app-specific password rather than your normal one. Reports & Activity Reports & Activity Once you’re live, this is where you watch it working. Reports The Reports page shows how your AI support team is performing: conversation volume, how your AI agents are handling it, and how that trends over time. Reports run in your timezone, not UTC. A day means your day. Set a default timezone on your Profile, and if you run helpdesks in different regions you can give an individual helpdesk its own timezone from its Overview. The Reports page always shows you which timezone it’s using. Activity The Activity tab on your helpdesk is a timeline of everything that has happened to it – provisioning, configuration changes, domain and SSL events, subscription events. If you’re ever wondering “when did that change?”, this is where to look. Usage against your plan Your Overview shows how many AI responses you’ve used this month against your plan’s allowance. What counts as an AI response? A genuine answer from your AI agent. Automatic acknowledgements and canned replies do not count against your allowance. Your allowance is: Starter 2,000, Growth 10,000, Pro 40,000, Enterprise custom per month. Conversation history Every conversation is recorded and searchable, across every channel. That gives you an audit trail, and it gives you the raw material to improve – the questions your AI struggled with are the documents your knowledge base is missing.
Launching Your Helpdesk Launching Your Helpdesk With your account activated, launching takes a few clicks and a short wait. 1. Start the wizard From your dashboard, the setup wizard opens automatically. Your plan is already selected and locked to what you subscribed to on AWS – there’s nothing to choose or pay for here. 2. Choose your region Your helpdesk runs in the AWS region you pick: Ireland (eu-west-1) London (eu-west-2) Singapore (ap-southeast-1) US East – N. Virginia (us-east-1) Further regions are in progress. Choose carefully. Your region is fixed once the helpdesk is created and cannot be changed later without rebuilding it. Pick the region closest to your customers, or the one your data-residency requirements point to. 3. Wait for Running Your helpdesk provisions automatically. Watch the Overview tab – the status moves through provisioning and settles on Running. This typically completes well within 15 minutes. Nothing is required from you during this. There is no server to configure, no software to install, and no credentials to set up. When it says Running, your helpdesk exists and you can sign in to it. 4. What now? Head to the Quick Start Guide – add your domain, brand it, upload your knowledge, and get your web chat live. Need more than one helpdesk? You aren’t limited to one. From the Plans & Billing page in your portal, Buy a New Instance on any tier to add another helpdesk – a second brand, a separate region, or a helpdesk per client if you’re an agency. Each helpdesk is fully independent: its own dedicated instance, its own domain and branding, its own AI agents and knowledge base, and its own allowances. Nothing is shared between them. Additional helpdesks are purchased through AWS Marketplace and appear on your AWS bill, and you can mix tiers freely. For larger deployments or bespoke arrangements, talk to us about Enterprise at [email protected].
ISPConfig 3 This article is released for AWS solution, “ISPConfig 3 with Alma Linux“. ISPConfig 3 is an open source hosting control panel for Linux which is capable of managing multiple servers from one control panel. It can control an unlimited amount of servers (and is cluster capable). ISPConfig 3.2 is optimized for speed and usability. Pre-bundled with this AMI: Build 241126.1 Coming Soon Alma Linux 8.10 Alma Linux 9.0 ISPConfig 3.2.12p ISPConfig 3.2.12p MariaDB 10.5 MariaDB 11.5 Pure FTP Pure FTP BIND 9.16 BIND 9.20.3 PostFix PostFix AWStats AWStats rkhunter rkhunter SpamAssassin SpamAssassin Dovecot Dovecot phpMyAdmin phpMyAdmin OpenFire XMPP Server OpenFire XMPP Server Postgrey Postgrey Redis Rspamd Articles Requirement One-Click Installation Managing PGAdmin4 Resources & Reference Release Notes Requirement Instance Configuration Overview: When setting up your AWS instance, you’ll need to configure a few key options. Here’s a detailed guide on the recommended configurations and selections. 1. Instance Type For optimal performance, we recommend using the following instance types: t3a.small or t3.small (recommended) – 2 virtual CPUs and 2 GB memory. However, you can choose an instance type based on your specific workload and traffic needs. Here’s a quick reference table to help you decide: CPU/Memory Database Monitored Hosts 1 CPU core / 1 GB MySQL InnoDB 100 2 CPU cores / 2 GB MySQL InnoDB 500 4 CPU cores / 8 GB RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 1,000 8 CPU cores / 16 GB Fast RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 10,000 For more details on different instance types and configurations, refer to the AWS Instance Types documentation. 2. Storage Space The default allocated storage size for our AMI. You may specify the necessary storage size when launching a new instance or change it after deployment. 20 GB (recommended) 3. Ports Configuration To ensure smooth operation of your installation, it’s important to open the appropriate inbound and outbound ports. Below are the recommended port settings, though you may configure them based on your specific security group requirements: Inbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination SSH TCP 22 0.0.0.0/0 HTTP TCP 80 0.0.0.0/0 HTTPS TCP 443 0.0.0.0/0 MySQL/Aurora TCP 3306 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 25 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 143 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 587 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 465 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 993 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 8080 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 9090 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 9091 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 9000 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 53 0.0.0.0/0 Outbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination All traffic All All 0.0.0.0/0 4. Important Notes: Mail Sending Restrictions: AWS imposes restrictions on sending emails from EC2 instances by default. To remove this limitation, you may need to submit a request to AWS to lift the email sending blockage before you can use this instance as SMTP server or for email campaigns. One-Click Installation ISPConfig 3.2 Initialization: Overview: This guide will walk you through initializing ISPConfig 3.2 on your AWS instance in just one click. The setup process is streamlined using our custom script, designed for ease of use and efficiency. Before starting the script, ensure the minimum requirement is met. Pro Tip: We recommend associating an AWS Elastic IP with your instance before running the setup. This prevents your IP address from changing when the instance is stopped and restarted. Step 1: Access Your AWS Instance 1. Launch Your AWS EC2 Instance: Choose your desired AWS EC2 instance type. (Recommended: t3a.small / t3.small) Once the instance is running, connect to it via SSH. 2. Connect to the Instance: Open your terminal (Mac/Linux) or use an SSH client (e.g., PuTTY for Windows). Run the following SSH command: ssh ec2-user@<your-aws-public-ip> When prompted for the login, enter: [ec2-user@…]$ sudo -i 3. Run the Initialization Script: To initiate the installation, run the following command: [root@…]$ dnf -y update [root@…]$ /usr/local/bin/egl_init.sh.x Note: This script automates the entire installation process. While it runs, ensure your terminal remains active, and do not close the session. Step 2: Instance Set Up and Installation 1. Completion Confirmation: Once the installation is finished, you will see a summary on the screen that includes all credentials. (Click to enlarge) 2. Access the Web Interface: Open your web browser and navigate to: http://<your-public-ip>:8080 You will be greeted by the welcome screen. 3. Login: Use the credentials provided during the installation process to log in. You can then update your account details in the settings as needed. Important Notes: Your Connection is Not Private: If you encounter “Your connection is not private” warning due to SSL requirement. You may click “Advanced” button and then click the link, “proceed to your-ip-address (unsafe)” to bypass. This warning will be automatically resolved when your instance is installed with a SSL Managing PGAdmin4 PGAdmin 4 (https://www.pgadmin.org/) is the most popular and feature rich Open Source administration platform for PostgreSQL database. This particular AMI is pre-installed with PGAdmin to ease administration. To initialize PGAdmin 4, follow the steps below. Step 1: Login via SSH $ ec2-user $ sudo -i $ sudo /usr/pgadmin4/bin/setup-web.sh Follow the prompt to enter initial login details; Your email Your password Retype password Wait for the installation to complete. Enter Y (yes) to restart Apache. Step 2: Go to http://<your-public-ip>/pgadmin4 and enter the credentials from step 1 to login. Resources & Reference Below are some valuable resources to assist you with ISPConfig 3 with Alma Linux: ISPConfig Official Website: Stay updated with the latest news and releases from ISPConfig. https://www.ispconfig.org Documentation: Explore the detailed documentation for ISPConfig, covering installation, configuration, and advanced usage. https://www.ispconfig.org/documentation/user-manual/ Community Support & Forum: Join discussions, ask questions, and get community-driven support. https://www.ispconfig.org/support/ Release Notes EGL Build 250801.1 1 August 2025 IMPROVED Alma Linux OS updates: AlmaLinux has been updated to the latest version with all critical patches applied. IMPROVED Security Patch Updates: Addressed latest CVE reported risks to enhance security and mitigate potential vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Package Updates: All packages have been updated to the most recent stable versions, ensuring improved compatibility and reliability. EGL Build 250310.1 10 March 2025 IMPROVED Alma Linux 8.10 OS updates IMPROVED Routine System Updates EGL Build 241126.1 26 November 2024 IMPROVED Latest stable Alma Linux 8.10 IMPROVED Latest stable ISPConfig 3.2.12p IMPROVED Bind 9.16 FIXED Other minor issues EGL Build 211218.1 18 December 2021 IMPROVED Latest Alma Linux OS IMPROVED ISPConfig 3.1 to 3.2 IMPROVED Added in RoundCube, AWStats, Jailkit, rkhunter, SpamAssassin and ClamAV IMPROVED PHP 7.2 to PHP 7.4 FIXED Security issue – CVE-2021-43527 FIXED Other minor issues EGL Build 220525.1 25 May 2022 IMPROVED Latest Alma Linux OS FIXED Security issue – CVE-2021-4115 FIXED Other minor issues EGL Build 231121.3 21 November 2023 IMPROVED ISPConfig 3.1 to latest IMPROVED Bundled phpMyAdmin IMPROVED Bundled OpenFire XMPP Server IMPROVED Enhanced security and firewall. FIXED Other minor issues EGL Build 200831.1 31 August 2020 IMPROVED Enhanced elyxia_global.sh.x to include database info IMPROVED Extended to cover more instance type FIXED Intermediate error “structure needs cleaning” EGL Build 200305.1 5 March 2020 NEW AWS initial release. NEW AWS ENA-support
Email Channel Email Channel Turn incoming customer emails into tickets your AI agents can answer. Connecting your inbox On the Channels tab, add your support mailbox. You’ll need: Incoming mail details: server, port, username, password. Outgoing mail details, so replies send from your own address. Optionally, route this channel to a team, so its tickets land with a specific group. The portal validates the connection when you save, and shows you the status. If something is wrong, there’s a Retry option. What happens once it’s connected Emails to that address become tickets. Your AI agents answer them from your knowledge base, and replies go out from your own address – your customer never sees anything but your brand. Anything the AI can’t answer is handed to your human team in the agent workspace, with the full email thread attached. Which mailbox? Most customers connect the support address they already publish – [email protected] or similar. If you’ve linked a custom domain to ESC, that gives you a branded [email protected] address to use. If the connection fails, it’s almost always the incoming or outgoing mail settings. Check them against what your mail provider gives you, and confirm the account allows access from external mail clients – some providers require an app-specific password rather than your normal one.
Billing & Subscription Billing & Subscription Your ESC subscription is bought and billed entirely through AWS Marketplace. It appears on your regular AWS bill – there is no separate invoice from us, and ESC never asks you for a card to subscribe. That has one consequence worth understanding before you need it: because AWS handles your billing, AWS is also where you cancel. We cannot cancel your subscription on your behalf, and deleting your helpdesk in the ESC portal will not stop AWS billing you. If you only read one page in this section, make it Cancelling in AWS Marketplace. In this section: Plans & Allowances – what each plan includes and what happens when you approach a limit. Upgrading Your Plan – moving to a bigger plan without losing your data, your domain, or your address. Cancelling in AWS Marketplace – how to stop your subscription, and the one step people miss. Articles Plans & Allowances Upgrading Your Plan Cancelling in AWS Marketplace Plans & Allowances Plans & Allowances Every ESC plan includes the full platform. The tiers differ in capacity, not capability. Starter Growth Pro Enterprise Price / month $199 $399 $799 Custom AI responses / month 2,000 10,000 40,000 Custom AI agents 2 8 16 Unlimited Custom domains 1 2 3 Unlimited Knowledge storage 100 MB 500 MB 2 GB Custom Support response 2 business days 1 business day 4 business hours 1 business hour No per-agent fees. Your monthly price covers your whole team. Allowances are per helpdesk This is worth being clear about, especially if you run more than one helpdesk. Each helpdesk has its own allowances. Its own AI responses, its own agents, its own domains, its own knowledge storage. They are not pooled across your account. If one helpdesk exhausts its monthly AI responses, your other helpdesks are unaffected. AI responses One AI response = one genuine answer from your AI agent. Automatic acknowledgements and canned replies do not count against your allowance. Your allowance reloads monthly and does not roll over. You can see usage on each helpdesk’s Overview and on your Billing page. If a helpdesk runs out, its AI agents hand conversations to your human team instead of answering. Nothing breaks and nothing is lost – the helpdesk keeps running, tickets keep arriving, and your team keeps working them in the agent workspace. You simply lose the automatic answers until the allowance reloads. Running out of AI responses You have two options. Upgrade the helpdesk to a larger plan, on AWS Marketplace. This raises its monthly allowance permanently. See Upgrading Your Plan. Or buy a one-time AI response pack. These are optional top-ups, bought from the Plans & Billing page in your portal: Pack Price Per response 5,000 responses $250 $0.0500 20,000 responses $700 $0.0350 50,000 responses $1,250 $0.0250 Never expire. Unused responses stay on the helpdesk indefinitely. Used only after that month’s plan allowance is spent. Your plan allowance always goes first, so a top-up is never wasted. Applied to one helpdesk. You choose which. Paid by card, in the portal. This is a one-time purchase and is not part of your AWS subscription – your subscription and your AWS billing are unaffected. Which should you choose? If you’re consistently running out, upgrade – the monthly allowance is far better value. Top-up packs are for one-off spikes: a product launch, a busy season, an incident. Additional helpdesks You are not limited to one helpdesk. From the Plans & Billing page, Buy a New Instance on any tier to add another – useful if you run several brands, or if you’re an agency deploying a helpdesk per client. Each additional helpdesk is purchased through AWS Marketplace and appears on your AWS bill. Each is fully independent: its own dedicated instance, its own domain, its own branding, its own AI agents, its own knowledge base, and its own allowances. They do not share data. You can mix tiers freely – a Growth helpdesk for one brand and a Starter for another. The other limits AI agents – the roster limit for that helpdesk. Upgrading expands it automatically. Custom domains – how many domains you can point at that helpdesk. Knowledge storage – the total size of documents uploaded to that helpdesk. A live meter on the Knowledge tab shows where you stand. Enterprise If your volumes, your structure, or your contractual requirements don’t fit the published tiers, Enterprise is available via private offer on AWS Marketplace. Contact [email protected]. Upgrading Your Plan Upgrading Your Plan You are not locked into the plan you started on. How to upgrade Upgrades are purchased through AWS Marketplace, the same way your original subscription was. The Plans page in your ESC portal will hand you to AWS to complete it. What happens to your helpdesk This is the part people worry about, so here it is plainly: you keep everything. Same-tier upgrades take effect instantly, with no downtime. Larger-tier upgrades are handled by a secure snapshot-restore. Your data carries over in full. Your domain and your address do not change. Your customers and your team notice nothing. Your AI agent roster automatically expands to the new tier’s limit, with ready-to-use agents. Your branding, knowledge base, channels and history all carry over untouched. There is nothing for you to rebuild, re-upload, or reconfigure. Downgrading If you need to move to a smaller plan, contact [email protected] first. Your current usage may exceed the smaller plan’s limits – more agents than it allows, or more knowledge storage than it permits – and we’d rather help you land that safely than have you discover it afterwards. Cancelling in AWS Marketplace Cancelling in AWS Marketplace Read this page before you cancel. There is one step people miss, and missing it means you keep getting charged. The one thing to know Deleting your helpdesk in the ESC portal does NOT cancel your AWS subscription. They are two separate actions. Deleting your helpdesk removes the service. Cancelling your subscription in AWS Marketplace is what stops the billing. If you delete your helpdesk but don’t cancel in AWS, AWS will keep charging you. Why it works this way Because you subscribed through AWS Marketplace, AWS owns your subscription – and AWS permits only the account holder to cancel it. We cannot cancel it for you, even if you ask us to. This is an AWS rule, not an ESC policy, and it applies to every SaaS product sold on AWS Marketplace. How to cancel properly Cancel your subscription in AWS. Sign in to the AWS Marketplace console, go to Manage subscriptions, find Elyxia Support Cloud, and cancel it. This is the step that stops the billing. Delete your helpdesk in the ESC portal, if you want the service removed immediately. A backup is taken before teardown. Do step 1. Step 2 is optional; step 1 is not. If you have more than one helpdesk This is where the rule above bites hardest, so read it carefully. Each helpdesk you bought is a separate charge on your AWS bill. Deleting one helpdesk in the ESC portal does not cancel its AWS charge – exactly as with a single helpdesk, deleting the service and cancelling the billing are two different actions. So if you run three helpdesks and want to drop to two, cancel that helpdesk’s subscription in AWS Marketplace first, and only then delete the helpdesk in the ESC portal. Do not assume that deleting a helpdesk in the portal reduces your AWS bill. It does not. If you remove a helpdesk and keep getting charged for it, this is why – the subscription is still active in AWS. If you’re unsure which AWS subscription corresponds to which helpdesk, email [email protected] with your AWS customer ID and we’ll help you identify it before you cancel anything. If you’re on the free trial Nothing to do. An AWS SaaS free trial does not auto-convert into a paid subscription – if you do nothing, it simply expires and you are not charged. You only become a paying customer by deliberately subscribing. What happens to your helpdesk after cancellation Your helpdesk is not destroyed the moment you cancel. It is stopped, and there is a grace period before it is removed, with a backup taken first. If you cancel by mistake, or change your mind, re-subscribe on AWS Marketplace – your account is preserved, and if your helpdesk still exists it is brought back. If you’re leaving and want your data, export what you need before you cancel. Still not sure? If you’re cancelling because something isn’t working, email [email protected] first. We would rather fix it.
Reports & Activity Reports & Activity Once you’re live, this is where you watch it working. Reports The Reports page shows how your AI support team is performing: conversation volume, how your AI agents are handling it, and how that trends over time. Reports run in your timezone, not UTC. A day means your day. Set a default timezone on your Profile, and if you run helpdesks in different regions you can give an individual helpdesk its own timezone from its Overview. The Reports page always shows you which timezone it’s using. Activity The Activity tab on your helpdesk is a timeline of everything that has happened to it – provisioning, configuration changes, domain and SSL events, subscription events. If you’re ever wondering “when did that change?”, this is where to look. Usage against your plan Your Overview shows how many AI responses you’ve used this month against your plan’s allowance. What counts as an AI response? A genuine answer from your AI agent. Automatic acknowledgements and canned replies do not count against your allowance. Your allowance is: Starter 2,000, Growth 10,000, Pro 40,000, Enterprise custom per month. Conversation history Every conversation is recorded and searchable, across every channel. That gives you an audit trail, and it gives you the raw material to improve – the questions your AI struggled with are the documents your knowledge base is missing.
Bagisto 2.x This article is released for AWS solution(s), Hardened Bagisto 2.x AlmaLinux Bagisto: Scalable and Feature-Rich eCommerce Solution Bagisto 2.2.4 is an open-source eCommerce platform designed to simplify online store management while offering powerful customization and scalability. With multi-store support, an intuitive interface, and extensive marketplace integrations, Bagisto enables businesses to build and grow their online presence effortlessly. It includes advanced product management, inventory tracking, and seamless third-party extensions, making it an ideal choice for businesses of all sizes. Elyxia Global Limited offers a pre-configured and security-hardened Amazon Machine Image (AMI) powered by AlmaLinux, ensuring a stable, optimized, and secure environment for seamless Bagisto deployment. This ready-to-use solution reduces setup complexity while maximizing performance and security. Transparent pricing ensures full cost clarity with no hidden fees. Deploy with confidence and launch your online store on a high-performance, enterprise-grade infrastructure with Bagisto. Pre-Bundled with the AMI: Bagisto 2.2.4 – A flexible and scalable Laravel-based eCommerce framework with multi-store capabilities. AlmaLinux 9 – A secure, enterprise-ready Linux distribution for a stable and reliable environment. MariaDB 11.4 – A high-performance, open-source database system for scalable and efficient data management. PHP 8.2 – A modern and optimized scripting language for enhanced performance and security. Apache Web Server – A widely used, flexible web server tailored for eCommerce applications. Firewalld – A powerful firewall management tool for enhanced network security. Cockpit – A user-friendly, web-based server manager for real-time monitoring and simplified server administration. phpMyAdmin – A web-based database management tool for easier MySQL/MariaDB administration. 🚀 Build and scale your eCommerce business effortlessly with Bagisto on a secure, high-performance infrastructure! Articles Requirement One-Click Installation Services & Management Associating Your Domain Resources & Reference Release Notes Requirement Instance Configuration Requirements Overview: When setting up your AWS instance, you’ll need to configure a few key options. Here’s a detailed guide on the recommended configurations and selections. 1. Instance Type For optimal performance, we recommend using the following instance types: t3a.small – 2 virtual CPUs and 2 GB memory. t3.small – 2 virtual CPUs and 2 GB memory. However, you can choose an instance type based on your specific workload and traffic needs. Here’s a quick reference table to help you decide: CPU/Memory Database Monitored Hosts 1 CPU core / 1 GB MySQL InnoDB 100 2 CPU cores / 2 GB MySQL InnoDB 500 4 CPU cores / 8 GB RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 1,000 8 CPU cores / 16 GB Fast RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 10,000 For more details on different instance types and configurations, refer to the AWS Instance Types documentation. 2. Storage Space The default allocated storage size for our AMI. You may specify the necessary storage size when launching a new instance or change it after deployment. 20 GB (recommended) 3. Ports Configuration To ensure smooth operation of your installation, it’s important to open the appropriate inbound and outbound ports. Below are the recommended port settings, though you may configure them based on your specific security group requirements: Inbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination SSH TCP 22 0.0.0.0/0 HTTP TCP 80 0.0.0.0/0 HTTPS TCP 443 0.0.0.0/0 MySQL/MariaDB TCP 3306 0.0.0.0/0 CUSTOM TCP 9090 0.0.0.0/0 (Optional, you may use external relay) SMTP TCP 587 0.0.0.0/0 SMTPS TCP 465 0.0.0.0/0 POP3 TCP 110 0.0.0.0/0 POP3S TCP 995 0.0.0.0/0 IMAP TCP 143 0.0.0.0/0 IMAPS TCP 993 0.0.0.0/0 Outbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination All traffic All All 0.0.0.0/0 One-Click Installation Bagisto Initialization: Overview: This guide will walk you through initializing Bagisto on your AWS instance in just one click. The setup process is streamlined using our custom script, designed for ease of use and efficiency. Before starting the script, ensure the minimum requirement is met. Pro Tip: We recommend associating an AWS Elastic IP with your instance before running the setup. This prevents your IP address from changing when the instance is stopped and restarted. Step 1: Access Your AWS Instance 1. Launch Your AWS EC2 Instance: Choose your desired AWS EC2 instance type. (Recommended: t3a.small / t3.small) Once the instance is running, connect to it via SSH. 2. Connect to the Instance: Open your terminal (Mac/Linux) or use an SSH client (e.g., PuTTY for Windows). Run the following SSH command: ssh ec2-user@<your-aws-public-ip> When prompted for the login, enter: [ec2-user@…]$ sudo -i 3. Run the Initialization Script: To initiate the installation, run the following command: [root@…]$ dnf -y update [root@…]$ /usr/local/bin/egl_init.sh.x Note: This script automates the entire installation process. While it runs, ensure your terminal remains active, and do not close the session. The script may take up to 10-20 seconds to complete. The script will random generate new credentials for all the necessity. Step 2: Instance Set Up and Installation 1. Completion Confirmation: Once the installation is finished, you will see a summary on the screen that includes all credentials. (click to enlarge) 2. Access the Web Interface: Open your web browser and navigate to http://<your-public-ip> : http://<your-public-ip> You will be greeted by your Bagisto ecommece frontend. Step 3: Access to Bagisto Admin Panel 1. Log into Admin Panel: Get the admin login path from the summary of initialization script earlier (in Step 2.1). Open your web browser and navigate to the login http://<your-public-ip> http://<your-public-ip>/adminXXXX/login Login with the credentials from the summary of initialization script earlier (in Step 2.1) You may change the admin path by changing “APP_ADMIN_URL” value of the environment file (.env) file inside /var/www/bagisto. Important Notes: Mail Sending Blockage: AWS may have email-sending restrictions in place by default. Before using the instance for email sending, submit a request to AWS to lift the restriction on outbound email traffic. Services & Management This section provides comprehensive instructions on managing the deployed application/image and its services. It covers essential tasks such as starting and stopping instances, managing key services like Cockpit, PGAdmin4, and SSL, and resolving common issues. Managing Cockpit Cockpit (https://cockpit-project.org/) is a web-based graphical interface for servers management and administration. This particular AMI is pre-installed with Cockpit to ease administration. To start using Cockpit, follow the steps below. Step 1: Get the Cockpit credentials output from execution of “usr/local/bin/egl_init.sh.x” Step 2: Go to http://<your-public-ip>:9090/ and enter the credentials. Step 3: You may see “limited access” and may be prompted to authenticate. Click “Turn on administrative access“, key in once again the credential from Step 1. Uploading File with Cockpit Step 1: Login to Cockpit. Step 2: Go to “navigator“. Step 3: To upload files to server using Cockpit, simply navigate to your path and just drag-and-drop into the folder. Managing phpMyAdmin phpMyAdmin (https://www.phpmyadmin.net/) is a web-based graphical interface for database management and administration for MySQL and MariaDB. This particular AMI is pre-installed with phpMyAdmin to ease administration. To start using phpMyAdmin, follow the steps below. Step 1: Get the credentials output from execution of “usr/local/bin/egl_init.sh.x” Step 2: Go to http://<your-public-ip>/phpMyAdmin and enter the credentials. Associating Your Domain Associate Your Domain with Bagisto To associate your domain with the application and the AWS IP address, you will need to edit the following files; File 1: /etc/httpd/sites-available/bagisto.conf Log on via SSH, $ ec2-user $ sudo -i $ nano /etc/httpd/sites-available/bagisto.conf then modify these lines with your domain. Replace yourdomain.com with your domain name; and RewriteRule http to https <VirtualHost *:80> ServerName yourdomain.com ServerAlias www.yourdomain.com DocumentRoot /var/www/bagisto/public RewriteEngine on RewriteCond %{SERVER_NAME} =www.yourdomain.com [OR] RewriteCond %{SERVER_NAME} =yourdomain.com RewriteRule ^ http://%{SERVER_NAME}%{REQUEST_URI} [END,NE,R=permanent] <Directory /var/www/bagisto/public> AllowOverride All Order allow,deny allow from all </Directory> </VirtualHost> <VirtualHost *:443> ServerName yourdomain.com ServerAlias www.yourdomain.com DocumentRoot /var/www/bagisto RewriteEngine on RewriteCond %{SERVER_NAME} =www.yourdomain.com [OR] RewriteCond %{SERVER_NAME} =yourdomain.com RewriteRule ^ https://%{SERVER_NAME}%{REQUEST_URI} [END,NE,R=permanent] <Directory /var/www/bagisto/public> AllowOverride All Order allow,deny allow from all </Directory> </VirtualHost> Resources & Reference Here are some helpful resources to assist you with Bagisto 2.x with Alma Linux 9, Official Website: Stay updated with the latest news and releases. https://bagisto.com/en/ Documentation: Explore the detailed documentation, covering installation, configuration, and advanced usage. https://devdocs.bagisto.com/2.2/prologue/ Community Forum: Join discussions, ask questions, and get community-driven support. https://forums.bagisto.com/ Professional Migration, Workflow And Automation Services: For tailored solutions, automation workflow and professional migration services designed to meet your unique business needs. https://assist.elyxia.uk/contact Release Notes EGL Build 260629.1 29 June 2026 IMPROVED Latest AlmaLinux 9 – Now running on the latest AlmaLinux 9 with critical patches applied, delivering improved stability, security, and long-term support. IMPROVED Hardened Security – Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Comprehensive Package Updates – All system packages and dependencies have been updated to their latest stable versions, ensuring compatibility, reliability, and security. EGL Build 260421.1 21 April 2026 IMPROVED Latest AlmaLinux 9 – Now running on the latest AlmaLinux 9 with critical patches applied, delivering improved stability, security, and long-term support. IMPROVED Hardened Security – Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations – Fine-tuned system configurations to enhance speed, responsiveness, and resource efficiency. IMPROVED Comprehensive Package Updates – All system packages and dependencies have been updated to their latest stable versions, ensuring compatibility, reliability, and security. EGL Build 251023.1 23 October 2025 IMPROVED Latest AlmaLinux 9 – Now running on the latest AlmaLinux 9 with critical patches applied, delivering improved stability, security, and long-term support. IMPROVED Hardened Security – Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations – Fine-tuned system configurations to enhance speed, responsiveness, and resource efficiency. IMPROVED Comprehensive Package Updates – All system packages and dependencies have been updated to their latest stable versions, ensuring compatibility, reliability, and security. Release Archive EGL Build 250328.1 28 March 2025 NEW Bagisto 2.2.4 NEW Added Cockpit NEW Added phpMyAdmin IMPROVED Latest Alma Linux OS IMPROVED Upgraded to MariaDB 11.4 IMPROVED Hardened Security – Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations – Fine-tuned system configurations to enhance speed, responsiveness, and resource efficiency. FIXED Bug Fixes & Stability Enhancements EGL Build 240221.1 21 February 2024 NEW AWS initial release. NEW AWS ENA-support
Resources & Reference Quick links and reference details for Elyxia Support Cloud. Key links ESC Client Portal https://esc.elyxia.uk Documentation https://assist.elyxia.uk/docs/elyxia-support-cloud-esc/ AWS Marketplace listing https://aws.amazon.com/marketplace/pp/prodview-prhc4co2ihkuq Data security https://esc.elyxia.uk/data-security Support [email protected] Support response times Plan Response Starter Within 2 business days Growth Within 1 business day Pro Within 4 business hours (priority) Enterprise Within 1 business hour (dedicated channel) For product, provisioning, or configuration help, email [email protected] with your AWS customer ID and helpdesk details. For billing, subscription changes, and cancellations, see Billing & Subscription > Cancelling in AWS Marketplace. Refund policy Refund requests submitted within 48 hours of your initial subscription, or within 48 hours of an upgrade, are considered case by case. Contact [email protected] with your AWS customer ID to start a request. Full detail at https://www.elyxia.uk/refund-policy/. Security and data Every helpdesk runs on its own dedicated, isolated instance – customer data is never co-mingled. Nightly backups with 30-day retention, all data encrypted in transit, and SSL auto-provisioned per domain. Full detail at https://esc.elyxia.uk/data-security. Common questions My domain is stuck on pending. Check the A record points to the exact IP shown in the portal, and that CloudFlare proxy is off (grey cloud, not orange). The chat isn’t sharing my support email. Your custom domain isn’t verified yet. Once it is, {supportemail} and {supportportal} fill in automatically. My PDF won’t index. If you can’t select the text in a PDF reader, it’s a scanned image. Convert it to a text-based PDF, Word, or TXT. My AI has stopped answering. Check your AI response usage on the helpdesk Overview – you may have used this month’s allowance. It reloads monthly, or you can top up. I deleted my helpdesk but I’m still being charged. Deleting the helpdesk does not cancel your AWS subscription. Cancel it in the AWS Marketplace console. See Cancelling in AWS Marketplace. Can I access the server? No, and you don’t need to. ESC is fully managed – provisioning, SSL, backups, scaling and patching are all handled for you. Where things live Looking for Go to Plans, pricing, allowances Billing & Subscription > Plans & Allowances Adding a domain / SSL Setup & Management > Your Domain & SSL Uploading knowledge Setup & Management > Knowledge Base The chat widget Setup & Management > Web Chat Widget Cancelling Billing & Subscription > Cancelling in AWS Marketplace
Mautic 5 This article is released for AWS solution(s), Mautic 5 on Alma Linux Mautic Community on Alma Linux Mautic is an open source marketing automation platform that allows businesses to build smarter, multi-channel marketing campaigns, while delivering a unified and personalized brand experience across all digital properties. The suite of tools includes features for lead management, website tracking, drip flow, progressive profiling, contact management, social media monitoring, landing pages, and more, for high performance marketing campaigns, content and results.Pre-bundled with this image are Mautic 5.2.8 (Hardened : firewall, protected htaccess, protected login) AlmaLinux 9: A stable and secure open source operating system. MariaDB 11.5: A robust and scalable database system. PHP 8.2: A modern and efficient scripting language. Apache Web Server: A reliable and widely-used web server. Firewalld: A comprehensive Linux firewall management tool. Articles Requirement One-Click Installation Associating Your Domain Resource & Reference Release Notes Requirement Instance Configuration Requirements Overview: When setting up your AWS instance, you’ll need to configure a few key options. Here’s a detailed guide on the recommended configurations and selections. 1. Instance Type For optimal performance, we recommend using the following instance types: t3a.small or t3.small (recommended) – 2 virtual CPUs and 2 GB memory. However, you can choose an instance type based on your specific workload and traffic needs. Here’s a quick reference table to help you decide: CPU/Memory Database Monitored Hosts 1 CPU core / 1 GB MySQL InnoDB 100 2 CPU cores / 2 GB MySQL InnoDB 500 4 CPU cores / 8 GB RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 1,000 8 CPU cores / 16 GB Fast RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 10,000 For more details on different instance types and configurations, refer to the AWS Instance Types documentation. 2. Storage Space The default allocated storage size for our AMI. You may specify the necessary storage size when launching a new instance or change it after deployment. 20 GB (recommended) 3. Ports Configuration To ensure smooth operation of your Mautic installation, it’s important to open the appropriate inbound and outbound ports. Below are the recommended port settings, though you may configure them based on your specific security group requirements: Inbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination SSH TCP 22 0.0.0.0/0 HTTP TCP 80 0.0.0.0/0 HTTPS TCP 443 0.0.0.0/0 MySQL/Aurora TCP 3306 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 587 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 465 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 993 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 143 0.0.0.0/0 Outbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination All traffic All All 0.0.0.0/0 4. Important Notes: Mail Sending Restrictions: AWS imposes restrictions on sending emails from EC2 instances by default. To remove this limitation, you may need to submit a request to AWS to lift the email sending blockage before you can use Mautic for email campaigns. One-Click Installation Mautic 5 Initialization: Overview: This guide will walk you through initializing Mautic 5 on your AWS instance in just one click. The setup process is streamlined using our custom script, designed for ease of use and efficiency. Before starting the script, ensure the minimum requirement is met. Pro Tip: We recommend associating an AWS Elastic IP with your instance before running the setup. This prevents your IP address from changing when the instance is stopped and restarted. Step 1: Access Your AWS Instance 1. Launch Your AWS EC2 Instance: Choose your desired AWS EC2 instance type. (Recommended: t3a.small / t3.small) Once the instance is running, connect to it via SSH. 2. Connect to the Instance: Open your terminal (Mac/Linux) or use an SSH client (e.g., PuTTY for Windows). Run the following SSH command: ssh ec2-user@<your-aws-public-ip> When prompted for the login, enter: [ec2-user@…]$ sudo -i 3. Run the Initialization Script: To initiate the Mautic installation, run the following command: [root@…]$ /usr/local/bin/egl_init.sh.x Note: This script automates the entire installation process. While it runs, ensure your terminal remains active, and do not close the session. Step 2: Access Mautic After Installation 1. Completion Confirmation: Once the installation is finished, you will see a summary on the screen that includes your Mautic admin credentials. 2. Access the Mautic Interface: Open your web browser and navigate to: http://<your-public-ip> You will be greeted by the Mautic login screen. 3. Login: Use the credentials provided during the installation process to log in. You can then update your account details in the settings as needed. Important Notes: Mail Sending Blockage: AWS may have email-sending restrictions in place by default. Before using Mautic for email campaigns, submit a request to AWS to lift the restriction on outbound email traffic. Associating Your Domain Associating Your Domain with Mautic 5 Overview: To successfully associate your domain with the Mautic 5 hosted on an AWS instance, follow the steps outlined below. This process involves editing the Apache configuration file to link your domain with the server’s IP address and enforce HTTPS redirection. Step 1: Access Your Server 1. Log in via SSH Use SSH to access your AWS instance: ssh ec2-user@<your-aws-public-ip> 2. Switch to the Root User Elevate your permissions by switching to the root user: [ec2-user@…]$ sudo -i Step 2: Modify the Apache Configuration File 1. Edit the Configuration File Open the Apache configuration file: [root …]$ nano /etc/httpd/sites-available/mautic.conf 2. Update Domain Information Replace the placeholder yourdomain.com with your actual domain name in the configuration. Ensure that both the non-www and www versions of your domain are included. Also, modify the RewriteRule directives to enforce HTTPS redirection. Below is the updated configuration you need to apply: <VirtualHost *:80> ServerName yourdomain.com ServerAlias www.yourdomain.com DocumentRoot /var/www/mautic ErrorLog /var/www/mautic/log/error.log CustomLog /var/www/mautic/log/requests.log combined RewriteEngine on RewriteCond %{HTTP_HOST} ^(www\.)?yourdomain\.com$ RewriteRule ^ http://%{HTTP_HOST}%{REQUEST_URI} [END,NE,R=permanent] <Directory /var/www/mautic> Options +FollowSymLinks AllowOverride All Require all granted </Directory> </VirtualHost> <VirtualHost *:443> ServerName yourdomain.com ServerAlias www.yourdomain.com DocumentRoot /var/www/mautic ErrorLog /var/www/mautic/log/error.log CustomLog /var/www/mautic/log/requests.log combined RewriteEngine on RewriteCond %{HTTP_HOST} ^(www\.)?yourdomain\.com$ RewriteRule ^ https://%{HTTP_HOST}%{REQUEST_URI} [END,NE,R=permanent] ## Include SSL settings (for example with Let’s Encrypt) ## Uncomment the below lines if you have SSL with LetsEncrypt # Include /etc/letsencrypt/options-ssl-apache.conf # SSLCertificateFile /etc/letsencrypt/live/yourdomain.com/fullchain.pem # SSLCertificateKeyFile /etc/letsencrypt/live/yourdomain.com/privkey.pem <Directory /var/www/mautic> Options +FollowSymlinks AllowOverride All Require all granted </Directory> ## Include SSL settings ## Uncomment the below lines if you have SSL with LetsEncrypt # Include /etc/letsencrypt/options-ssl-apache.conf # SSLCertificateFile /etc/letsencrypt/live/yourdomain.com/fullchain.pem # SSLCertificateKeyFile /etc/letsencrypt/live/yourdomain.com/privkey.pem # Enable HTTP/2 for better performance Protocols h2 http/1.1 # Security Headers Header always set Strict-Transport-Security “max-age=31536000; includeSubDomains; preload” Header always set X-Content-Type-Options “nosniff” Header always set X-Frame-Options “SAMEORIGIN” Header always set X-XSS-Protection “1; mode=block” </VirtualHost> 3. Save and Exit After making the necessary changes, save the file by pressing Ctrl + O, then press Enter to confirm. Exit the editor by pressing Ctrl + X. Step 3: Refresh Symbolic Links & Restart Apache For the changes to take effect, recreate the symbolic links and then restart the Apache web server: [root …]$ rm -rf /etc/httpd/sites-enabled/mautic.conf [root …]$ sudo ln -s /etc/httpd/sites-available/mautic.conf /etc/httpd/sites-enabled/mautic.conf [root …]$ sudo systemctl restart httpd Additional Notes: Ensure that you have an SSL certificate installed for HTTPS to work. You may use services such as Let’s Encrypt to obtain a free SSL certificate. You might need to adjust firewall rules or security group settings in AWS to allow traffic on ports 80 (HTTP) and 443 (HTTPS). Important: Request AWS to lift any email sending restrictions if you’re using the application’s email features. Resource & Reference Below are some valuable resources to assist you with Mautic 5 on AlmaLinux: Mautic Official Website: Stay updated with the latest news and releases from Mautic. mautic.org Mautic Documentation: Explore the detailed documentation for Mautic 5, covering installation, configuration, and advanced usage. docs.mautic.org/en/5.x Mautic Community Forum: Join discussions, ask questions, and get community-driven support. forum.mautic.org Customization & Professional Services: For tailored solutions, customization, and professional services designed to meet your unique business needs. https://assist.elyxia.uk/contact Release Notes EGL Build 260629.1 29 June 2026 IMPROVED Alma Linux 9 (Latest): AlmaLinux has been updated to the latest version with all critical patches applied, ensuring a stable and secure environment. IMPROVED Hardened Security – Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Package Updates: All packages have been updated to the most recent stable versions, ensuring improved compatibility and reliability. EGL Build 260421.1 21 April 2026 IMPROVED Alma Linux 9 (Latest): AlmaLinux has been updated to the latest version with all critical patches applied, ensuring a stable and secure environment. IMPROVED Hardened Security – Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Package Updates: All packages have been updated to the most recent stable versions, ensuring improved compatibility and reliability. EGL Build 251019.2 19 October 2025 IMPROVED Releasing latest 5.2.8 in Mautic 5 series: Seamlessly upgraded to the latest stable Mautic 6.0.6, ensuring compatibility with the latest features and security enhancements. IMPROVED Alma Linux 9 (Latest): AlmaLinux has been updated to the latest version with all critical patches applied, ensuring a stable and secure environment. IMPROVED MariaDB 11.5 – Latest MariaDB 11.5, delivering improved performance, enhanced security, and better scalability for database operations. IMPROVED PHP 8.2: Leveraging the latest PHP version for improved speed, security, and compatibility with modern applications. IMPROVED Hardened Security – Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Package Updates: All packages have been updated to the most recent stable versions, ensuring improved compatibility and reliability. EGL Build 250304.1 4 March 2025 IMPROVED AWS Mautic 5.1 IMPROVED Latest Alma Linux OS FIXED Other minor issues (Virtual Host) EGL Build 250206.1 6 February 2025 NEW AWS Mautic 5.1 IMPROVED Latest Alma Linux OS IMPROVED Enhanced security FIXED Other minor issues EGL Build 241016.1 16 October 2024 NEW AWS Mautic 5.0 NEW AWS ENA-support IMPROVED Latest Alma Linux OS IMPROVED Enhanced security IMPROVED Upgraded to PHP 8.2 FIXED Other minor issues
Release Notes EGL Build 260716.1 16 July 2026 NEW Elyxia Support Cloud is now officially available on AWS Marketplace – a fully managed, AI-powered helpdesk live in under 15 minutes. NEW Dedicated, isolated instance per customer – your own helpdesk, your own data, no shared infrastructure. NEW AI support agents answer web chat and email tickets automatically from your own knowledge base, with configurable Answer Confidence and clean handoff to your team. NEW Knowledge base – upload PDF, Word, Excel, PowerPoint, TXT, CSV and Markdown; indexed automatically and answering within seconds. NEW Web chat widget with live in-portal preview and one-snippet embed. NEW Email channel – connect any support mailbox; replies send from your own address. NEW True white-label – your domain, logo, colours and AI agent names, with free auto-provisioned SSL. NEW Buy additional helpdesks and one-time AI response packs from the portal. NEW Available in Ireland, London, Singapore and US East (N. Virginia), with more regions in progress.
Matomo 5 This article is released for AWS solution, “Matomo 5 with Alma Linux“ Matomo, formerly known as Piwik, is an open-source and secure web analytics solution offering complete data ownership, making it a robust alternative to Google Analytics. Matomo 5 provides powerful tracking and reporting features, giving users detailed insights into visitor behavior, engagement, and conversion patterns across one or multiple websites. With a focus on data privacy and security, Matomo allows website owners to manage analytics on their own servers, ensuring full control over user data without external parties accessing or monetizing it. This platform supports businesses in making data-driven decisions to optimize user experience, enhance engagement, and drive growth—all in a secure, GDPR-compliant environment.Pre-bundled with this image are Matomo 5 (Hardened : firewall, protected htaccess, protected login) AlmaLinux 9 MariaDB 10.5 MariaDB 11.5 PHP 8.0 PHP 8.2 Web Server Apache Firewalld: Linux Firewall Management Tool Articles Requirement One-Click Installation Associating Your Domain Resource & Reference Release Notes Requirement Instance Configuration Overview: When setting up your AWS instance, you’ll need to configure a few key options. Here’s a detailed guide on the recommended configurations and selections. 1. Instance Type For optimal performance, we recommend using the following instance types: t3a.small or t3.small (recommended) – 2 virtual CPUs and 2 GB memory. However, you can choose an instance type based on your specific workload and traffic needs. Here’s a quick reference table to help you decide: CPU/Memory Database Monitored Hosts 1 CPU core / 1 GB MySQL InnoDB 100 2 CPU cores / 2 GB MySQL InnoDB 500 4 CPU cores / 8 GB RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 1,000 8 CPU cores / 16 GB Fast RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 10,000 For more details on different instance types and configurations, refer to the AWS Instance Types documentation. 2. Storage Space The default allocated storage size for our AMI. You may specify the necessary storage size when launching a new instance or change it after deployment. 20 GB (recommended) 3. Ports Configuration To ensure smooth operation of your installation, it’s important to open the appropriate inbound and outbound ports. Below are the recommended port settings, though you may configure them based on your specific security group requirements: Inbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination SSH TCP 22 0.0.0.0/0 HTTP TCP 80 0.0.0.0/0 HTTPS TCP 443 0.0.0.0/0 MySQL/Aurora TCP 3306 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 587 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 465 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 993 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 143 0.0.0.0/0 Outbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination All traffic All All 0.0.0.0/0 4. Important Notes: Mail Sending Restrictions: AWS imposes restrictions on sending emails from EC2 instances by default. To remove this limitation, you may need to submit a request to AWS to lift the email sending blockage before you can use this instance as SMTP server or for email campaigns. One-Click Installation Matomo 5 Initialization: Overview: This guide will walk you through initializing Matomo 5 on your AWS instance in just one click. The setup process is streamlined using our custom script, designed for ease of use and efficiency. Before starting the script, ensure the minimum requirement is met. Pro Tip: We recommend associating an AWS Elastic IP with your instance before running the setup. This prevents your IP address from changing when the instance is stopped and restarted. Step 1: Access Your AWS Instance 1. Launch Your AWS EC2 Instance: Choose your desired AWS EC2 instance type. (Recommended: t3a.small / t3.small) Once the instance is running, connect to it via SSH. 2. Connect to the Instance: Open your terminal (Mac/Linux) or use an SSH client (e.g., PuTTY for Windows). Run the following SSH command: ssh ec2-user@<your-aws-public-ip> When prompted for the login, enter: [ec2-user@…]$ sudo -i 3. Run the Initialization Script: To initiate the installation, run the following command: [root@…]$ /usr/local/bin/egl_init.sh.x Note: This script automates the entire installation process. While it runs, ensure your terminal remains active, and do not close the session. Step 2: Instance Set Up and Installation 1. Completion Confirmation: Once the installation is finished, you will see a summary on the screen that includes all credentials. 2. Access the Web Interface: Open your web browser and navigate to: http://<your-public-ip> You will be greeted by the welcome screen. Step 3: Finalizing Installation 1. Welcome Screen Click Next to proceed to system check. 2. System Check Hit Next since critical errors has been cleared by our initialization script. (You may ignore the optional warnings “Forced SSL Connection” and “PHP SAPI” for now.) 3. Database Setup: Get the database credentials from the summary of initialization script earlier and enter here. Ensure “MariaDB” is selected as the Database Engine. Leave the rest as its default values. Enter Next to start the set up. You will see the green screen “Tables created“, when the database is setup successfully. Enter Next again. 3. Administrator Account (SuperUser): Fill up the Administrator (superuser) form. You will use these credentials to access Matomo later. Enter Next when it is done. 4. Set up a Website: Fill up the website form accordingly. We strongly recommend to use AWS IP for the “Website URL” field like http://<your-aws-public-ip>/ Note: It is http:// and not https://. 5. Login to Matomo: Enter Next at the “Tracking code for Any Website” screen. And the final “Congratulations” screen is waiting for you. Enter “Continue to Matomo” to login. Use the credential you created in the SuperUser section to log into Matomo. Once logged in, get ready for the final touch up’s. Step 4: Post Installation – Recommended by Matomo 1. Start the CRON Open your terminal (Mac/Linux) or use an SSH client (e.g., PuTTY for Windows). While our initialization script has already set up CRON, you will need to initiate the job and change to your preferred email address. Run the following command to change email address for the report. Replace the [email protected] with the actual email address. sudo sed -i 's/^MAILTO="[^"]*"/MAILTO="[email protected]"/' /etc/cron.d/matomo-archive After that, run this command to start the CRON job: /usr/bin/php /var/www/matomo/console core:archive --url=http://your-public-ip/ sudo systemctl restart httpd To check whether you have entered the correct email address. Run commands below at the terminal or SSH client: nano /etc/cron.d/matomo-archive After making the necessary changes, save the file by pressing Ctrl + O, then press Enter to confirm. Exit the editor by pressing Ctrl + X. 2. Disable Archiving for Performance Log into Matomo at http://<your-aws-public-ip>/ Go to Admistration, click Gear icon on the top right corner of the sreen. Select System > General Settings on the left panel. Set “Archive reports when viewed from the browser” to No Set “Archive reports at most every X seconds” to 3600 Hit the “Save” button Now, your Matomo system is ready for medium to high traffic handling. You may follow this link to associate a domain with your IP. address. Use Let’s Encrypt to set up SSL and https:// when you have the domain associated. Important Notes: Required Private Directories False Alarm: To resolve occasional false alerts for the critical issue related to the tmp/cache/tracker/matomocache_general.php file, you can safely delete this cache file. Afterward, restart Apache to ensure any changes take effect. sudo rm /var/www/matomo/tmp/cache/tracker/matomocache_general.php sudo systemctl restart httpd This should clear the alert. If the file reappears without issues, it’s simply Matomo regenerating its cache, which is expected behavior. Mail Sending Blockage: AWS may have email-sending restrictions in place by default. If you wish to use AWS as SMTP server for email campaigns or sending, submit a request to AWS to lift the restriction on outbound email traffic. Associating Your Domain Associating Your Domain with Matomo 5 Overview: To successfully associate your domain with the Matomo 5 hosted on an AWS instance, follow the steps outlined below. This process involves editing the Apache configuration file to link your domain with the server’s IP address and enforce HTTPS redirection. Step 1: Access Your Server 1. Log in via SSH Use SSH to access your AWS instance: ssh ec2-user@<your-aws-public-ip> 2. Switch to the Root User Elevate your permissions by switching to the root user: [ec2-user@…]$ sudo -i Step 2: Modify the Apache Configuration File 1. Edit the Configuration File Open the Apache configuration file: [root …]$ nano /etc/httpd/sites-available/matomo.conf 2. Update Domain Information Replace the placeholder yourdomain.com with your actual domain name in the configuration. Ensure that both the non-www and www versions of your domain are included. Also, modify the RewriteRule directives to enforce HTTPS redirection. Below is the updated configuration you need to apply: <VirtualHost *:80> ServerName yourdomain.com ServerAlias www.yourdomain.com DocumentRoot /var/www/matomo ErrorLog /var/www/log/error.log CustomLog /var/www/log/requests.log combined RewriteEngine on RewriteCond %{SERVER_NAME} ^(www\.)?yourdomain\.com$ [NC] RewriteRule ^ http://%{SERVER_NAME}%{REQUEST_URI} [END,NE,R=permanent] ….<rest of the file, leave as it is>… </VirtualHost> <VirtualHost *:443> ServerName yourdomain.com ServerAlias www.yourdomain.com DocumentRoot /var/www/matomo ErrorLog /var/www/log/error.log CustomLog /var/www/log/requests.log combined RewriteEngine on RewriteCond %{SERVER_NAME} ^(www\.)?yourdomain\.com$ [NC] RewriteRule ^ https://%{SERVER_NAME}%{REQUEST_URI} [END,NE,R=permanent] ….<rest of the file, leave as it is>… </VirtualHost> 3. Save and Exit After making the necessary changes, save the file by pressing Ctrl + O, then press Enter to confirm. Exit the editor by pressing Ctrl + X. Step 3: Refresh Symbolic Links & Restart Apache For the changes to take effect, recreate the symbolic links and then restart the Apache web server: [root …]$ sudo ln -sf /etc/httpd/sites-available/matomo.conf /etc/httpd/sites-enabled/matomo.conf [root …]$ sudo systemctl restart httpd Additional Notes: Ensure that you have an SSL certificate installed for HTTPS to work. You may use services such as Let’s Encrypt to obtain a free SSL certificate. You might need to adjust firewall rules or security group settings in AWS to allow traffic on ports 80 (HTTP) and 443 (HTTPS). Important: Request AWS to lift any email sending restrictions if you’re using the application’s email features. Resource & Reference Below are some valuable resources to assist you with Matomo 5 on AlmaLinux: Matomo Official Website: Stay updated with the latest news and releases from Matomo. matomo.org Matomo Documentation: Explore the detailed documentation for Matomo 5, covering installation, configuration, and advanced usage. https://matomo.org/guides/ Matomo Community Support : Join discussions, ask questions, and get community-driven support. https://forum.matomo.org/ Release Notes EGL Build 260421.1 21 April 2026 IMPROVED Latest AlmaLinux 9 – Now running on the latest AlmaLinux 9 with critical patches applied, delivering improved stability, security, and long-term support. IMPROVED Latest Matomo: latest stable version, ensuring compatibility with new features, performance improvements, and security enhancements. IMPROVED Hardened Security – Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations – Fine-tuned system configurations to enhance speed, responsiveness, and resource efficiency. IMPROVED Comprehensive Package Updates – All system packages and dependencies have been updated to their latest stable versions, ensuring compatibility, reliability, and security. EGL Build 251023.1 23 October 2025 IMPROVED Latest AlmaLinux 9 – Now running on the latest AlmaLinux 9 with critical patches applied, delivering improved stability, security, and long-term support. IMPROVED Upgraded to Latest Matomo: Seamlessly upgraded to the latest stable version, ensuring compatibility with new features, performance improvements, and security enhancements. IMPROVED Hardened Security – Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations – Fine-tuned system configurations to enhance speed, responsiveness, and resource efficiency. IMPROVED Comprehensive Package Updates – All system packages and dependencies have been updated to their latest stable versions, ensuring compatibility, reliability, and security. EGL Build 250316.1 16 March 2025 IMPROVED System Updates: AlmaLinux has been upgraded to the latest version, IMPROVED Package Updates: All packages have been updated to the most recent stable versions, ensuring improved compatibility and reliability. IMPROVED Security Patch Updates: Addressed latest CVE reported risks to enhance security and mitigate potential vulnerabilities. FIXED Bug Fixes: Resolved the virtual host issue and addressed several user-reported problems to enhance usability and stability. EGL Build 231014.1 14 October 2023 IMPROVED Latest Alma Linux OS IMPROVED Tighten security FIXED Other minor issues EGL Build 220825.1 25 August 2022 NEW AWS initial release. NEW AWS ENA-support EGL Build 241111.1 11 November 2024 NEW Hardened Matomo 5.0 initial release. IMPROVED Latest Alma Linux OS IMPROVED PHP 8.2 IMPROVED MariaDB 11.5 IMPROVED Tighten security
Odoo 17 This article is released for AWS solution(s), Odoo Community 17 on Alma Linux Odoo revolutionizes enterprise resource planning with its extensive range of business applications designed to cater to all your business needs. From CRM and sales to inventory and accounting, Odoo offers an integrated suite of applications that work together seamlessly to streamline your operations. Pre-bundled with this AMI: Odoo 17: The powerful open-source ERP and business management suite, offering seamless integration of CRM, sales, inventory, and more. Alma Linux 9: A secure, stable, and performance-driven enterprise-grade operating system, serving as a reliable alternative to CentOS. PostgreSQL 16: A high-performance, open-source relational database system known for its robustness and scalability. Python 3.11: Versatile scripting languages powering automation, data processing, and web applications. NGINX: A lightweight, high-speed web server configured to maximize Zammad responsiveness. Firewalld: A comprehensive firewall management tool that ensures secure network configurations and controlled access. Articles Requirement One-Click Installation Resources & Reference Release Notes Requirement Instance Configuration Requirements Overview: When setting up your AWS instance, you’ll need to configure a few key options. Here’s a detailed guide on the recommended configurations and selections. 1. Instance Type For optimal performance, we recommend using the following instance types: t3a.small or t3.small (recommended) – 2 virtual CPUs and 2 GB memory. However, you can choose an instance type based on your specific workload and traffic needs. Here’s a quick reference table to help you decide: CPU/Memory Database Monitored Hosts 1 CPU core / 1 GB MySQL InnoDB 100 2 CPU cores / 2 GB MySQL InnoDB 500 4 CPU cores / 8 GB RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 1,000 8 CPU cores / 16 GB Fast RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 10,000 For more details on different instance types and configurations, refer to the AWS Instance Types documentation. 2. Storage Space The default allocated storage size for our AMI. You may specify the necessary storage size when launching a new instance or change it after deployment. 20 GB (recommended) 3. Ports Configuration To ensure smooth operation of your installation, it’s important to open the appropriate inbound and outbound ports. Below are the recommended port settings, though you may configure them based on your specific security group requirements: Inbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination SSH TCP 22 0.0.0.0/0 HTTP TCP 80 0.0.0.0/0 HTTPS TCP 443 0.0.0.0/0 PostgreSQL TCP 5432 0.0.0.0/0 PostgreSQL TCP 5433 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 8069 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 9090 0.0.0.0/0 Outbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination All traffic All All 0.0.0.0/0 One-Click Installation Odoo 17 Initialization: Overview: This guide will walk you through initializing Odoo 17 on your AWS instance in just one click. The setup process is streamlined using our custom script, designed for ease of use and efficiency. Before starting the script, ensure the minimum requirement is met. Pro Tip: We recommend associating an AWS Elastic IP with your instance before running the setup. This prevents your IP address from changing when the instance is stopped and restarted. Step 1: Access Your AWS Instance 1. Launch Your AWS EC2 Instance: Choose your desired AWS EC2 instance type. (Recommended: t3a.small / t3.small) Once the instance is running, connect to it via SSH. 2. Connect to the Instance: Open your terminal (Mac/Linux) or use an SSH client (e.g., PuTTY for Windows). Run the following SSH command: ssh ec2-user@<your-aws-public-ip> When prompted for the login, enter: [ec2-user@…]$ sudo -i 3. Run the Initialization Script: To initiate the installation, run the following command: [root@…]$ dnf -y update [root@…]$ /usr/local/bin/egl_init.sh.x Note: This script automates the entire installation process. While it runs, ensure your terminal remains active, and do not close the session. The script may take up to 10-20 seconds to complete. The script will random generate new credentials for all the necessity. Step 2: Instance Set Up and Installation 1. Completion Confirmation: Once the installation is finished, you will see a summary on the screen that includes all credentials. 2. Access the Web Interface: Open your web browser and navigate to http://<your-public-ip>:8069 (port 8069) : http://<your-public-ip>:8069 You will be greeted by the welcome screen. 3. Login: Use the credentials provided during the installation process to log in. If login is successful, then you will be able to see the screen below. 4. Disable “Manage Database”: Recommended Step: To DISABLE “Manage Databases” link at login page, you will need to add the line below to Odoo configuration file /etc/odoo/odoo.conf “list_db = False” Go to your instance SSH command prompt and run the following command at root [root@…]$ nano /etc/odoo/odoo.conf Then add the line below to the file and save the file. list_db = False Restart odoo and apache to reflect the changes [root@…]$ sudo systemctl restart odoo [root@…]$ sudo systemctl restart httpd Resources & Reference Below are some valuable resources to assist you with Odoo 17: Official Website: Stay updated with the latest news and releases from Odoo. https://www.odoo.com/ Documentation: Explore the detailed documentation for Odo, covering installation, configuration, and advanced usage. https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/ https://www.odoo.com/documentation/15.0/ https://www.odoo.com/documentation/17.0/ https://www.odoo.com/documentation/18.0/ Community Forum: Join discussions, ask questions, and get community-driven support. https://www.odoo.com/forum Customization & Professional Services: For tailored Odoo solutions, customization, and professional services designed to meet your unique business needs. https://assist.elyxia.uk/contact Release Notes EGL Build 260629.1 29 June 2026 IMPROVED Alma Linux 9 (Latest): AlmaLinux has been updated to the latest version with all critical patches applied, ensuring a stable and secure environment. IMPROVED Hardened Security – Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Comprehensive Package Updates: All system packages and dependencies have been updated to their latest stable versions, ensuring compatibility, reliability, and security IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Optimized performance to ensure faster execution and resource efficiency. EGL Build 260422.1 22 April 2026 IMPROVED Odoo 17: The powerful open-source ERP and business management suite, offering seamless integration of CRM, sales, inventory, and more. IMPROVED Alma Linux 9 (Latest): AlmaLinux has been updated to the latest version with all critical patches applied, ensuring a stable and secure environment. IMPROVED Hardened Security – Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Comprehensive Package Updates: All system packages and dependencies have been updated to their latest stable versions, ensuring compatibility, reliability, and security IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Optimized performance to ensure faster execution and resource efficiency. EGL Build 251027.1 27 October 2025 NEW Odoo 17: The powerful open-source ERP and business management suite, offering seamless integration of CRM, sales, inventory, and more. NEW PostgreSQL 16: A high-performance, open-source relational database system known for its robustness and scalability. NEW Nginx: A lightweight, high-speed web server configured to maximize Zammad responsiveness. IMPROVED Latest AlmaLinux 9: Now running on the latest AlmaLinux 9 with critical patches applied, delivering improved stability, security, and long-term support. IMPROVED Comprehensive Package Updates: All system packages and dependencies have been updated to their latest stable versions, ensuring compatibility, reliability, and security IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Optimized performance to ensure faster execution and resource efficiency. EGL Build 221013.1 13 October 2022 NEW Odoo Community Release 17: The latest version of the powerful open-source ERP and business management suite, offering seamless integration of CRM, sales, inventory, and more. NEW Alma Linux 9: A secure, stable, and performance-driven enterprise-grade operating system, serving as a reliable alternative to CentOS. NEW AWS ENA Support EGL Build 250318.1 18 March 2025 IMPROVED System Updates: AlmaLinux has been updated to the latest version with all critical patches applied. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Optimized performance to ensure faster execution and resource efficiency. FIXED Bug Fixes: Addressed user-reported issues to improve usability and reliability. EGL Build 241212.1 12 December 2024 NEW Bind 9.16 IMPROVED Latest stable Alma Linux 9 IMPROVED Latest stable Odoo 17 FIXED Other minor issues
Odoo 18 This article is released for AWS solution(s), Odoo Community 18 Odoo revolutionizes enterprise resource planning with its extensive range of business applications designed to cater to all your business needs. From CRM and sales to inventory and accounting, Odoo offers an integrated suite of applications that work together seamlessly to streamline your operations. Pre-bundled with this AMI: Odoo 18: The latest version of the powerful open-source ERP and business management suite, offering seamless integration of CRM, sales, inventory, and more. Alma Linux 9: A secure, stable, and performance-driven enterprise-grade operating system, serving as a reliable alternative to CentOS. PostgreSQL 16: A high-performance, open-source relational database system known for its robustness and scalability. Python 3.11: Versatile scripting languages powering automation, data processing, and web applications. NGINX: A lightweight, high-speed web server configured to maximize Zammad responsiveness. Firewalld: A comprehensive firewall management tool that ensures secure network configurations and controlled access. Articles Requirement One-Click Installation Resources & Reference Release Notes Requirement Instance Configuration Requirements Overview: When setting up your AWS instance, you’ll need to configure a few key options. Here’s a detailed guide on the recommended configurations and selections. 1. Instance Type For optimal performance, we recommend using the following instance types: t3a.small or t3.small (recommended) – 2 virtual CPUs and 2 GB memory. However, you can choose an instance type based on your specific workload and traffic needs. Here’s a quick reference table to help you decide: CPU/Memory Database Monitored Hosts 1 CPU core / 1 GB MySQL InnoDB 100 2 CPU cores / 2 GB MySQL InnoDB 500 4 CPU cores / 8 GB RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 1,000 8 CPU cores / 16 GB Fast RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 10,000 For more details on different instance types and configurations, refer to the AWS Instance Types documentation. 2. Storage Space The default allocated storage size for our AMI. You may specify the necessary storage size when launching a new instance or change it after deployment. 20 GB (recommended) 3. Ports Configuration To ensure smooth operation of your installation, it’s important to open the appropriate inbound and outbound ports. Below are the recommended port settings, though you may configure them based on your specific security group requirements: Inbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination SSH TCP 22 0.0.0.0/0 HTTP TCP 80 0.0.0.0/0 HTTPS TCP 443 0.0.0.0/0 PostgreSQL TCP 5432 0.0.0.0/0 PostgreSQL TCP 5433 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 8069 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 9090 0.0.0.0/0 Outbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination All traffic All All 0.0.0.0/0 One-Click Installation Odoo 18 Initialization: Overview: This guide will walk you through initializing Odoo 18 on your AWS instance in just one click. The setup process is streamlined using our custom script, designed for ease of use and efficiency. Before starting the script, ensure the minimum requirement is met. Pro Tip: We recommend associating an AWS Elastic IP with your instance before running the setup. This prevents your IP address from changing when the instance is stopped and restarted. Step 1: Access Your AWS Instance 1. Launch Your AWS EC2 Instance: Choose your desired AWS EC2 instance type. (Recommended: t3a.small / t3.small) Once the instance is running, connect to it via SSH. 2. Connect to the Instance: Open your terminal (Mac/Linux) or use an SSH client (e.g., PuTTY for Windows). Run the following SSH command: ssh ec2-user@<your-aws-public-ip> When prompted for the login, enter: [ec2-user@…]$ sudo -i 3. Run the Initialization Script: To initiate the installation, run the following command: [root@…]$ dnf -y update [root@…]$ /usr/local/bin/egl_init.sh.x Note: This script automates the entire installation process. While it runs, ensure your terminal remains active, and do not close the session. The script may take up to 10-20 seconds to complete. The script will random generate new credentials for all the necessity. Step 2: Instance Set Up and Installation 1. Completion Confirmation: Once the installation is finished, you will see a summary on the screen that includes all credentials. 2. Access the Web Interface: Open your web browser and navigate to http://<your-public-ip>:8069 (port 8069) : http://<your-public-ip>:8069 You will be greeted by the welcome screen. 3. Login: Use the credentials provided during the installation process to log in. If login is successful, then you will be able to see the screen below. 4. Disable “Manage Database”: Recommended Step: To DISABLE “Manage Databases” link at login page, you will need to add the line below to Odoo configuration file /etc/odoo/odoo.conf “list_db = False” Go to your instance SSH command prompt and run the following command at root [root@…]$ nano /etc/odoo/odoo.conf Then add the line below to the file and save the file. list_db = False Restart odoo and apache to reflect the changes [root@…]$ sudo systemctl restart odoo [root@…]$ sudo systemctl restart nginx Resources & Reference Below are some valuable resources to assist you with Odoo: Official Website: Stay updated with the latest news and releases from Odoo. https://www.odoo.com/ Documentation: Explore the detailed documentation for Odo, covering installation, configuration, and advanced usage. https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/ https://www.odoo.com/documentation/15.0/ https://www.odoo.com/documentation/17.0/ https://www.odoo.com/documentation/18.0/ Community Forum: Join discussions, ask questions, and get community-driven support. https://www.odoo.com/forum Customization & Professional Services: For tailored Odoo solutions, customization, and professional services designed to meet your unique business needs. https://assist.elyxia.uk/contact Release Notes EGL Build 260629.1 29 June 2026 IMPROVED Alma Linux 9: A secure, stable, and performance-driven enterprise-grade operating system, serving as a reliable alternative to CentOS. IMPROVED Hardened Security – Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Package Updates: All packages have been updated to the most recent stable versions, ensuring improved compatibility and reliability. EGL Build 260421.1 21 April 2026 IMPROVED Odoo Community Release 18: The latest version of the powerful open-source ERP and business management suite, offering seamless integration of CRM, sales, inventory, and more. IMPROVED Alma Linux 9: A secure, stable, and performance-driven enterprise-grade operating system, serving as a reliable alternative to CentOS. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Optimized performance to ensure faster execution and resource efficiency. IMPROVED Hardened Security – Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Package Updates: All packages have been updated to the most recent stable versions, ensuring improved compatibility and reliability. EGL Build 2510310.1 30 October 2025 NEW Odoo Community Release 18: The latest version of the powerful open-source ERP and business management suite, offering seamless integration of CRM, sales, inventory, and more. NEW Alma Linux 9: A secure, stable, and performance-driven enterprise-grade operating system, serving as a reliable alternative to CentOS. NEW PostgreSQL 16: A high-performance, open-source relational database system known for its robustness and scalability. NEW Python 3.11: Versatile scripting languages powering automation, data processing, and web applications. NEW NGINX – A lightweight, high-speed web server configured to maximize responsiveness. NEW Firewalld: A comprehensive firewall management tool that ensures secure network configurations and controlled access.
Odoo 19 This article is released for AWS solution(s), Odoo Community 19 Odoo revolutionizes enterprise resource planning with its extensive range of business applications designed to cater to all your business needs. From CRM and sales to inventory and accounting, Odoo offers an integrated suite of applications that work together seamlessly to streamline your operations. Pre-bundled with this AMI: Odoo 19: The latest version of the powerful open-source ERP and business management suite, offering seamless integration of CRM, sales, inventory, and more. Alma Linux 9: A secure, stable, and performance-driven enterprise-grade operating system, serving as a reliable alternative to CentOS. PostgreSQL 16: A high-performance, open-source relational database system known for its robustness and scalability. Python 3.11: Versatile scripting languages powering automation, data processing, and web applications. NGINX – A lightweight, high-speed web server configured to maximize Zammad responsiveness. Firewalld: A comprehensive firewall management tool that ensures secure network configurations and controlled access. Articles Requirement One-Click Installation Resources & Reference Release Notes Requirement Instance Configuration Requirements Overview: When setting up your AWS instance, you’ll need to configure a few key options. Here’s a detailed guide on the recommended configurations and selections. 1. Instance Type For optimal performance, we recommend using the following instance types: t3a.small or t3.small (recommended) – 2 virtual CPUs and 2 GB memory. However, you can choose an instance type based on your specific workload and traffic needs. Here’s a quick reference table to help you decide: CPU/Memory Database Monitored Hosts 1 CPU core / 1 GB MySQL InnoDB 100 2 CPU cores / 2 GB MySQL InnoDB 500 4 CPU cores / 8 GB RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 1,000 8 CPU cores / 16 GB Fast RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 10,000 For more details on different instance types and configurations, refer to the AWS Instance Types documentation. 2. Storage Space The default allocated storage size for our AMI. You may specify the necessary storage size when launching a new instance or change it after deployment. 20 GB (recommended) 3. Ports Configuration To ensure smooth operation of your installation, it’s important to open the appropriate inbound and outbound ports. Below are the recommended port settings, though you may configure them based on your specific security group requirements: Inbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination SSH TCP 22 0.0.0.0/0 HTTP TCP 80 0.0.0.0/0 HTTPS TCP 443 0.0.0.0/0 PostgreSQL TCP 5432 0.0.0.0/0 PostgreSQL TCP 5433 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 8069 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 9090 0.0.0.0/0 Outbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination All traffic All All 0.0.0.0/0 One-Click Installation Odoo 19 Initialization: Overview: This guide will walk you through initializing Odoo 19 on your AWS instance in just one click. The setup process is streamlined using our custom script, designed for ease of use and efficiency. Before starting the script, ensure the minimum requirement is met. Pro Tip: We recommend associating an AWS Elastic IP with your instance before running the setup. This prevents your IP address from changing when the instance is stopped and restarted. Step 1: Access Your AWS Instance 1. Launch Your AWS EC2 Instance: Choose your desired AWS EC2 instance type. (Recommended: t3a.small / t3.small) Once the instance is running, connect to it via SSH. 2. Connect to the Instance: Open your terminal (Mac/Linux) or use an SSH client (e.g., PuTTY for Windows). Run the following SSH command: ssh ec2-user@<your-aws-public-ip> When prompted for the login, enter: [ec2-user@…]$ sudo -i 3. Run the Initialization Script: To initiate the installation, run the following command: [root@…]$ dnf -y update [root@…]$ /usr/local/bin/egl_init.sh.x Note: This script automates the entire installation process. While it runs, ensure your terminal remains active, and do not close the session. The script may take up to 10-20 seconds to complete. The script will random generate new credentials for all the necessity. Step 2: Instance Set Up and Installation 1. Completion Confirmation: Once the installation is finished, you will see a summary on the screen that includes all credentials. 2. Access the Web Interface: Open your web browser and navigate to http://<your-public-ip>:8069 (port 8069) : http://<your-public-ip>:8069 You will be greeted by the welcome screen. 3. Login: Use the credentials provided during the installation process to log in. If login is successful, then you will be able to see the screen below. 4. Disable “Manage Database”: Recommended Step: To DISABLE “Manage Databases” link at login page, you will need to add the line below to Odoo configuration file /etc/odoo/odoo.conf “list_db = False” Go to your instance SSH command prompt and run the following command at root [root@…]$ nano /etc/odoo/odoo.conf Then add the line below to the file and save the file. list_db = False Restart odoo and apache to reflect the changes [root@…]$ sudo systemctl restart odoo [root@…]$ sudo systemctl restart nginx Resources & Reference Below are some valuable resources to assist you with Odoo: Official Website: Stay updated with the latest news and releases from Odoo. https://www.odoo.com/ Documentation: Explore the detailed documentation for Odo, covering installation, configuration, and advanced usage. https://www.odoo.com/documentation/14.0/ https://www.odoo.com/documentation/15.0/ https://www.odoo.com/documentation/17.0/ https://www.odoo.com/documentation/18.0/ https://www.odoo.com/documentation/19.0/ Community Forum: Join discussions, ask questions, and get community-driven support. https://www.odoo.com/forum Customization & Professional Services: For tailored Odoo solutions, customization, and professional services designed to meet your unique business needs. https://assist.elyxia.uk/contact Release Notes EGL Build 260629.1 29 June 2026 IMPROVED Latest AlmaLinux 9: Now running on the latest AlmaLinux 9 with critical patches applied, delivering improved stability, security, and long-term support. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Optimized performance to ensure faster execution and resource efficiency. IMPROVED Hardened Security – Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Comprehensive Package Updates: All system packages and dependencies have been updated to their latest stable versions, ensuring compatibility, reliability, and security. EGL Build 260421.1 21 April 2026 IMPROVED Odoo 19 – Latest version of the powerful open-source ERP and business management suite, offering seamless integration of CRM, sales, inventory, and more. IMPROVED Latest AlmaLinux 9: Now running on the latest AlmaLinux 9 with critical patches applied, delivering improved stability, security, and long-term support. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Optimized performance to ensure faster execution and resource efficiency. IMPROVED Hardened Security – Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Comprehensive Package Updates: All system packages and dependencies have been updated to their latest stable versions, ensuring compatibility, reliability, and security. EGL Build 241212.1 12 December 2024 NEW Added new version Odoo 17 IMPROVED Latest stable Alma Linux 9 IMPROVED Bind 9.16 FIXED Other minor issues EGL Build 220830.1 30 August 2022 IMPROVED Latest Alma Linux OS FIXED Other minor issues EGL Build 220724.1 24 July 2022 IMPROVED Latest Alma Linux OS IMPROVED Added new security feature FIXED Security issue – CVE-2021-3177 EGL Build 211218.1 18 December 2021 IMPROVED Latest Alma Linux OS IMPROVED Latest Odoo 14 IMPROVED Enhanced Security and Protection FIXED Security issue – CVE-2021-43527 EGL Build 210126.1 26 January 2021 NEW AWS initial release. NEW AWS ENA-support
OrangeHRM 5 This article is released for AWS solution(s), OrangeHRM 5.7 Alma Linux OrangeHRM: Comprehensive & Scalable HR Management Solution OrangeHRM is a powerful, open-source Human Resource Management (HRM) system designed to streamline HR processes, enhance workforce management, and improve organizational efficiency. With an intuitive user interface, robust employee self-service capabilities, and extensive HR modules—including recruitment, performance management, and time tracking—OrangeHRM empowers businesses of all sizes to manage their HR operations effectively. Elyxia Global Limited offers a pre-configured and security-hardened Amazon Machine Image (AMI) powered by AlmaLinux, delivering a stable and optimized environment for seamless OrangeHRM deployment. This ready-to-use solution simplifies setup, enhances security, and ensures high performance. Transparent pricing guarantees full cost clarity with no hidden fees. Deploy with confidence and manage your workforce efficiently with OrangeHRM on a high-performance, enterprise-grade infrastructure. Pre-bundled with this AMI are: OrangeHRM 5.7 – A feature-rich HR management solution with modules for employee management, payroll, leave tracking, and more. AlmaLinux 9+ – A secure, enterprise-ready Linux distribution providing a stable foundation for business applications. MariaDB 11.4 – A high-performance database system ensuring reliable and scalable data management. Apache Web Server – A widely used, flexible, and powerful web server optimized for business applications. PHP 8.2 – A modern and secure scripting language optimized for speed and performance. Firewalld – A robust firewall management tool for enhanced network security. Cockpit – A web-based server manager for real-time monitoring and simplified server administration. phpMyAdmin – A user-friendly, web-based database administration tool for managing MariaDB databases efficiently. 🚀 Simplify your HR processes and enhance productivity with OrangeHRM on a secure, high-performance infrastructure! Articles Requirement One-Click Installation Associating Your Domain Services & Management Resources & Reference Release Notes Requirement Instance Configuration Requirements Overview: When setting up your AWS instance, you’ll need to configure a few key options. Here’s a detailed guide on the recommended configurations and selections. 1. Instance Type For optimal performance, we recommend using the following instance types: t3a.small – 2 virtual CPUs and 2 GB memory. t3.small – 2 virtual CPUs and 2 GB memory. However, you can choose an instance type based on your specific workload and traffic needs. Here’s a quick reference table to help you decide: CPU/Memory Database Monitored Hosts 1 CPU core / 1 GB MySQL InnoDB 100 2 CPU cores / 2 GB MySQL InnoDB 500 4 CPU cores / 8 GB RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 1,000 8 CPU cores / 16 GB Fast RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 10,000 For more details on different instance types and configurations, refer to the AWS Instance Types documentation. 2. Storage Space The default allocated storage size for our AMI. You may specify the necessary storage size when launching a new instance or change it after deployment. 20 GB (recommended) 3. Ports Configuration To ensure smooth operation of your installation, it’s important to open the appropriate inbound and outbound ports. Below are the recommended port settings, though you may configure them based on your specific security group requirements: Inbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination SSH TCP 22 0.0.0.0/0 HTTP TCP 80 0.0.0.0/0 HTTPS TCP 443 0.0.0.0/0 MySQL/MariaDB TCP 3306 0.0.0.0/0 CUSTOM TCP 9090 0.0.0.0/0 (Optional, you may use external relay) SMTP TCP 587 0.0.0.0/0 SMTPS TCP 465 0.0.0.0/0 POP3 TCP 110 0.0.0.0/0 POP3S TCP 995 0.0.0.0/0 IMAP TCP 143 0.0.0.0/0 IMAPS TCP 993 0.0.0.0/0 Outbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination All traffic All All 0.0.0.0/0 One-Click Installation OrangeHRM Initialization: Overview: This guide will walk you through initializing OrangeHRM on your AWS instance in just one click. The setup process is streamlined using our custom script, designed for ease of use and efficiency. Before starting the script, ensure the minimum requirement is met. Pro Tip: We recommend associating an AWS Elastic IP with your instance before running the setup. This prevents your IP address from changing when the instance is stopped and restarted. Step 1: Access Your AWS Instance 1. Launch Your AWS EC2 Instance: Choose your desired AWS EC2 instance type. (Recommended: t3a.small / t3.small) Once the instance is running, connect to it via SSH. 2. Connect to the Instance: Open your terminal (Mac/Linux) or use an SSH client (e.g., PuTTY for Windows). Run the following SSH command: ssh ec2-user@<your-aws-public-ip> When prompted for the login, enter: [ec2-user@…]$ sudo -i 3. Run the Initialization Script: To initiate the installation, run the following command: [root@…]$ dnf -y update [root@…]$ /usr/local/bin/egl_init.sh.x Note: This script automates the entire installation process. While it runs, ensure your terminal remains active, and do not close the session. The script may take up to 10-20 seconds to complete. The script will random generate new credentials for all the necessity. Step 2: Instance Set Up and Installation 1. Completion Confirmation: Once the installation is finished, you will see a summary on the screen that includes all credentials. 2. Access the Web Interface: Open your web browser and navigate to http://<your-public-ip> : http://<your-public-ip> You will be greeted by the welcome screen. Step 3: Finalizing Installation 1. Welcome: Click Next to start. (click to enlarge) 2. License Acceptance: Check the “I accept …” box to agree to the terms and click Next to proceed. 3. Database Configuration: Select “Existing empty database” as our initialization script already created the database for you. Get the database credentials from the summary of initialization script earlier and fill up the configuration as below. Server: localhost Port: 3306 Username: dbadmin Password: (the root credential generated in Step 1) Database: orangehrmdb Check the “Enable Data Encryption“ Once done, press ‘Next‘. 4. System Check: You shall see all requirement are ticked as we have pre-configured the instance for you. Click “Next” to go to next step. 5. Instance Creation: Fill up all fields accordingly as per your business needs. Click “Next” to proceed when done. 6. Admin User Creation: Fill up all fields accordingly as per your business needs. Take note of the Admin username and password as you will use them to log into Admin Panel. 7. Confirmation: Confirm all details on this screen. Click “Back” to edit them otherwise click “Install“. 8. Installation: If everything goes well, you will the progress bar reaching 100% as shown. Click Next. 9. Installation Complete: Once the installation is complete, you will see the final “Congratulations” screen as shown. Click “Launch OrangeHRM” to proceed to login. 10. OrangeHRM Dashboard: Use the Admin credentials you created earlier to login and OrangeHRM panel will be waiting for you. Important Notes: Mail Sending Blockage: AWS may have email-sending restrictions in place by default. Before using the instance for email sending, submit a request to AWS to lift the restriction on outbound email traffic. Associating Your Domain Associate Your Domain with OrangeHRM To associate your domain with the application and the AWS IP address, you will need to edit the following files; File 1: /etc/httpd/sites-available/orangehrm.conf Log on via SSH, $ ec2-user $ sudo -i $ nano /etc/httpd/sites-available/orangehrm.conf then modify these lines with your domain. Replace yourdomain.com with your domain name; and RewriteRule http to https <VirtualHost *:80> ServerName yourdomain.com ServerAlias www.yourdomain.com DocumentRoot /var/www/orangehrm RewriteEngine on RewriteCond %{SERVER_NAME} =www.yourdomain.com [OR] RewriteCond %{SERVER_NAME} =yourdomain.com RewriteRule ^ http://%{SERVER_NAME}%{REQUEST_URI} [END,NE,R=permanent] <Directory /var/www/orangehrm> AllowOverride All Order allow,deny allow from all </Directory> </VirtualHost> <VirtualHost *:443> ServerName yourdomain.com ServerAlias www.yourdomain.com DocumentRoot /var/www/orangehrm RewriteEngine on RewriteCond %{SERVER_NAME} =www.yourdomain.com [OR] RewriteCond %{SERVER_NAME} =yourdomain.com RewriteRule ^ https://%{SERVER_NAME}%{REQUEST_URI} [END,NE,R=permanent] <Directory /var/www/orangehrm> AllowOverride All Order allow,deny allow from all </Directory> </VirtualHost> Services & Management This section provides comprehensive instructions on managing the deployed application/image and its services. It covers essential tasks such as starting and stopping instances, managing key services like Cockpit, PGAdmin4, and SSL, and resolving common issues. Managing Cockpit Cockpit (https://cockpit-project.org/) is a web-based graphical interface for servers management and administration. This particular AMI is pre-installed with Cockpit to ease administration. To start using Cockpit, follow the steps below. Step 1: Get the Cockpit credentials output from execution of “usr/local/bin/egl_init.sh.x” Step 2: Go to http://<your-public-ip>:9090/ and enter the credentials. Step 3: You may see “limited access” and may be prompted to authenticate. Click “Turn on administrative access“, key in once again the credential from Step 1. Uploading File with Cockpit Step 1: Login to Cockpit. Step 2: Go to “navigator“. Step 3: To upload files to server using Cockpit, simply navigate to your path and just drag-and-drop into the folder. Managing phpMyAdmin phpMyAdmin (https://www.phpmyadmin.net/) is a web-based graphical interface for database management and administration for MySQL and MariaDB. This particular AMI is pre-installed with phpMyAdmin to ease administration. To start using phpMyAdmin, follow the steps below. Step 1: Get the credentials output from execution of “usr/local/bin/egl_init.sh.x” Step 2: Go to http://<your-public-ip>/phpMyAdmin and enter the credentials. Resources & Reference Here are some helpful resources to assist you with OrangeHRM 5.7 on Alma Linux. Official Website: Stay updated with the latest news and releases. https://www.orangehrm.com/ Documentation: Explore the detailed documentation, covering installation, configuration, and advanced usage. https://help.orangehrm.com/hc/en-us Community Forum: Join discussions, ask questions, and get community-driven support. https://forum.orangehrm.com/ Professional Migration, Workflow And Automation Services: For tailored solutions, automation workflow and professional migration services designed to meet your unique business needs. https://assist.elyxia.uk/contact Release Notes EGL Build 260629.1 29 June 2026 IMPROVED Latest AlmaLinux 9: latest AlmaLinux 9 with critical patches applied, delivering improved stability, security, and long-term support. IMPROVED Hardened Security: Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Comprehensive Package Updates: All system packages and dependencies have been updated to their latest stable versions, ensuring compatibility, reliability, and security. EGL Build 260421.1 21 April 2026 IMPROVED Latest AlmaLinux 9: latest AlmaLinux 9 with critical patches applied, delivering improved stability, security, and long-term support. IMPROVED Hardened Security: Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Fine-tuned system configurations to enhance speed, responsiveness, and resource efficiency. IMPROVED Comprehensive Package Updates: All system packages and dependencies have been updated to their latest stable versions, ensuring compatibility, reliability, and security. EGL Build 251023.1 23 October 2025 IMPROVED Latest AlmaLinux 9: Now running on the latest AlmaLinux 9 with critical patches applied, delivering improved stability, security, and long-term support. IMPROVED Upgraded to OrangeHRM 5.7: Seamlessly upgraded to the latest stable version, ensuring compatibility with new features, performance improvements, and security enhancements. IMPROVED Hardened Security: Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Fine-tuned system configurations to enhance speed, responsiveness, and resource efficiency. IMPROVED Comprehensive Package Updates: All system packages and dependencies have been updated to their latest stable versions, ensuring compatibility, reliability, and security. EGL Build 250327.1 27 March 2025 NEW Added phpMyAdmin NEW Added Cockpit IMPROVED Latest Alma Linux OS IMPROVED Upgraded to OrangeHRM 5.7 IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Fine-tuned system configurations to enhance speed, responsiveness, and resource efficiency. IMPROVED Hardened Security: Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. FIXED Bug Fixes & Stability Enhancements: Resolved user-reported issues and fine-tuned configurations to improve overall usability and stability. EGL Build 240406.1 6 April 2024 NEW Added phpMyAdmin NEW Added Firewalld IMPROVED Latest Alma Linux OS IMPROVED Latest OrangeHRM IMPROVED Upgraded to PHP 8.2 IMPROVED Enhanced Security and Protection EGL Build 221001.1 1 October 2022 NEW AWS initial release. NEW AWS ENA-support
Opencart 4 This article is released for AWS solution, OpenCart 4 with Alma Linux OpenCart: Scalable & Feature-Rich eCommerce Solution OpenCart is a powerful, open-source eCommerce platform designed to simplify online store management and enhance business growth. With an intuitive admin interface, extensive marketplace integrations, and a vast library of extensions, OpenCart enables businesses to build and scale their online presence effortlessly. It supports multiple stores, languages, and currencies, making it an ideal choice for global eCommerce operations. Elyxia Global Limited offers a pre-configured and security-hardened Amazon Machine Image (AMI) powered by AlmaLinux, providing a stable and optimized environment for seamless OpenCart deployment. This ready-to-use solution ensures a hassle-free setup, reducing deployment complexity while maximizing performance and security. Transparent pricing guarantees full cost clarity with no hidden fees. Deploy with confidence and launch your eCommerce store on a high-performance, enterprise-grade infrastructure with OpenCart. Pre-Bundled with the AMI: OpenCart 4.0.1 – A powerful, open-source eCommerce solution with multi-store support and extensive customization options. VQMod – A powerful override system for OpenCart that allows modifications without altering core files, ensuring seamless updates and improved maintainability. AlmaLinux 9 – A secure, enterprise-ready Linux distribution offering a stable and robust foundation for web applications. MariaDB 10.11 – A high-performance database system ensuring reliable and scalable data management. Apache Web Server – A widely used, flexible, and powerful web server optimized for eCommerce applications. PHP 8.1 – A modern and secure scripting language optimized for speed and performance. Firewalld – A robust firewall management tool ensuring enhanced network security. Cockpit – A web-based server manager for real-time monitoring and simplified server administration. 🚀 Launch your online store today with OpenCart on a secure, high-performance infrastructure! Articles Requirement One-Click Installation Services & Management Resources & Reference Release Notes Requirement Instance Configuration Requirements Overview: When setting up your AWS instance, you’ll need to configure a few key options. Here’s a detailed guide on the recommended configurations and selections. 1. Instance Type For optimal performance, we recommend using the following instance types: t3a.small – 2 virtual CPUs and 2 GB memory. t3.small – 2 virtual CPUs and 2 GB memory. However, you can choose an instance type based on your specific workload and traffic needs. Here’s a quick reference table to help you decide: CPU/Memory Database Monitored Hosts 1 CPU core / 1 GB MySQL InnoDB 100 2 CPU cores / 2 GB MySQL InnoDB 500 4 CPU cores / 8 GB RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 1,000 8 CPU cores / 16 GB Fast RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 10,000 For more details on different instance types and configurations, refer to the AWS Instance Types documentation. 2. Storage Space The default allocated storage size for our AMI. You may specify the necessary storage size when launching a new instance or change it after deployment. 20 GB (recommended) 3. Ports Configuration To ensure smooth operation of your installation, it’s important to open the appropriate inbound and outbound ports. Below are the recommended port settings, though you may configure them based on your specific security group requirements: Inbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination SSH TCP 22 0.0.0.0/0 HTTP TCP 80 0.0.0.0/0 HTTPS TCP 443 0.0.0.0/0 MySQL/MariaDB TCP 3306 0.0.0.0/0 CUSTOM TCP 9090 0.0.0.0/0 Outbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination All traffic All All 0.0.0.0/0 One-Click Installation OpenCart Initialization: Overview: This guide will walk you through initializing OpenCart on your AWS instance in just one click. The setup process is streamlined using our custom script, designed for ease of use and efficiency. Before starting the script, ensure the minimum requirement is met. Pro Tip: We recommend associating an AWS Elastic IP with your instance before running the setup. This prevents your IP address from changing when the instance is stopped and restarted. Step 1: Access Your AWS Instance 1. Launch Your AWS EC2 Instance: Choose your desired AWS EC2 instance type. (Recommended: t3a.small / t3.small) Once the instance is running, connect to it via SSH. 2. Connect to the Instance: Open your terminal (Mac/Linux) or use an SSH client (e.g., PuTTY for Windows). Run the following SSH command: ssh ec2-user@<your-aws-public-ip> When prompted for the login, enter: [ec2-user@…]$ sudo -i 3. Run the Initialization Script: To initiate the installation, run the following command: [root@…]$ dnf -y update [root@…]$ /usr/local/bin/egl_init.sh.x Note: This script automates the entire installation process. While it runs, ensure your terminal remains active, and do not close the session. The script may take up to 10-20 seconds to complete. The script will random generate new credentials for all the necessity. Step 2: Instance Set Up and Installation 1. Completion Confirmation: Once the installation is finished, you will see a summary on the screen that includes all credentials. 2. Access the Web Interface: Open your web browser and navigate to http://<your-public-ip> : http://<your-public-ip> You will be greeted by the welcome screen. Step 3: Finalizing Installation 1. Welcome: Click Continue to agree and start the setup. 2. Pre-Installation: The installer will auto-detect all the requirement is met. You shall see all requirement are ticked as pre-configured the instance for you. Click “Continue” to go to next step. 3. Database Configuration: Get the database credentials from the summary of initialization script earlier and fill up the database settings, as below. Section 1: Database Details DB Driver: MySQLi Hostname: localhost Username: (the DB username generated in Step 1) Password: (the DB credential generated in Step 1) Database: opencartdb Prefix: (anything, you may leave it as it is) Port: 3306 Section 2: Administration Username: (anything, this will be admin login username) Password: (anything, this will be admin login password) Email: opencartdb Once done, press ‘Continue‘. 4. Installation Complete: Congratulation! OpenCart application is installed on your server. Next, we need to clean up and tighten the security of your installation. Once the setup is complete, you will see the final “Congratulations” screen as below. Step 4: Post Installation – Recommended by OpenCart According to OpenCart’s security recommendations, the following additional steps are essential to harden your OpenCart installation: ✅ Set correct file and folder permissions to prevent unauthorized access. ✅ Remove the ‘install’ folder to eliminate potential security risks. ✅ Update all configuration files to reflect the changes. No need to worry—we’ve got you covered! 🎯 Our automated installation script already perform all these actions exactly as recommended by OpenCart. Once the script is done running, you may proceed to login. Enter the username and password you set in Step 4 and press “Login“. http://<your-public-ip>/admin Important Notes: Mail Sending Blockage: AWS may have email-sending restrictions in place by default. Before using the instance for email sending, submit a request to AWS to lift the restriction on outbound email traffic. Services & Management This section provides comprehensive instructions on managing the deployed application/image and its services. It covers essential tasks such as starting and stopping instances, managing key services like Cockpit, PGAdmin4, and SSL, and resolving common issues. Managing Cockpit Cockpit (https://cockpit-project.org/) is a web-based graphical interface for servers management and administration. This particular AMI is pre-installed with Cockpit to ease administration. To start using Cockpit, follow the steps below. Step 1: Get the Cockpit credentials output from execution of “usr/local/bin/egl_init.sh.x” Step 2: Go to http://<your-public-ip>:9090/ and enter the credentials. Step 3: You may see “limited access” and may be prompted to authenticate. Click “Turn on administrative access“, key in once again the credential from Step 1. Uploading File with Cockpit Step 1: Login to Cockpit. Step 2: Go to “navigator“. Step 3: To upload files to server using Cockpit, simply navigate to your path and just drag-and-drop into the folder. Resources & Reference Here are some helpful resources to assist you with OpenCart 4.x with Alma Linux 9, Official Website: Stay updated with the latest news and releases. https://www.opencart.com/ Documentation: Explore the detailed documentation, covering installation, configuration, and advanced usage. http://docs.opencart.com/en-gb/introduction/ Community Forum: Join discussions, ask questions, and get community-driven support. https://forum.opencart.com/ Professional Migration, Workflow And Automation Services: For tailored solutions, automation workflow and professional migration services designed to meet your unique business needs. https://assist.elyxia.uk/contact Release Notes EGL Build 260629.1 29 June 2026 IMPROVED Latest AlmaLinux 9: Now running on the latest AlmaLinux 9 with critical patches applied, delivering improved stability, security, and long-term support. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Fine-tuned system configurations to enhance speed, responsiveness, and resource efficiency. IMPROVED Comprehensive Package Updates: All system packages and dependencies have been updated to their latest stable versions, ensuring compatibility, reliability, and security. EGL Build 260421.1 21 April 2026 IMPROVED Latest AlmaLinux 9: Now running on the latest AlmaLinux 9 with critical patches applied, delivering improved stability, security, and long-term support. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Fine-tuned system configurations to enhance speed, responsiveness, and resource efficiency. IMPROVED Comprehensive Package Updates: All system packages and dependencies have been updated to their latest stable versions, ensuring compatibility, reliability, and security. EGL Build 251025.2 25 October 2025 NEW Upgraded to OpenCart 4.1: Seamlessly upgraded to the latest stable release, ensuring compatibility with the latest features and security enhancements. IMPROVED Latest AlmaLinux 9: Now running on the latest AlmaLinux 9 with critical patches applied, delivering improved stability, security, and long-term support. IMPROVED MariaSB upgraded to 11.15: Updated for improved performance, enhanced scalability, and advanced database functionalities. IMPROVED Hardened Security: Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Fine-tuned system configurations to enhance speed, responsiveness, and resource efficiency. IMPROVED Comprehensive Package Updates: All system packages and dependencies have been updated to their latest stable versions, ensuring compatibility, reliability, and security. EGL Build 250326.1 26 March 2025 IMPROVED Latest Alma Linux OS IMPROVED Hardened Security: Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Fine-tuned system configurations to enhance speed, responsiveness, and resource efficiency. FIXED Bug Fixes & Stability Enhancements: Resolved user-reported issues and fine-tuned configurations to improve overall usability and stability. EGL Build 240627.1 27 June 2024 IMPROVED Latest Alma Linux OS IMPROVED Latest Opencart FIXED VQMod 2.6.6 bug, \"self\" deprecated issue. EGL Build 211218.1 18 December 2021 IMPROVED AlmaLinux OS to Latest IMPROVED Upgrade OpenCart to latest FIXED ASCII characters output instead credentials EGL Build 240625.5o 25 June 2024 NEW AWS initial release. NEW AWS ENA-support
UVDesk This article is released for AWS solution(s), UVDesk with Alma Linux UVDesk: Enterprise-Grade Helpdesk Solution UVDesk is a powerful, open-source, and SaaS-based helpdesk solution designed to streamline customer support and enhance service efficiency. It seamlessly integrates with leading marketplaces such as Amazon, eBay, Etsy, Flipkart, Magento, Prestashop, and Shopify, allowing businesses to manage customer inquiries from a unified dashboard. Elyxia Global Limited offers a pre-configured and security-hardened Amazon Machine Image (AMI) powered by AlmaLinux, a stable and trusted enterprise-grade platform. This ready-to-deploy solution ensures a seamless setup with a fully optimized stack, minimizing deployment time and maximizing operational efficiency. All additional charges are transparently outlined in the pricing section, providing complete cost clarity. Deploy with confidence and elevate your customer support experience with UVDesk on a secure, high-performance infrastructure. Pre-bundled with the AMI: UVDesk 1.18: An powerful, open-source, and SaaS-based helpdesk solution designed to streamline customer support and enhance service efficiency. AlmaLinux 9: A secure and enterprise-ready Linux distribution, providing a stable and robust foundation for hosting applications. MariaDB 11.5: A high-performance, open-source database management system, ensuring reliable and scalable data handling. Apache Web Server: A widely-used, powerful web server known for its flexibility and performance in delivering applications. PHP 8.2: A modern scripting language offering improved speed and security, essential for powering dynamic web applications. phpMyAdmin: A web-based administration tool for managing MariaDB databases, making database management simple and efficient. Firewalld: A comprehensive tool for managing firewall configurations and enhancing network security. Articles Requirement One-Click Installation Services & Management Resources & Reference Release Notes Requirement Instance Configuration Requirements Overview: When setting up your AWS instance, you’ll need to configure a few key options. Here’s a detailed guide on the recommended configurations and selections. 1. Instance Type For optimal performance, we recommend using the following instance types: t3a.small – 2 virtual CPUs and 2 GB memory. t3.small – 2 virtual CPUs and 2 GB memory. However, you can choose an instance type based on your specific workload and traffic needs. Here’s a quick reference table to help you decide: CPU/Memory Database Monitored Hosts 1 CPU core / 1 GB MySQL InnoDB 100 2 CPU cores / 2 GB MySQL InnoDB 500 4 CPU cores / 8 GB RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 1,000 8 CPU cores / 16 GB Fast RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 10,000 For more details on different instance types and configurations, refer to the AWS Instance Types documentation. 2. Storage Space The default allocated storage size for our AMI. You may specify the necessary storage size when launching a new instance or change it after deployment. 20 GB (recommended) 3. Ports Configuration To ensure smooth operation of your installation, it’s important to open the appropriate inbound and outbound ports. Below are the recommended port settings, though you may configure them based on your specific security group requirements: Inbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination SSH TCP 22 0.0.0.0/0 HTTP TCP 80 0.0.0.0/0 HTTPS TCP 443 0.0.0.0/0 MySQL/MariaDB TCP 3306 0.0.0.0/0 CUSTOM TCP 9090 0.0.0.0/0 (Optional, you may use external relay) SMTP TCP 587 0.0.0.0/0 SMTPS TCP 465 0.0.0.0/0 POP3 TCP 110 0.0.0.0/0 POP3S TCP 995 0.0.0.0/0 IMAP TCP 143 0.0.0.0/0 IMAPS TCP 993 0.0.0.0/0 Outbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination All traffic All All 0.0.0.0/0 One-Click Installation UVDesk Initialization: Overview: This guide will walk you through initializing UVDesk on your AWS instance in just one click. The setup process is streamlined using our custom script, designed for ease of use and efficiency. Before starting the script, ensure the minimum requirement is met. Pro Tip: We recommend associating an AWS Elastic IP with your instance before running the setup. This prevents your IP address from changing when the instance is stopped and restarted. Step 1: Access Your AWS Instance 1. Launch Your AWS EC2 Instance: Choose your desired AWS EC2 instance type. (Recommended: t3a.small / t3.small) Once the instance is running, connect to it via SSH. 2. Connect to the Instance: Open your terminal (Mac/Linux) or use an SSH client (e.g., PuTTY for Windows). Run the following SSH command: ssh ec2-user@<your-aws-public-ip> When prompted for the login, enter: [ec2-user@…]$ sudo -i 3. Run the Initialization Script: To initiate the installation, run the following command: [root@…]$ dnf -y update [root@…]$ /usr/local/bin/egl_init.sh.x Note: This script automates the entire installation process. While it runs, ensure your terminal remains active, and do not close the session. The script may take up to 10-20 seconds to complete. The script will random generate new credentials for all the necessity. Step 2: Instance Set Up and Installation 1. Completion Confirmation: Once the installation is finished, you will see a summary on the screen that includes all credentials. 2. Access the Web Interface: Open your web browser and navigate to http://<your-public-ip> : http://<your-public-ip> You will be greeted by the welcome screen. Step 3: Finalizing Installation 1. Welcome: Click Let’s Begin to start. (click to enlarge) 2. System Requirement: The installer will auto-detect all the requirement is met. You shall see all requirement are ticked as we pre-configured the instance for you. Click “Proceed” to go to next step. 3. Database Configuration: Get the database credentials from the summary of initialization script earlier and fill up the database settings, as below. Server: 127.0.0.1 Port: 3306 Server Version: 11.5 Username: root Password: (the root credential generated in Step 1) Database: uvdeskdb Once done, press ‘Proceed‘. 4. Admin Details: Fill up all fields accordingly as per your business needs. Take note of the email and password as you will use them to log into UVDesk Admin Panel. 5. Installation: Click “Install Now” to start the installation. Once installation is done, you will be welcomed with the links to your knowledgebase and admin panel. Once the setup is complete, you will see the final “Congratulations” screen as below. Navigate to http://<your-public-ip>/scp/login.php and login with the Administrator credentials you entered in the “Admin User” section earlier. http://<your-public-ip>/en/member/ Step 4: Post Installation – Recommended by UVDesk 1. Set APP_ENV to Prod Go to your instance SSH command prompt and run the following command at root [root@…]$ sudo sed -i 's/APP_ENV=dev/APP_ENV=prod/' "/var/www/uvdesk/.env" [root@…]$ sudo systemctl restart httpd Now, your UVDesk application is in production mode. To verify your setting run the command below at command prompt via SSH terminal, you will see APP_ENV=prod [root@…]$ nano /var/www/uvdesk/.env Important Notes: Mail Sending Blockage: AWS may have email-sending restrictions in place by default. Before using the instance for email sending, submit a request to AWS to lift the restriction on outbound email traffic. Services & Management This section provides comprehensive instructions on managing the deployed application/image and its services. It covers essential tasks such as starting and stopping instances, managing key services like Cockpit, PGAdmin4, and SSL, and resolving common issues. Associating Your Domain Associating Your Domain with UVDesk Overview: To successfully associate your domain with the UVDesk hosted on an AWS instance, follow the steps outlined below. This process involves editing the Apache configuration file to link your domain with the server’s IP address and enforce HTTPS redirection. Step 1: Access Your Server 1. Log in via SSH Use SSH to access your AWS instance: ssh ec2-user@<your-aws-public-ip> 2. Switch to the Root User Elevate your permissions by switching to the root user: [ec2-user@…]$ sudo -i Step 2: Modify the Apache Configuration File 1. Edit the Configuration File Open the Apache configuration file: [root …]$ nano /etc/httpd/sites-available/uvdesk.conf 2. Update Domain Information Replace the placeholder yourdomain.com with your actual domain name in the configuration. Ensure that both the non-www and www versions of your domain are included. Also, modify the RewriteRule directives to enforce HTTPS redirection. Below is the updated configuration you need to apply: <VirtualHost *:80> ServerName yourdomain.com ServerAlias www.yourdomain.com DocumentRoot /var/www/uvdesk/public ErrorLog /var/www/uvdesk/log/error.log CustomLog /var/www/uvdesk/log/requests.log combined RewriteEngine on RewriteCond %{HTTP_HOST} ^(www\.)?yourdomain\.com$ RewriteRule ^ http://%{HTTP_HOST}%{REQUEST_URI} [END,NE,R=permanent] <Directory /var/www/uvdesk> Options +FollowSymLinks AllowOverride All Require all granted </Directory> </VirtualHost> <VirtualHost *:443> ServerName yourdomain.com ServerAlias www.yourdomain.com DocumentRoot /var/www/uvdesk ErrorLog /var/www/uvdesk/log/error.log CustomLog /var/www/uvdesk/log/requests.log combined RewriteEngine on RewriteCond %{HTTP_HOST} ^(www\.)?yourdomain\.com$ RewriteRule ^ https://%{HTTP_HOST}%{REQUEST_URI} [END,NE,R=permanent] ## Include SSL settings (for example with Let’s Encrypt) ## Uncomment the below lines if you have SSL with LetsEncrypt # Include /etc/letsencrypt/options-ssl-apache.conf # SSLCertificateFile /etc/letsencrypt/live/yourdomain.com/fullchain.pem # SSLCertificateKeyFile /etc/letsencrypt/live/yourdomain.com/privkey.pem <Directory /var/www/uvdesk> Options +FollowSymlinks AllowOverride All Require all granted </Directory> # Enable HTTP/2 for better performance Protocols h2 http/1.1 # Security Headers Header always set Strict-Transport-Security “max-age=31536000; includeSubDomains; preload” Header always set X-Content-Type-Options “nosniff” Header always set X-Frame-Options “SAMEORIGIN” Header always set X-XSS-Protection “1; mode=block” </VirtualHost> 3. Save and Exit After making the necessary changes, save the file by pressing Ctrl + O, then press Enter to confirm. Exit the editor by pressing Ctrl + X. Step 3: Refresh Symbolic Links & Restart Apache For the changes to take effect, recreate the symbolic links and then restart the Apache web server: [root …]$ rm -rf /etc/httpd/sites-enabled/uvdesk.conf [root …]$ sudo ln -sf /etc/httpd/sites-available/uvdesk.conf /etc/httpd/sites-enabled/uvdesk.conf [root …]$ sudo systemctl restart httpd Additional Notes: Ensure that you have an SSL certificate installed for HTTPS to work. You may use services such as Let’s Encrypt to obtain a free SSL certificate. You might need to adjust firewall rules or security group settings in AWS to allow traffic on ports 80 (HTTP) and 443 (HTTPS). Important: Request AWS to lift any email sending restrictions if you’re using the application’s email features. Resources & Reference Here are some helpful resources to assist you with UVDesk with Alma Linux. Official Website: Stay updated with the latest news and releases. https://www.uvdesk.com/en/opensource/ Documentation: Explore the detailed documentation, covering installation, configuration, and advanced usage. https://docs.uvdesk.com/ Community Forum: Join discussions, ask questions, and get community-driven support. https://forums.uvdesk.com/ Professional Migration, Workflow And Automation Services: For tailored solutions, automation workflow and professional migration services designed to meet your unique business needs. https://assist.elyxia.uk/contact Release Notes EGL Build 260629.1 29 June 2026 IMPROVED Latest AlmaLinux 9: Now running on the latest AlmaLinux 9 with critical patches applied, delivering improved stability, security, and long-term support. IMPROVED Hardened Security: Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Comprehensive Package Updates: All system packages and dependencies have been updated to their latest stable versions, ensuring compatibility, reliability, and security. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Fine-tuned system configurations to enhance speed, responsiveness, and resource efficiency. EGL Build 251027.1 27 October 2025 NEW 1. Upgraded to UVDesk 1.18: Seamlessly upgraded to the latest stable version, ensuring compatibility with new features, performance improvements, and security enhancements. NEW Added PHPMyAdmin: Easier database management with a pre-installed and configured PHPMyAdmin interface. IMPROVED Latest AlmaLinux 9: Now running on the latest AlmaLinux 9 with critical patches applied, delivering improved stability, security, and long-term support. IMPROVED Hardened Security: Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Comprehensive Package Updates: All system packages and dependencies have been updated to their latest stable versions, ensuring compatibility, reliability, and security. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Fine-tuned system configurations to enhance speed, responsiveness, and resource efficiency. EGL Build 250325.1 25 March 2025 NEW UVDesk 1.17 NEW Added PHPMyAdmin: Easier database management with a pre-installed and configured PHPMyAdmin interface. NEW Added Firewalld: Improved security with Firewalld integration, enabling better control over network traffic and access. IMPROVED Latest AlmaLinux 9 IMPROVED Upgraded to MariaDB 11.5 IMPROVED Upgraded to PHP 8.2 IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Fine-tuned system configurations to enhance speed, responsiveness, and resource efficiency. IMPROVED Hardened Security: Implemented additional security measures, including the latest CVE patches, to protect against emerging threats and vulnerabilities. FIXED Bug Fixes & Stability Enhancements: Resolved user-reported issues and fine-tuned configurations to improve overall usability and stability. EGL Build 240402.6 2 April 2024 NEW Added phpMyAdmin NEW Added Cockpit IMPROVED Latest Alma Linux OS IMPROVED Enhanced security FIXED Other minor issues EGL Build 220527.1 27 May 2022 IMPROVED Latest Alma Linux OS FIXED Security issue – CVE-2021-4115 FIXED Other minor issues EGL Build 221030.1 30 October 2022 IMPROVED AlmaLinux OS to latest IMPROVED UVDesk to latest FIXED Security issue – CVE-2021-43527 FIXED Other minor issue EGL Build 210425.3 25 April 2021 NEW AWS initial release. NEW AWS ENA-support
Zammad Community This article is released for AWS solution(s), Zammad Community 6.5 with Alma Linux Zammad: Powerful and Flexible Helpdesk & Ticketing System Zammad is a modern, open-source helpdesk and ticketing solution built to streamline customer support and service management. With a sleek UI, powerful automation features, and native integrations with major communication channels, Zammad empowers teams to resolve issues faster and deliver exceptional user experiences. Multi-channel ticketing, role-based access control, full-text search, and robust analytics make Zammad ideal for organizations seeking to modernize and scale their support operations. Elyxia Global Limited provides a security-hardened, performance-optimized Amazon Machine Image (AMI) pre-bundled with Zammad 6.5 and curated for enterprise-grade deployments. This AMI includes a fully tuned stack optimized for Zammad’s performance and reliability—ensuring fast setup, reduced maintenance overhead, and maximum uptime. Transparent pricing guarantees no hidden costs while providing full control over your deployment. Deploy with confidence and transform your support operations with Zammad on a secure, scalable, and high-performance infrastructure. Pre-Bundled with the AMI: Zammad 6.5 – An open-source, enterprise-ready helpdesk and ticketing platform with intuitive UX and robust automation. AlmaLinux 9 (latest) – A stable, secure, RHEL-compatible Linux distribution tailored for long-term production workloads. PostgreSQL 16 – A high-performance, reliable relational database system optimized for Zammad’s data structure. NGINX – A lightweight, high-speed web server configured to maximize Zammad responsiveness. ElasticSearch 8.17 (Optimized) – A powerful full-text search engine, optimized by Elyxia Global Limited for Zammad’s indexing and search performance. Firewalld – Dynamic firewall management for enhanced server and network protection. PHP 8.2 – A fast, secure scripting language required for background tasks and integrations. Redis & MemCache – In-memory data stores used to enhance Zammad’s session handling, caching, and real-time updates. 🚀 Launch a robust, secure, and enterprise-grade helpdesk with Zammad 6.5, fully optimized and ready to scale with your organization! Articles Requirement One-Click Installation Resources & Reference Release Notes Requirement Instance Configuration Requirements Overview: When setting up your AWS instance, you’ll need to configure a few key options. Here’s a detailed guide on the recommended configurations and selections. 1. Instance Type For optimal performance, we recommend using the following instance types: t3a.small – 2 virtual CPUs and 2 GB memory. t3.small – 2 virtual CPUs and 2 GB memory. However, you can choose an instance type based on your specific workload and traffic needs. Here’s a quick reference table to help you decide: CPU/Memory Database Monitored Hosts 1 CPU core / 1 GB MySQL InnoDB 100 2 CPU cores / 2 GB MySQL InnoDB 500 4 CPU cores / 8 GB RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 1,000 8 CPU cores / 16 GB Fast RAID10 MySQL InnoDB or PostgreSQL > 10,000 For more details on different instance types and configurations, refer to the AWS Instance Types documentation. 2. Storage Space The default allocated storage size for our AMI. You may specify the necessary storage size when launching a new instance or change it after deployment. 20 GB (recommended) 3. Ports Configuration To ensure smooth operation of your Mautic installation, it’s important to open the appropriate inbound and outbound ports. Below are the recommended port settings, though you may configure them based on your specific security group requirements: Inbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination SSH TCP 22 0.0.0.0/0 HTTP TCP 80 0.0.0.0/0 HTTPS TCP 443 0.0.0.0/0 PostgreSQL TCP 5432 0.0.0.0/0 PostgreSQL TCP 5433 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 6042 0.0.0.0/0 Custom TCP 3000 0.0.0.0/0 Custom (ElasticSearch) TCP 9200 0.0.0.0/0 (Optional, you may use external relay) SMTP TCP 587 0.0.0.0/0 SMTPS TCP 465 0.0.0.0/0 POP3 TCP 110 0.0.0.0/0 POP3S TCP 995 0.0.0.0/0 IMAP TCP 143 0.0.0.0/0 IMAPS TCP 993 0.0.0.0/0 Outbound Ports: Type Protocol Port Range Destination All traffic All All 0.0.0.0/0 4. Important Notes: Mail Sending Restrictions: AWS imposes restrictions on sending emails from EC2 instances by default. To remove this limitation, you may need to submit a request to AWS to lift the email sending blockage before you can use for email sending. One-Click Installation Zammad Initialization: Overview: This guide will walk you through initializing Zammad on your AWS instance in just one click. The setup process is streamlined using our custom script, designed for ease of use and efficiency. Before starting the script, ensure the minimum requirement is met. Pro Tip: We recommend associating an AWS Elastic IP with your instance before running the setup. This prevents your IP address from changing when the instance is stopped and restarted. Step 1: Access Your AWS Instance 1. Launch Your AWS EC2 Instance: Choose your desired AWS EC2 instance type. (Recommended: t3a.small / t3.small) Once the instance is running, connect to it via SSH. 2. Connect to the Instance: Open your terminal (Mac/Linux) or use an SSH client (e.g., PuTTY for Windows). Run the following SSH command: ssh ec2-user@<your-aws-public-ip> When prompted for the login, enter: [ec2-user@…]$ sudo -i 3. Run the Initialization Script: To initiate the installation, run the following command: [root@…]$ dnf -y update [root@…]$ /usr/local/bin/egl_init.sh.x Note: This script automates the entire installation process. While it runs, ensure your terminal remains active, and do not close the session. The script may take up to 10-20 seconds to complete. The script will random generate new credentials for all the necessity. Step 2: Instance Set Up and Installation 1. Completion Confirmation: Once the installation is finished, you will see a summary on the screen that includes all credentials. 2. Access the Web Interface: Open your web browser and navigate to http://<your-public-ip> : http://<your-public-ip> You will be greeted by Zammad welcome screen. Click “Set up a new system” to proceed with installation. (click to enlarge) Step 3: Finalizing Installation 1. Administrator Account: Fill up all fields accordingly as per your business needs. Click “Create” to proceed when done. Take note of the email and password as you will use them to log into Zammad panel. 2. Organization: Fill up all fields accordingly as per your business needs. System URL: <your public ip> (auto detected, you may leave it as default). Click “Next” to proceed. 3. Email Notification: You may choose “Local MTA” or “SMTP“. If you choose “Local MTA” you may need to contact (send them a ticket) AWS to allow SMTP port. By default it is barred, unless otherwise requested to be lifted. Our advice is to “SMTP” setting to configure your own outgoing SMTP setting. Alternatively, you may click “Skip” and perform the setting later in Zammad panel. When inside the panel, go to Settings > Channels > Email then look for Outbound. 4. Connect Channels: You may click “Email” to fill up the channel. Or press “Skip” to set them inside Zammad panel. 5. Dashboard: Congratulations! You have successfully installed and logged into Zammad. Important Notes: Mail Sending Blockage: AWS may have email-sending restrictions in place by default. Before using the instance for email sending, submit a request to AWS to lift the restriction on outbound email traffic. Resources & Reference Here are some helpful resources to assist you with Zammad,: Official Website: Stay updated with the latest news and releases. https://zammad.org/ Documentation: Explore the detailed documentation, covering installation, configuration, and advanced usage. https://zammad.org/documentation Community Forum: Join discussions, ask questions, and get community-driven support. https://community.zammad.org/ Professional Migration, Workflow And Automation Services: For tailored solutions, automation workflow and professional migration services designed to meet your unique business needs. https://assist.elyxia.uk/contact Release Notes EGL Build 260629.1 29 June 2026 IMPROVED Alma Linux OS updates: AlmaLinux has been updated to the latest version with all critical patches applied. IMPROVED Security Patch Updates: Addressed latest CVE reported risks to enhance security and mitigate potential vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Optimized performance to ensure faster execution and resource efficiency. IMPROVED Package Updates: All packages have been updated to the most recent stable versions, ensuring improved compatibility and reliability. EGL Build 260421.1 21 April 2026 IMPROVED Alma Linux OS updates: AlmaLinux has been updated to the latest version with all critical patches applied. IMPROVED Security Patch Updates: Addressed latest CVE reported risks to enhance security and mitigate potential vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Optimized performance to ensure faster execution and resource efficiency. IMPROVED Package Updates: All packages have been updated to the most recent stable versions, ensuring improved compatibility and reliability. EGL Build 250323.1 23 March 2025 IMPROVED Upgraded to Zammad 6.4 IMPROVED PostgreSQL Upgraded to 16 IMPROVED Alma Linux Upgraded to 9 IMPROVED Security Patch Updates: Addressed latest CVE reported risks to enhance security and mitigate potential vulnerabilities. IMPROVED Performance Optimizations: Optimized performance to ensure faster execution and resource efficiency. IMPROVED Package Updates: All packages have been updated to the most recent stable versions, ensuring improved compatibility and reliability. FIXED Bug Fixes: Addressed user-reported issues to improve usability and reliability. EGL Build 220830.1 30 August 2022 IMPROVED Latest Alma Linux OS IMPROVED Zammad 5.0 to 5.1 FIXED Initialization/launching script EGL Build 220528.1 28 May 2022 IMPROVED Latest Alma Linux OS FIXED Security Issue: CVE-2021-4115 FIXED Reported Issues EGL Build 220331.1 31 March 2022 NEW AWS Zammad 5.0 initial release. NEW AWS ENA-support